summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <preining@logic.at>2007-12-05 17:02:16 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <preining@logic.at>2007-12-05 17:02:16 +0000
commit7783322feeec90c418c79f9e5bc1fcdf2b85aaee (patch)
tree8f0fd989e56a0b0324b844b66dde1aef1cc9435d /Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc
parent5b7f41a22a74abcc6ed54b2c3fa1d5cf62be920c (diff)
minitoc from ctan (2007-12-05)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@5714 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx8850
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins98
3 files changed, 6567 insertions, 2389 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx
index 635482fea78..8fc115699c9 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx
@@ -28,11 +28,13 @@
%% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
%% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert
%% <jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr>
-\makeatletter
\ProvidesFile{fminitoc.dtx}%
- [2007/06/29 minitoc v55 french documentation start file]
+ [2007/12/04 minitoc v56 french documentation start file]
\input{minitoc.dtx}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+
+%%
+%%
\endinput
%%
%% End of file `fminitoc.dtx'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx
index c2c3a44dfdf..45e11ac62ff 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/05]
%<package>\ProvidesPackage{minitoc}
%<*package>
- [2007/06/29 v55 minitoc.dtx file]
+ [2007/12/04 v56 minitoc.dtx file]
%</package>
%<package>\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]
%
@@ -40,6 +40,14 @@
\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,oneside,openright]{book}
%\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,twoside,openright]{book}
%
+\newlength{\iwidth}
+\newlength{\awidth}
+\newlength{\bwidth}
+\newlength{\cwidth}
+\newlength{\dwidth}
+\setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+\addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+%
\def\ATOC#1{{#1}\stepcounter{section}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}#1}}
\newlength{\widthinc}\setlength{\widthinc}{3.5cm}
\makeatletter\@mparswitchfalse\makeatother % les notes marginales à gauche!
@@ -56,7 +64,8 @@
\let\RR\raggedright % or \RaggedRight ?
\IfFileExists{\jobname.lan}{\input{\jobname.lan}}{\typeout{WARNING: \jobname.lan NOT FOUND}\def\LANG{0}}
\IfFileExists{marvosym.sty}{\usepackage{marvosym}\def\myCoffeecup{~\Coffeecup}}{\let\myCoffeecup\relax}
-% \IfFileExists{mparhack.sty}{\usepackage{mparhack}}{} % not used if oneside.
+\IfFileExists{mparhack.sty}{\usepackage{mparhack}}{} % not used if oneside.
+\usepackage{chngpage} % to enlarge the biblio
\IfFileExists{natbib.sty}{\usepackage[sort&compress,comma,numbers,square]{natbib}\citeindextrue}{}
\IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{\usepackage[tight]{shorttoc}}{}
\IfFileExists{fnbreak.sty}{\usepackage{fnbreak}}{} % Checks split footnotes
@@ -121,6 +130,41 @@
\or\relax
\renewcommand\citedash{\mbox{-}\nolinebreak}
\fi
+\let\bibpreamble\relax
+\ifcase\LANG\relax
+\long\def\bibpreamble{\noindent {\bfseries This bibliography contains many URLs; you must be aware that
+some of them might be inaccessible because they are obsolete, or because their site is down or encounters
+some unexpected problem. Note also that the response of some sites may be slow (several seconds).
+For instance, the entries
+\cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, from the \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/}
+site, are very difficult to contact.
+
+Some URLs may contain an extension not supported by your Web browser; in such cases, you should try to access to the
+document manually. An example is~\cite{JMPL1}, whose extension is \suffix{ps.gz}.
+
+Some URLs are too long for some tools; when possible, I shortened the URL to display only the contents the
+directory, as for~\cite{pdftex}, or by using an URL to the catalogue entry (as for~\cite{arabi}
+and~\cite{antomega}); when not possible, you should try
+to access to the document manually.\par\lneed{12}%
+}}
+\or\relax
+\long\def\bibpreamble{\noindent {\bfseries Cette bibliographie contient de nombreux URLs; vous devez être
+avertis que certains d'entre eux pourraient être inaccessibles parce qu'ils sont obsolètes, parce que leur site
+est inactif ou subit un problème inattendu. Notez aussi que certains sites peuvent être lents à~répondre (quelques
+secondes).
+Par exemple, les entrées
+\cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, depuis le site \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/},
+sont très difficiles à~atteindre.
+
+Certains URLs peuvent contenir un suffixe non supporté par votre navigateur Web; dans un tel cas, vous devriez
+essayer d'accéder au document manuellement. Un exemple est~\cite{JMPL1}, dont le suffixe est \suffix{ps.gz}.
+
+Certains URLs sont trop longs pour certains logiciels; lorsque c'était possible, j'ai raccourci l'URL por
+n'afficher que le contenu du répertoire, ainsi par exemple pour~\cite{pdftex}, ou en utilisant un URL vers
+l'entrée dans le catalogue (comme pour~\cite{arabi} and~\cite{antomega}); lorsque ce n'était pas possible,
+vous devrez essayer d'accéder manuellement au document.\par\lneed{12}%
+}}
+\fi
\renewcommand\citemid{,\nolinebreak[1]}
\renewcommand\citepunct{,\nolinebreak[1]\hspace{.13em plus .1em minus .1em}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -143,88 +187,88 @@
\newcommand{\upack}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}}
\newcommand{\ipack}[1]{\ipackA{#1}\ipackB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Packages=Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Paquetages=Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
\fi
% -- packages with special names (#1=real name, #2=sort)
\newcommand{\packa}[2]{\protect\textsf{#1}\ipacka{#1}{#2}}
\newcommand{\upacka}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}}
\newcommand{\ipacka}[2]{\ipackaA{#1}{#2}\ipackaB{#1}{#2}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Packages=Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
\fi
% -- classes
\newcommand{\class}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\iclass{#1}}
\newcommand{\uclass}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}}
\newcommand{\iclass}[1]{\iclassA{#1}\iclassB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
\fi
% -- scripts
\newcommand{\scrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iscrp{#1}}
\newcommand{\uscrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\iscrp}[1]{\iscrpA{#1}\iscrpB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=\protect\leavevmode Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=\protect\leavevmode Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
% -- tools
\newcommand{\tool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\itool{#1}}
\newcommand{\utool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}}
\newcommand{\itool}[1]{\itoolA{#1}\itoolB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Tools=Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Outils=Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
\fi
% -- examples
\newcommand{\exam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iexam{#1}}
\newcommand{\uexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\iexam}[1]{\iexamA{#1}\iexamB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (example document)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Examples=Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(example document)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Examples=\protect\leavevmode Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (exemple de document)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Exemples=Exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(exemple de document)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Exemples=\protect\leavevmode Exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
% -- old examples
\newcommand{\oexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ioexam{#1}}
\newcommand{\uoexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\ioexam}[1]{\ioexamA{#1}\ioexamB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (old example document)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Old Examples=Old Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(old example document)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Old Examples=\protect\leavevmode Old Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (ancien exemple de document)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Anciens exemples=Anciens exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(ancien exemple de document)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Anciens exemples=\protect\leavevmode Anciens exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
% -- features
\newcommand{\feat}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ifeat{#1}}
\newcommand{\ufeat}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\ifeat}[1]{\ifeatA{#1}\ifeatB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (feature)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Features=Features\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (feature)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Features=\protect\leavevmode Features\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (dispositif)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Dispositifs=Dispositifs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (dispositif)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Dispositifs=\protect\leavevmode Dispositifs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- extensions/suffixes
@@ -232,11 +276,11 @@
\newcommand{\usuffix}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\isuffix}[1]{\isuffixA{#1}\isuffixB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (extension)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Extensions=Extensions\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (extension)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Extensions=\protect\leavevmode Extensions\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (suffixe)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Suffixes=Suffixes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (suffixe)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Suffixes=\protect\leavevmode Suffixes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- options (minitoc)
@@ -246,15 +290,15 @@
\newcommand{\iopt}[1]{\ioptA{#1}\ioptB{#1}}
\newcommand{\ioptd}[1]{\ioptdA{#1}\ioptdB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default option)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}}
+\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(default option)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (option par défaut)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (défaut)}}
+\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(option par défaut)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (défaut)}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- options (other packages)
@@ -264,11 +308,11 @@
\newcommand{\uoptp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\ioptp}[2]{\ioptpA{#1}{#2}\ioptpB{#1}{#2}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option of \protect\textsf{#2})\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}}
+\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(\protect\textsf{#2} package)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option de \protect\textsf{#2})\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}}
+\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(paquetage \protect\textsf{#2})}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- language options
@@ -278,32 +322,32 @@
\newcommand{\ilopt}[1]{\iloptA{#1}\iloptB{#1}}
\newcommand{\iloptd}[1]{\iloptdA{#1}\iloptdB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (language option)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Language options=Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default language option)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Language options=Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}}
+\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(language option)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Language options=\protect\leavevmode Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(default language option)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Language options=\protect\leavevmode Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option de langue)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (option de langue par défaut)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (défaut)}}
+\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(option de langue)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=\protect\leavevmode Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(option de langue par défaut)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=\protect\leavevmode Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (défaut)}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- names
\ifcase\LANG\relax
\newcommand{\oinameA}[2]{\relax}
\newcommand{\oinameB}[2]{\relax}
-\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{People=People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}}
-\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{People=People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}}
+\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}}
+\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}}
\or\relax
\newcommand{\oinameA}[2]{\relax}
\newcommand{\oinameB}[2]{\relax}
-\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{Personnes=Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}}
-\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{Personnes=Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}}
+\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}}
+\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- authors names in bib
@@ -313,61 +357,61 @@
\newcommand\sksep{\ensuremath{\hookrightarrow}}% % put before the bib. refs in the index
\ifcase\LANG\relax
\newcommand{\skname}[2]{\sksep\protect\cite{#1}}
-\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}}
-\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{People=People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{People=People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}}
+\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}}
+\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}}
\or\relax
\newcommand{\skname}[2]{\sksep\protect\cite{#1}}
-\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}}
-\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{Personnes=Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{Personnes=Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}}
+\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}}
+\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- tool names in bib
\newcommand{\btool}[2]{\btoolA{#1}{#2}\btoolB{#1}{#2}}
\newcommand{\btoola}[3]{\btoolaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\btoolaB{#1}{#2}{#3}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Tools=Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Tools=Tools\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Outils=Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Outils=Outils\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- pack names in bib
\newcommand{\bpack}[2]{\bpackA{#1}{#2}\bpackB{#1}{#2}}
\newcommand{\bpacka}[3]{\bpackaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bpackaB{#1}{#2}{#3}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Packages=Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Packages=Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Paquetages=Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- class names in bib -- nom, [ nom-tri ], clé-bib
\newcommand{\bclass}[2]{\bclassA{#1}{#2}\bclassB{#1}{#2}}
\newcommand{\bclassa}[3]{\bclassaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bclassaB{#1}{#2}{#3}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
-\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
-\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}}
+\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}}
+\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- environments
@@ -375,11 +419,11 @@
\newcommand{\uenv}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\ienv}[1]{\ienvA{#1}\ienvB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (environment)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environments=Environments>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (environment)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environments=\protect\leavevmode Environments>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (environnement)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environnements=Environnements>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (environnement)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environnements=\protect\leavevmode Environnements>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- files
@@ -387,26 +431,40 @@
\newcommand{\uxfile}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\ixfile}[1]{\ixfileA{#1}\ixfileB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (file)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Files=Files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (file)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Files=\protect\leavevmode Files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (fichier)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Fichiers=Fichiers\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (fichier)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Fichiers=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\fi
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% -- graphic files
+\newcommand{\xgrf}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ixgrf{#1}}
+\newcommand{\uxgrf}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ixgrf}[1]{\ixgrfA{#1}\ixgrfB{#1}}
+\ifcase\LANG\relax
+\newcommand{\ixgrfA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(graphic file)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ixgrfB}[1]{\index{Graphic files=\protect\leavevmode Graphic files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\or\relax
+\newcommand{\ixgrfA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(fichier graphique)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\ixgrfB}[1]{\index{Fichiers graphiques=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers graphiques\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- .mld /mlo couples
\newcommand{\xmldo}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1.ml[d{\BAR}o]}\ixfile{#1.mld}\ixfile{#1.mlo}}
+\newcommand{\ixmldo}[1]{\ixfile{#1.mld}\ixfile{#1.mlo}}
+\newcommand{\uxmldo}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1.ml[d{\BAR}o]}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- depth counters
\newcommand{\dcnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\idcnt{#1}}
\newcommand{\udcnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\idcnt}[1]{\idcntA{#1}\idcntB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (depth counter)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Depth counters=Depth counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(depth counter)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Depth counters=\protect\leavevmode Depth counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (compteur de profondeur)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs de profondeur=Compteurs de profondeur\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(compteur de profondeur)}\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs de profondeur=\protect\leavevmode Compteurs de profondeur\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- counters
@@ -414,11 +472,11 @@
\newcommand{\ucnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
\newcommand{\icnt}[1]{\icntA{#1}\icntB{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (counter)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Counters=Counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (counter)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Counters=\protect\leavevmode Counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (compteur)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs=Compteurs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (compteur)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs=\protect\leavevmode Compteurs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -431,11 +489,11 @@
\newcommand{\fkcom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs[fake]#1}\icom{#1}\icom{fake#1}}
\newcommand{\ncom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs[no]#1}\icom{#1}\icom{no#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1} (command)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commands=Commands\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}}
+\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bs #1} (command)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commands=\protect\leavevmode Commands\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1} (commande)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commandes=Commandes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}}
+\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bs #1} (commande)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commandes=\protect\leavevmode Commandes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}}
\fi
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% -- messages
@@ -444,7 +502,7 @@
% \let\Buttonbox\Ovalbox % to be changed easily
\def\Buttonbox#1{\fbox{\mbox{#1}}} % to be changed easily
% \def\Buttonbox#1{\keystroke{\mbox{#1}}} % to be changed easily
-\newcommand{\lmess}[1]{\footnotesize
+\newcommand{\lmess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\footnotesize
\hyperlink{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}}
\newcommand{\phmess}{\footnotesize
\item[]{\textcolor{white}{\Buttonbox{\phantom{\texttt{M0000}}}}}}
@@ -457,11 +515,11 @@
\newcommand{\imess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\RMP{#1}}
\newcommand{\jmess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\NMP{#1}}
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=\protect\leavevmode Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\or\relax
-\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}}
-\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}}
+\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=\protect\leavevmode Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
\fi
\newcommand{\HPH}{\footnotesize\hphantom{\fbox{\texttt{M0000}}}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -809,6 +867,11 @@
% \usepackage[french]{keystroke} % ERRORS
\fi
%
+%%%% FANCYHDR
+% \usepackage{fancyhdr}
+%%%% FANCYHDR
+\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{%
+ \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}}
\providecommand{\hyperlink}[2]{\empty}
\providecommand{\hypertarget}[2]{\empty}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
@@ -865,15 +928,15 @@
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% NEW ENV
\makeatletter
- \def\SpecialMainEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}%
- \index{\Envsname=\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}%
+ \def\SpecialMainEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}%
+ \index{\Envsname=\protect\leavevmode\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}%
}
%
\def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{\@bsphack
{\let\special@index\index\SpecialIndex@{#1}{\encapchar \string\usage}}%
\@esphack}
- \def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}%
- \index{\Envsname=\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}%
+ \def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}%
+ \index{\Envsname=\protect\leavevmode\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}%
}
% %\@ifundefined{main}{\def\main#1{\underline{#1}}}{}
% %\@ifundefined{usage}{\def\usage#1{\textit{#1}}}{}
@@ -936,10 +999,10 @@
\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FZ}{\texttt{O}~et~\texttt{o} sont la lettre~\texttt{O}, \texttt{0}~est le chiffre zéro.}
\fi
\ifcase\LANG\relax
-\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Spoken is some parts of the south
+\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Spoken in Acadia (see figure~\vref{f+acadien}) and some parts of the south
of the USA, like Louisiane.}
\or\relax
-\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Parlée dans certaines parties du
+\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Parlée en Acadie (voir la figure~\vref{f+acadien}) et dans certaines parties du
sud des États-Unis, comme la Louisiane.}
\fi
\ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -950,9 +1013,7 @@ sud des États-Unis, comme la Louisiane.}
\upack{Farsi\TeX} Project Group. Voir le site de \upack{Farsi\TeX} à~\url{http://www.farsitex.org}}\fron
\fi
\ifx\KOMAScript\undefined%
- \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em
- O\kern.05em%
- M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}
\fi
\ifx\PLaTeX\undefined
\makeatletter
@@ -1039,6 +1100,22 @@ sud des États-Unis, comme la Louisiane.}
\raggedbottom
\addtolength{\marginparsep}{.5em}%ESSAI
\setlength{\marginparpush}{1.0ex}%
+% % FANCYHDR
+% \renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{%
+% \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}}
+% \pagestyle{fancy}
+% \fancyhf{} % RAZ
+% %\newlength{\fancyoff}\setlength{\fancyoff}{\marginparwidth}\addtolength{\fancyoff}{\marginparsep}
+% \newlength{\fancyoff}\setlength{\fancyoff}{\leftmargin}
+% \fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{\fancyoff}
+% \fancyhead[RO]{\large\bfseries\upshape\thepage}
+% \fancyhead[RE]{\large\bfseries\upshape\thepage}
+% \fancyhead[LO]{\large\bfseries\upshape\leftmark}
+% \fancyhead[LE]{\large\bfseries\upshape\leftmark}
+% \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
+% \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
+% \addtolength{\headheight}{2pt}
+% % FANCYHDR
\ifcase\LANG\relax
\let\fron\relax
\let\froff\relax
@@ -1069,8 +1146,8 @@ sud des États-Unis, comme la Louisiane.}
%% small in index
\let\svtheindex\theindex
%% preface of index
- \setlength{\IndexMin}{.95\textheight}
- \addtolength{\IndexMin}{-5pt}
+ \setlength{\IndexMin}{.95\textheight}%
+ \addtolength{\IndexMin}{-5pt}%
\ifcase\LANG\relax
\long\def\Indexhead{In this index, italic style numbers (\textit{123}) are page numbers, normal roman numbers
(123) are code line
@@ -1079,7 +1156,8 @@ colored numbers in square brackets, like this:~{\sksep}\cite{minitoc}, are bibli
sorted and compressed.
The names of commands, environments, files, suffixes, options, features, messages identifiers\,\footnote{The
-messages identifiers appear in the right margin of the text, near the points of usage.}, and languages, are in \texttt{typewriter} font
+messages identifiers appear in the right margin of the text, near the points of usage.}, and languages,
+are in \texttt{typewriter} font
(\textbf{\texttt{bold}} for default options or the default language).
The names of tools, packages and classes are in \textsf{sans serif} font.
The people names are in \textrm{roman} for the first names, in \textsc{Small Caps} for the family names,
@@ -1087,6 +1165,8 @@ separated by a comma, the
family name first\,\footnote{For some oriental names (like japanese, korean, vietnamese or indian names),
it is sometimes difficult to know which is the first or the last
name.}, like in ``\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie'' in the index.%
+
+Some commands (like the internal names of language specific letters) are not indexed.
%
% \noindent
% \incrementmtc
@@ -1104,23 +1184,27 @@ les nombres colorés entre crochets carrés, comme ceci:~{\sksep}\cite{fminitoc},
Les noms des commandes, environnements, fichiers, suffixes, options, dispositifs, identificateurs de messages\,\footnote{Les
identificateurs de messages apparaissent dans la marge droite du texte, près des points d'utilisation.} et
-langues sont en fonte de \texttt{machine à~écrire} (en \textbf{\texttt{grasse}} pour les options et la langue par défaut).
+langues sont en fonte de \texttt{machine à~écrire} (\textbf{\texttt{grasse}} pour les options et la langue par défaut).
Les noms des outils, des paquetages et des classes sont en fonte \textsf{sans empattement}.
-Les noms de personnes sont en \textrm{romain} pour les prénoms, en \textsc{Petites Capitales} pour les noms de familles, séparés par
+Les noms de personnes sont en \textrm{romain} pour les prénoms, en \textsc{Petites Capitales}
+pour les noms de familles, séparés par
une virgule, le nom de famille en premier\,\footnote{Pour certains noms orientaux (par exemple, japonais, coréens,
vietnamiens ou indiens), il est parfois difficile de savoir quel est le prénom ou le nom de famille.},
comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
+
+Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres spécifiques de certaines langues) ne sont pas indexées.
\par\bigskip}%
\fi
\makeatletter
- \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\hspace*{20pt}}%
+ \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\hspace*{15pt}}%
\def\subsubitem{\@idxitem{2}\hspace*{30pt}}%
\makeatother
%% \def\theindex{\svtheindex\small\setlength{\columnseprule}{0pt}\setlength{\columnsep}{45pt}\sloppy}
\makeatletter
\renewenvironment{theindex}{%
+ \columnsep=2.5em%
\def\item{\@idxitem{0}\relax}%
- \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\relax\hspace*{20pt}}%
+ \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\relax\hspace*{15pt}}%
\def\subsubitem{\@idxitem{2}\relax\hspace*{30pt}}%
\begin{multicols}{2}[\chapter*{\indexname}\Indexhead][10\baselineskip]%
\mtcaddchapter[\indexname]%
@@ -1128,11 +1212,11 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
\small\setlength{\columnseprule}{0pt}%
\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}%
\setlength{\parsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\columnsep}{45pt}%
+ \setlength{\columnsep}{2.5em}%
\sloppy\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}\thispagestyle{plain}\pagestyle{myheadings}\def\item{\@idxitem{0}}%
%% \raggedcolumns
\setcounter{collectmore}{-1}% Not perfect, but acceptable.
- \raggedbottom}
+ \raggedbottom}%
{\end{multicols}}
\makeatother
\nonfrenchspacing
@@ -1220,28 +1304,34 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet,\gdef,\global}
% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet}
% \DoNotIndex{\hbox,\hss,\if,\if@inlabel,\if@tempswa,\if@twocolumn}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\ifcase}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\ignorespaces,\index,\item}
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower}
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower}
-% \DoNotIndex{\leavevmode,\let,\llap,\lower}
-% \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing}
+% \DoNotIndex{\let,\llap,\lower}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing}
+% \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage\nonfrenchspacing}
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\protect,\raggedleft,\rightskip,\rm,\sc}
% \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\raggedleft,\rm,\sc}
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\setcounter,\small,\space,\string,\strut}
% \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\small,\space,\string,\strut}
% \DoNotIndex{\strutbox}
-% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt}
-% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\z@}
% \DoNotIndex{\,,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@noligs,\@vobeyspaces,\@xverbatim}
-% \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary}
+% \DoNotIndex{\`,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary}
% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hfil,\hfill,\hskip,\hspace,\ht,\it,\langle}
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\reversemarginpar,\markboth,\mathcode}
% \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\reversemarginpar,\mathcode}
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newskip}
% \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox}
% \DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak}
-% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\raise,\rangle}
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\section,\setlength,\TeX,\topsep,\underline,\unskip,\verb}
% \DoNotIndex{\section,\TeX,\underline,\verb}
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\vskip,\vspace,\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar}
@@ -1259,20 +1349,231 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\immediate,\makeatletter,\makeatother}
% \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment}
% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\newenvironment,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment}
-% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined}
-% \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined}
+% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc}
% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\write,\@ehc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc}
% \DoNotIndex{\@author,\@ehc,\@ifstar,\@sanitize,\@title,\everypar}
-% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifmmode}
% \DoNotIndex{\lccode,\onecolumn,\openin,\p@,\SelfDocumenting}
% ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\newtoks}
% \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\@resetonecoltrue,\@resetonecolfalse,\bf}
% \DoNotIndex{\clearpage,\closein,\lowercase,\@inlabelfalse}
-% \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault}
+% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault}
% \DoNotIndex{\bfdefault}
% \DoNotIndex{\*}
% \DoNotIndex{\ }
% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\MessageBreak}
+% ^^A lettres de l'hébreu
+% \DoNotIndex{\alef,\ayin,\bet,\finalmem,\finalnun,\kaf,\lamed,\mem,\nun,\resh,\shin,\tav,\tet,\vav,\yod}
+% ^^A lettres hebrew2
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebalef}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebayin}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebbet}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebfinalmem}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebfinalnun}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebkaf}
+% \DoNotIndex{\heblamed}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebmem}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebnun}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebresh}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebshin}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebtav}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebtet}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebvav}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hebyod}
+% ^^A lettres arabi
+% \DoNotIndex{\T}
+% \DoNotIndex{\alef}
+% \DoNotIndex{\alefhamza}
+% \DoNotIndex{\dal}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fa}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ha}
+% \DoNotIndex{\jeem}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kaf}
+% \DoNotIndex{\lam}
+% \DoNotIndex{\meem}
+% \DoNotIndex{\qaf}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ra}
+% \DoNotIndex{\seen}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sheen}
+% \DoNotIndex{\waw}
+% \DoNotIndex{\yahamza}
+% ^^A lettres bulgares
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRF}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyra}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyre}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrf}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrhrdsn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyri}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrp}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyru}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh}
+% ^^A lettres du cyrillique
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRA}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRF}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRG}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRH}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRO}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRP}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRa}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRb}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRe}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRg}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRi}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRishrt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRk}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRl}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRp}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRv}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRyu}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyra}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrch}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyre}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrerev}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrf}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrhrdsn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyri}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrii}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrje}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrm}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyro}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrp}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrsftsn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyru}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyry}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyryu}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh}
+% ^^A lettres farsi3
+% \DoNotIndex{\alef}
+% \DoNotIndex{\dal}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fa}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ha}
+% \DoNotIndex{\jeem}
+% \DoNotIndex{\kaf}
+% \DoNotIndex{\lam}
+% \DoNotIndex{\meem}
+% \DoNotIndex{\nun}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ra}
+% \DoNotIndex{\seen}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sheen}
+% \DoNotIndex{\taa}
+% \DoNotIndex{\waw}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ya}
+% ^^A lettres mongolb
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRA}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRG}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRH}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyra}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrch}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrerev}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyri}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyru}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyry}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh}
+% ^^A lettres russianb
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRO}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRa}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRb}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRe}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRg}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRi}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRishrt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRk}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRl}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRp}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRv}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRyu}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyra}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyre}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyri}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyro}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh}
+% ^^A lettres serbianc
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyra}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyre}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyri}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrje}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh}
+% ^^A lettres ukrainian
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRP}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyra}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyre}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyri}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrii}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrm}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrsftsn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\cyryu}
%
% \GetFileInfo{minitoc.dtx}
%
@@ -1354,18 +1655,18 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% the package;
% \item the chapter ``Frequently Asked Questions'', page~\pageref{FAQ}, may help you to solve some
% specific problems;
-% \item the ``Memento'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+memento}, is a set of tables to be used as a
+% \item the chapter ``Memento'', page~\pageref{c+memento}, is a set of tables to be used as a
% remainder of the commands of this package;
-% \item the ``Examples of documents'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+exdocs}, gives the code of some documents showing the
+% \item the chapter ``Examples of documents'', page~\pageref{c+exdocs}, gives the code of some documents showing the
% basic usage of the \upack{minitoc} package and some interesting situations;
-% \item the ``Messages'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+messages}, is certainly boring, but it should be searched if you get some
+% \item the chapter ``Messages'', page~\pageref{c+messages}, is certainly boring, but it should be searched if you get some
% warning or error messages from the \upack{minitoc} package, because it explains them and also the informative
% messages (table~\vref{t+allmess} will help you to find the meaning of a message);
-% \item the ``Jargon'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+jargon}, attemps to explain
+% \item the chapter ``Jargon'', page~\pageref{c+jargon}, attemps to explain
% most of the technical terms used here;
-% \item the ``Installation'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+installation}, describes
+% \item the chapter ``Installation'', page~\pageref{c+installation}, describes
% all the files included in the distribution of the package;
-% \item the ``Postface'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+postface},
+% \item the chapter ``Postface'', page~\pageref{c+postface},
% gives an abbreviated history of the package.
% \end{itemize}
% \item The second part, ``Implementation'', page~\pageref{p+ID}, is much more technical; you can read it if you are
@@ -1373,7 +1674,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% The chapter ``Language definition (\suffix{.mld}) and object
% (\suffix{.mlo}) files'', page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, may be useful if you are interested by some language.
% \item The third part, ``Complements'', page~\pageref{p+complements}, contains a bibliography, a detailed history of
-% the package, and an index.
+% the package, a list of acknowlegments, and an index.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \bigskip
@@ -1390,19 +1691,21 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% ^^A \item for each part, a list of figures (\com{partlof}) and a list of tables (\com{partlot}) when useful;
% \item for each chapter, a complete table of contents (\com{minitoc} with \dcnt{minitocdepth} equal to~6);
% \item for each chapter, a list of figures (\com{minilof}) and a list of tables (\com{minilot}) when useful;
-% \item customized parameters for the layout of the mini-tables; as the PDF version of the documentation uses hyperlinks,
-% these mini-tables should help you to navigate in the document;
+% \item customized parameters for the layout of the mini-tables; as the PDF version of the documentation uses hyperlinks
+% (with the help of the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}),
+% these mini-tables should help you to navigate within the document;
% \item some hyperlinks, placed in the right margin, contain a message identifier; the link points to the description
-% of the message in the ``Messages'' chapter; try this one~$\longrightarrow$\imess{I0001}
+% of the message in the ``Messages'' chapter; try this one:~\rightarrowfill\null\imess{I0001}
% \item the \pack{calc} package~\cite{calc} to make some computations with comfort;
% \ifBT\relax
% \item the \pack{booktabs} package~\cite{booktabs} to format the tables;
% \else\fi
-% \item the \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} and \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} packages to document the code.
+% \item the \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} and \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} packages to document the code;
+% \item many other packages to improve the presentation of the documentation.
% \end{itemize}
% \or\relax
% \chapter*{À~propos de ce document\markboth{À~propos de ce document}{À~propos de ce document}}
-% \markboth{About this document}{About this document}
+% \markboth{À~propos de ce document}{À~propos de ce document}
% \mtcaddchapter[À~propos de ce document]
% Ce document est assez épais, mais s'il vous plaît, n'en soyez pas effrayés: vous n'avez pas besoin de lire toutes
% les pages.
@@ -1432,7 +1735,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% Le chapitre «~Fichiers de définition (\suffix{.mld}) et objets (\suffix{.mlo}) de langue~»,
% page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, peut être utile si vous êtes intéressés par une certaine langue.
% \item La troisième partie, «~Compléments~», page~\pageref{p+complements}, contient une bibliographie, un historique
-% détaillé du paquetage, et un index.
+% détaillé du paquetage, une liste des remerciements et un index.
% \end{itemize}
%
% \bigskip
@@ -1453,14 +1756,17 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \item pour chaque chapitre, une liste des figures (\com{minilof}) et une liste des tableaux (\com{minilot})
% lorsque c'est utile;
% \item des paramètres adaptés pour la mise en page mini-tables; comme la version PDF de la documentation utilise
-% des hyperliens, ces mini-tables devraient vous aider à~vous déplacer dans le document.
+% des hyperliens, (à~l'aide du paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}), ces mini-tables devraient
+% vous aider à~vous déplacer dans le document;
% \item quelques hyperliens, placés dans la marge de droite, contiennent un identificateur de message; le lien
-% renvoie à~la description du message dans le chapitre «~Messages~»; essayez celui-ci~$\longrightarrow$\imess{I0001}
+% renvoie à~la description du message dans le chapitre «~Messages~»;
+% essayez celui-ci:~\rightarrowfill\null\imess{I0001}
% \item le paquetage \pack{calc}~\cite{calc} pour faire certains calculs plus confortablement;
% \ifBT\relax
% \item le paquetage \pack{booktabs}~\cite{booktabs} pour formater les tableaux;
% \else\fi
-% \item les paquetages \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} et \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} pour documenter le code.
+% \item les paquetages \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} et \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} pour documenter le code;
+% \item de nombreux autres paquetages pour améliorer la présentation de la documentation.
% \end{itemize}
% \fi
%
@@ -1581,11 +1887,11 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \subsection{Version}
-% The current version of this package is~\#55. You will find a resumed history of the package in the ``Postface''
+% The current version of this package is~\#56. You will find a resumed history of the package in the ``Postface''
% chapter (chapter~\vref{c+postface}) and a more detailed history in ``Changes History'', page~\pageref{c+history}.
% \or\relax
% \subsection{Version}
-% La version courante de ce paquetage est~\#55. Vous trouverez un historique résumé de ce paquetage dans le
+% La version courante de ce paquetage est~\#56. Vous trouverez un historique résumé de ce paquetage dans le
% chapitre «~Postface~» (chapitre~\vref{c+postface}) et un historique plus détaillé dans «~Historique des
% modifications~», page~\pageref{c+history}.
% \fi
@@ -1604,7 +1910,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% version 2003/12/01 or later.
%
% But please don't bother me about hacked versions; they will not be supported.
-% However, suggestions for corrections and improvements are welcome.
+% However, suggestions for corrections and reasoned improvements are welcome.
% \or\relax
% \section{Licence}
% Ce paquetage doit être distribué et/ou peut être modifié sous les conditions de la
@@ -1617,7 +1923,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% ultérieure.
%
% Mais, s'il vous plaît, ne me parlez pas de versions bricolées; elles ne seront pas maintenues.
-% Cependant, les suggestions de corrections et d'améliorations sont les bienvenues.
+% Cependant, les suggestions de corrections et d'améliorations raisonnables sont les bienvenues.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{8}
@@ -1645,15 +1951,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% in the preamble of the document\,\footnote{This command must
% be placed \emph{after} any modification done on the sectionning
-% commands; if you modify sectionning commands after loading the
+% commands; if you modify some sectionning commands after loading the
% \upack{minitoc} package, this one might not work properly.}.
% The mini-table of contents will be in the chapter,
% after the \com{chapter} command, at the point of the \com{minitoc}
% command. The \com{minitoc} command may occur \emph{almost anywhere}\,\footnote{``Almost anywhere'' means
% ``in a normal place'', like between two paragraphs of normal text, or in a (wide enough) minipage, but not in a
% too strange position (like a marginal note or a footnote). Even a multicolumn or a floating environment can be
-% used, but with care. But note that a minitoc can be rather long, if the chapter is complex and if you ask for details
-% with a high value for \dcnt{minitocdepth}.} inside a chapter.
+% used, but with care. But note that a minitoc can be rather long, if the chapter is complex and if you are asking
+% for details with a high value for \dcnt{minitocdepth}.} inside a chapter.
%
% \lneed{5}
% Of course, it is better
@@ -1836,14 +2142,17 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% The commands \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, and \com{dosectlot} (for mini-tables at the section level)
% and \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, and \com{dopartlot} (for mini-tables at the part level) are analog.
%
-% The \com{mtcprepare} command invokes (and replaces) all these preparation commands when they are available
+% The\virage{} \com{mtcprepare} command invokes (and replaces) all these preparation commands when they are available
% with the document class and if the adequate contents file exists.
-% This command accepts also an optional argument to set the default position of the title for \virage\emph{all} the mini-tables.
+% This command accepts also an optional argument to set the default position of the title
+% for \emph{all} the mini-tables.
+%
+% All\SMMZ{\lmess{W0098}}\label{x+W0098} the preparation commands are \emph{ignored} if the \com{nofiles} command is invoked
+% in the preamble, to avoid to overwrite the mini-table auxiliary files.
%
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% ^^A \null\virage\hfill\null\\*[-1.7\baselineskip]
-% To obtain a satisfactory result (i.e.,~non empty), please note that all these commands must
-% \virage\emph{imperatively be put before} any command analog to the \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures},
+% To\virage{} obtain a satisfactory result (i.e.,~non empty), please note that all these commands must
+% \emph{imperatively be put before} any command analog to the \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures},
% and \com{listoftables} commands, or their \verb|\fake...| siblings.
%
% It\virage{} is also \emph{strongly} recommended to put these commands \emph{before} any sectionning command producing an
@@ -1857,15 +2166,17 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% et \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof} et \com{dopartlot} (pour les mini-tables au niveau partie) sont
% analogues.
%
-% La commande \com{mtcprepare} invoque (et remplace) toutes ces commandes de préparation lorsqu'elles sont
+% La\virage{} commande \com{mtcprepare} invoque (et remplace) toutes ces commandes de préparation lorsqu'elles sont
% disponibles pour la classe du document et si le fichier de contenu adéquat existe.
% Cette commande accepte aussi un argument optionnel pour établir la position par défaut du titre
-% pour \virage\emph{toutes} les mini-tables.
+% pour \emph{toutes} les mini-tables.
+%
+% Toutes\SMMZ{\lmess{W0098}}\label{x+W0098} les commandes de préparation sont \emph{ignorées} si
+% la commande \com{nofiles} est invoquée dans le préambule, pour éviter d'écraser les fichiers auxiliaires des mini-tables.
%
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% ^^A \null\virage\hfill\null\\*[-1.7\baselineskip]
-% Pour obtenir un résultat satisfaisant (c'est-à-dire, non vide), veuillez noter que toutes ces commandes doivent
-% \virage\emph{impérativement être placées avant} toute commande analogue aux commandes \com{tableofcontents},
+% Pour\virage{} obtenir un résultat satisfaisant (c'est-à-dire, non vide), veuillez noter que toutes ces commandes doivent
+% \emph{impérativement être placées avant} toute commande analogue aux commandes \com{tableofcontents},
% \com{listoffigures} et \com{listoftables}, ou leurs cousines \verb|\fake...|!
%
% Il\virage{} est aussi \emph{fortement} recommandé de placer ces commandes \emph{avant} toute commande de
@@ -3103,7 +3414,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \ifBT
% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}
% \toprule
-% Level&Font&default setting\\
+% Level&Font&Default setting\\
% \midrule
% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{parttoc} entries:}\\
% \Strut
@@ -3168,7 +3479,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \else
% \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}
% \thickline
-% Level&Font&default setting\\
+% Level&Font&Default setting\\
% \hline
% \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{parttoc} entries:}\\
% \Strut
@@ -3394,6 +3705,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \ilopt{meyalu}%
% \ilopt{bangla}%
% \ilopt{basque}%
+% \ilopt{bengali}%
% \ilopt{bicig}%
% \ilopt{uighur}%
% \ilopt{bicig2}%
@@ -3497,10 +3809,14 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \ilopt{hungarian}%
% \ilopt{magyar2}%
% \ilopt{magyar3}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-b}%
% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}%
% \ilopt{malayalam-omega}%
% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}%
% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}%
% \ilopt{mongol}%
% \ilopt{mongolb}%
% \ilopt{mongolian}%
@@ -3543,6 +3859,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \ilopt{spanish2}%
% \ilopt{spanish3}%
% \ilopt{spanish4}%
+% \ilopt{swahili}%
% \ilopt{swedish}%
% \ilopt{swedish2}%
% \ilopt{thai}%
@@ -3561,8 +3878,10 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \centering
% \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small
% \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing
-% \begin{multicols}{5}
-% \begin{enumerate}
+% \begin{multicols}{4}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% ^^A \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em
+% ^^A \def\labelitemi{--}
% \item afrikaan (afrikaans)
% \item albanian
% \item arab (arabic)\,$^{c}$
@@ -3571,7 +3890,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \item armenian\,$^c$
% \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$
% \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$
-% \item bangla\,$^c$
+% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$
% \item basque
% \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$
% \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$
@@ -3650,10 +3969,14 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \item magyar (hungarian)
% \item magyar2
% \item magyar3
+% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$
% \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$
% \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$
% \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$
% \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$
% \item mongol\,$^c$
% \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$
% \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian)
@@ -3690,6 +4013,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \item spanish2
% \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$
% \item spanish4
+% \item swahili
% \item swedish
% \item swedish2
% \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$
@@ -3701,7 +4025,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$
% \item xalx2\,$^c$
% \item xalx3\,$^c$
-% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{itemize}
% \end{multicols}
% \hrule
% \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize
@@ -3754,6 +4078,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \ilopt{meyalu}%
% \ilopt{bangla}%
% \ilopt{basque}%
+% \ilopt{bengali}%
% \ilopt{bicig}%
% \ilopt{uighur}%
% \ilopt{bicig2}%
@@ -3857,10 +4182,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \ilopt{hungarian}%
% \ilopt{magyar2}%
% \ilopt{magyar3}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-b}%
% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}%
% \ilopt{malayalam-omega}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}%
% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}%
% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}%
% \ilopt{mongol}%
% \ilopt{mongolb}%
% \ilopt{mongolian}%
@@ -3903,6 +4233,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \ilopt{spanish2}%
% \ilopt{spanish3}%
% \ilopt{spanish4}%
+% \ilopt{swahili}%
% \ilopt{swedish}%
% \ilopt{swedish2}%
% \ilopt{thai}%
@@ -3921,8 +4252,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \centering
% \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small
% \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing
-% \begin{multicols}{5}
-% \begin{enumerate}
+% \begin{multicols}{4}
+% \begin{itemize}
% \item afrikaan (afrikaans)
% \item albanian
% \item arab (arabic)\,$^{a,c}$
@@ -3931,7 +4262,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \item armenian\,$^c$
% \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$
% \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$
-% \item bangla\,$^c$
+% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$
% \item basque
% \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$
% \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$
@@ -4010,10 +4341,14 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \item magyar (hungarian)
% \item magyar2
% \item magyar3
+% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$
% \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$
% \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$
% \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$
% \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$
% \item mongol\,$^c$
% \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$
% \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian)
@@ -4050,6 +4385,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \item spanish2
% \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$
% \item spanish4
+% \item swahili
% \item swedish
% \item swedish2
% \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$
@@ -4061,7 +4397,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$
% \item xalx2\,$^c$
% \item xalx3\,$^c$
-% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{itemize}
% \end{multicols}
% \hrule
% \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize
@@ -4821,11 +5157,12 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{offset}\verb|}|
% \end{quote}
%
+% \lneed{3}
% For instance,
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{minitoc}{-4em}|
% \end{quote}
-% will set the macro \dcnt{mtcoffset} with the given value. This command checks that you set a offset for a
+% will set the macro \com{mtcoffset} to the given value. This command checks that you set a offset for a
% mini-table type available in your document class (and that it is possible to change its offset).
% \or\relax
% Pour simplifier la redéfinition des déplacements des mini-tables, vous disposez de la commande
@@ -4834,11 +5171,12 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{déplacement}\verb|}|
% \end{quote}
%
+% \lneed{3}
% Par exemple:
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{minitoc}{-4em}|
% \end{quote}
-% forcera la macro \com{mtcoffset}~la valeur donnée. Cette commande vérifie que vous forcez un déplacement
+% forcera la macro \com{mtcoffset} à~la valeur donnée. Cette commande vérifie que vous forcez un déplacement
% pour un type de mini-table disponible dans votre classe de document (et qu'il est possible de changer son
% déplacement).
% \fi
@@ -4863,7 +5201,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% some were adapted, others were made available by gentle users
% or taken from specific packages, like \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex},
% \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi},
-% \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} (armenian)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla)~\cite{bangtex},
+% \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} (armenian)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla, bengali)~\cite{bangtex},
% \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} (spanish)~\cite{spanish4}.
% \devnag\ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari},
% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop},
@@ -4879,15 +5217,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% need \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), i.e.,~the Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) version of \LaTeX, (see~\cite{antomega}),
% or even found by searching on the Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} for upper cyrillic bulgarian,
% \xfile{japanese.mld} for japanese, \xfile{serbianc.mld} for cyrillic serbian).
-% Other languages are welcome. See table~\vref{t+languages}.
+% Other languages are welcome\,\footnote{I~am searching for the titles in corsican and in occitan, in
+% particular.}. See table~\vref{t+languages}.
% \or\relax
% \subsection{Langues pour les titres}\label{fo+lang}
% La plupart des chaînes définies dans les fichiers de définition de langue (\suffix{.mld}) ont été prises
% dans le superbe paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, certaines ont été adaptées,
% d'autres ont été mises à~disposition par d'aimables utilisateurs ou prises dans des paquetages spécifiques, tels
% que \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}
-% (arménien)~\cite{armtex},
-% \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla)~\cite{bangtex},
+% (arménien)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla, bengali)~\cite{bangtex},
% \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} (espagnol)~\cite{spanish4}.
% \devnag\ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} pour \TeX~\cite{devanagari},
% \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} and
@@ -4903,7 +5241,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% de \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), c'est-à-dire de la version de \LaTeX\ pour Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$),
% (voir~\cite{antomega}), --- ou ont même été trouvées en
% cherchant sur le Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} pour le haut bulgare cyrillique, \xfile{japanese.mld} pour le
-% japonais, \xfile{serbianc.mld} pour le serbe cyrillique). D'autres langues sont les bienvenues.
+% japonais, \xfile{serbianc.mld} pour le serbe cyrillique). D'autres langues sont les bienvenues\,\footnote{Je recherche
+% notamment les titres pour le corse (\emph{corsican}) et l'occitan.}.
% Voir le tableau~\vref{t+languages}.
% \fi
%
@@ -5072,7 +5411,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% As these commands are internal (their names contain the ``\texttt{@}'' character) and must have a local effect only
-% on specific mini-tables, you should alter them indirectly via the \com{mtcsetformat} command:
+% on the specified kinds of mini-tables, you should alter them indirectly via the \com{mtcsetformat} command:
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{parameter}\verb|}{|\emph{value}\verb|}|
% \end{quote}
@@ -5084,10 +5423,10 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{partlof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil}|
% \end{quote}
% will set the right margin to \texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil} in the lists of tables at the part level. The elasticity
-% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) is useful if the table captions are long.
+% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) is useful if the table captions are long (it prevents most hyphenations).
% \or\relax
% Puisque ces commandes sont internes (leurs noms contiennent le caractère «~\texttt{@}~») et doivent avoir un
-% effet local seulement sur des mini-tables spécifiques, vous devriez les modifier indirectement via la commande
+% effet local seulement sur les types spécifiés de mini-tables, vous devriez les modifier indirectement via la commande
% \com{mtcsetformat}:
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{paramètre}\verb|}{|\emph{valeur}\verb|}|
@@ -5100,7 +5439,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{partlof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil}|
% \end{quote}
% établira la marge de droite à~\texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil} dans la liste des tableaux au niveau partie. L'élasticité
-% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) est utile si les captions des tableaux sont longs.
+% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) est utile si les captions des tableaux sont longs (elle évite bien des coupures de mots).
% \fi
% \end{macro}
% \end{SMOOTH}
@@ -5881,13 +6220,11 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% objects like the Table of Contents itself, the List of
% Figures, the List of Tables, the Bibliography or the Index,
% you should use the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}
-% (this package is available from the CTAN archives).
+% (package available from the CTAN archives).
% \or\relax
% Si\SMMZ{\lmess{I0046}} vous souhaitez ajouter des entrées dans la table des matières pour des objets tels que la table de
% matières elle-même, la liste des figures, la liste de tableaux, la bibliographie ou l'index, vous devriez
-% utiliser le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson} (ce
-\makeatletter
-% paquetage est disponible sur les archives CTAN).
+% utiliser le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson} (paquetage disponible sur les archives CTAN).
% \fi
%
% \lneed{5}
@@ -5961,7 +6298,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \com{mtcaddchapter}
% \end{quote}
% \lneed{3}
-% But this can be done by:
+% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{W0006}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{E0026}} this can be done by:
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+
% \end{quote}
@@ -5969,8 +6306,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else
% the \texttt{section} level.
% If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is
-% defined; else an error is reported. It is \virage\emph{recommended} that you check the result and,
-% if necessary, you adjust the optional argument.
+% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and,
+% if necessary, adjust the optional argument.
% \or\relax
% Pour le glossaire, c'est un peu plus compliqué;
% vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste après la commande \com{printglossary}:
@@ -5980,15 +6317,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \com{mtcaddchapter}
% \end{quote}
% \lneed{3}
-% Mais ceci peut être remplacé par:
+% Mais\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{W0006}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{E0026}} ceci peut être remplacé par:
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+
% \end{quote}
% où l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrée du glossaire dans la table des matières. Par défaut, si
% \com{chapter} est définie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisé, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}.
% Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont définies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisé si \com{part} est
-% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Il est \virage\emph{recommandé} que vous vérifiez le résultat et, si
-% nécessaire, que vous ajustiez l'argument optionnel.
+% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Vous \emph{devez} de vérifier le résultat et, si
+% nécessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel.
% \fi
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -6009,7 +6346,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \com{mtcaddchapter}
% \end{quote}
% \lneed{3}
-% But this can be done by:
+% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}\\\lmess{E0027}} this can be done by:
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+
% \end{quote}
@@ -6017,8 +6354,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else
% the \texttt{section} level.
% If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is
-% defined; else an error is reported. It is \virage\emph{recommended} that you check the result and,
-% if necessary, you adjust the optional argument.
+% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and,
+% if necessary, adjust the optional argument.
% \or\relax
% Pour l'index, c'est comme pour le glossaire:
% vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste après la commande \com{printindex}:
@@ -6028,15 +6365,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \com{mtcaddchapter}
% \end{quote}
% \lneed{3}
-% Mais ceci peut être remplacé par:
+% Mais\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}\\\lmess{E0027}} ceci peut être remplacé par:
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+
% \end{quote}
% où l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrée d'index dans la table des matières. Par défaut, si
% \com{chapter} est définie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisé, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}.
% Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont définies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisé si \com{part} est
-% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Il est \virage\emph{recommandé} que vous vérifiez le résultat et, si
-% nécessaire, que vous ajustiez l'argument optionnel.
+% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Vous \emph{devez} vérifier le résultat et, si
+% nécessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel.
% \fi
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -6049,7 +6386,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% For the nomenclature\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl}.},
+% For the nomenclature\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl} or the \pack{nomentbl}
+% package~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomentbl} calls \pack{nomencl}).},
% it is like for the glossary, you should add the
% following commands just after the \com{printnomenclature} command:
% \begin{quote}
@@ -6058,7 +6396,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \com{mtcaddchapter}
% \end{quote}
% \lneed{3}
-% But this can be done by:
+% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{W0096}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{E0040}} this can be done by:
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+
% \end{quote}
@@ -6066,10 +6404,11 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else
% the \texttt{section} level.
% If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is
-% defined; else an error is reported. It is \virage\emph{recommended} that you check the result and,
-% if necessary, you adjust the optional argument.
+% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and,
+% if necessary, adjust the optional argument.
% \or\relax
-% Pour la nomenclature\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl}.}, c'est comme pour le glossaire:
+% Pour la nomenclature\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl} ou le paquetage
+% \pack{nomentbl}~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomentbl} appelle \pack{nomencl}).}, c'est comme pour le glossaire,
% vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste après la commande \com{printnomenclature}:
% \begin{quote}
% \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\
@@ -6084,8 +6423,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% où l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrée de la nomenclature dans la table des matières. Par défaut, si
% \com{chapter} est définie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisé, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}.
% Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont définies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisé si \com{part} est
-% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Il est \virage\emph{recommandé} que vous vérifiez le résultat et, si
-% nécessaire, que vous ajustiez l'argument optionnel.
+% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Vous \virage\emph{devez} vérifier le résultat et, si
+% nécessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel.
% \fi
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -6130,7 +6469,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% This option loads the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite} (by \name{Donald}{Arseneau}).
% It avoids problems with \com{cite} commands in
-% sectionning commands or captions: if you then run \BibTeX{} using the \index{unsrt}\texttt{unsrt} (unsorted) style, or a
+% sectionning commands or captions: if you then run \BibTeX{} using the \texttt{unsrt} (unsorted) style, or a
% similar style, these citations get numbered starting
% from the page in the table of contents where is the parasite citation, not the number they should have in the main text.
% The \pack{notoccite} package prevents this. As \upack{minitoc} prints TOCs, it is subject to the same problem.
@@ -6138,7 +6477,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \or\relax
% Cette option charge le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite} (de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}).
% Elle évite des problèmes avec des commandes \com{cite} situées dans des commandes de sectionnement ou des
-% captions: si vous exécutez alors \BibTeX{} en utilisant le style \index{unsrt}\texttt{unsrt} (non trié), ou un
+% captions: si vous exécutez alors \BibTeX{} en utilisant le style \texttt{unsrt} (non trié), ou un
% style similaire, ces citations seront numérotées en commençant à~la page de la table des matières où se trouve la
% citation parasite, et non avec le numéro qu'elles auraient dans le texte principal. Le paquetage
% \pack{notoccite} évite ceci. Comme \upack{minitoc} imprime des tables des matières, il est sujet au même
@@ -6276,7 +6615,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \lneed{7}
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% Presence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}}
+% Presence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}\\\lmess{W0099}}
% of the following packages or classes, which, unfortunately, are \emph{incompatible}
% with the \upack{minitoc} package:
% \class{amsart} (class),
@@ -6288,7 +6627,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% completely alien to the standard \LaTeX\ way; hence \upack{minitoc} and \upack{titlesec}-\upack{titletoc} are
% fundamentaly \emph{incompatible}, and it is very sad.}.
% \or\relax
-% Présence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}}
+% Présence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}\\\lmess{W0099}}
% des paquetages ou classes suivants, qui, malheureusement, sont \emph{incompatibles} avec le paquetage
% \upack{minitoc}:
% \class{amsart} (classe),
@@ -6700,7 +7039,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \suffix{.lof}, and \suffix{.lot} files from \upack{minitoc} specific
% commands which are now spurious.
% \or\relax
-% Si un document a été préparé avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc} package, il contient de nombreuses commandes
+% Si un document a été préparé avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, il contient de nombreuses commandes
% spécifiques de \upack{minitoc}, dont la plupart sont des commandes \com{dominitoc}, \com{faketableofcontents} et
% \com{minitoc} (et leurs équivalentes pour les listes de figures et de tableaux).
% Si vous souhaitez composer ce document sans aucune mini-table, il vous suffit de remplacer le paquetage
@@ -6713,6 +7052,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \fi
% \end{SMOOTH}
%
+% \cleardoublepage
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \chapter{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{FAQ}
% \or\relax
@@ -6741,8 +7081,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \fi
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% Here is a list of problems and frequently asked questions about
-% the \upack{minitoc.sty} package. If the version has a number less than~55, please
-% upgrade to version~\#55. This list is also given in the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file,
+% the \upack{minitoc.sty} package. If the version has a number less than~56, please
+% upgrade to version~\#56. This list is also given in the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file,
% in pure text form. The numbering of this list is done by date of the first occurrence of the question.
%
% If a problem arises, it is often wise to: a)~use the \optd{hints} option (see section~\vref{s+hints}),
@@ -6750,13 +7090,13 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% messages. If you do not find a solution, ask a question on an adequate news group, like \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex}
% (in french) or \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english) preferably, groups which I try to follow, or send me a mail
% in last ressort (please join a minimal but complete example~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{See also:
-% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/textfaq2html?label=minxampl}
-% and \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/textfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices.}
-% reproducing the problem; this example should use the \opt{hint} option).
+% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl}
+% and \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices.} (or~``MCE'')
+% reproducing the problem; this example should use the \opt{hints} option).
% \or\relax
% Voici une liste de problèmes et de questions fréquemment posées («~foire aux questions~») à~propos du paquetage
-% \upack{minitoc}. Si votre version a un numéro plus petit que~55, vous êtes priés de faire une mise à~jour
-% à~la version~\#55. Cette liste est aussi donnée dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}, sous
+% \upack{minitoc}. Si votre version a un numéro plus petit que~56, vous êtes priés de faire une mise à~jour
+% à~la version~\#56. Cette liste est aussi donnée dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}, sous
% forme de texte pur (et en anglais). La numérotation de cette liste est faite selon la date de la première occurrence
% de la question.
%
@@ -6765,9 +7105,9 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% peut contenir des messages pertinents. Si vous ne trouvez pas de solution, posez une question sur un groupe de
% discussion adéquat, tel que \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en français), ou \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais) de préférence,
% que j'essaye de suivre, ou envoyez moi un courrier en dernier recours (prière de joindre un exemple complet
-% minimal~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{Voir aussi: \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/textfaq2html?label=minxampl}
-% et \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/textfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils.} reproduisant le problème;
-% cet exemple devrait utiliser l'option \opt{hint}).
+% minimal~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{Voir aussi: \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl}
+% et \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils.} (ou «~ECM~»\/) reproduisant
+% le problème; cet exemple devrait utiliser l'option \opt{hints}).
% \fi
%
% ^^A (1)
@@ -7063,7 +7403,10 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% ^^A And look at~``Special Entries for TOC, LOF, LOT, Bibliography and Index'', section~\vref{special.entries}.
% And look at~``Special Entries in the TOC'', section~\vref{special.entries}.
%
-% The same remark applies to the \texttt{part} and \texttt{section} counters.
+% Since version~\#23 (1994/11/08), the numbering of chapters and that of minitocs are independent, so that problem just
+% vanished.
+%
+% The same remarks apply to the \texttt{part} and \texttt{section} counters.
% \or\relax
% \emph{Ne trichez pas}\virage{} avec le compteur «~\texttt{chapter}~», donc n'écrivez pas des horreurs telles que:
% \begin{verse}
@@ -7075,7 +7418,10 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% La version \#19 vous permet de commencer par un chapitre numéroté autrement que un.
% Et regardez «~Entrées spéciales dans la TdM~», section~\vref{special.entries}.
%
-% La même remarque s'applique aux compteurs \texttt{part} et \texttt{section}.
+% Depuis la version~\#23 (1994/11/08), la numérotation des chapitres et celle des minitocs sont indépendantes,
+% donc ce problème a disparu.
+%
+% Les mêmes remarques s'appliquent aux compteurs \texttt{part} et \texttt{section}.
% \fi
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -7215,7 +7561,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% But, since version \#35,
% \upack{minitoc} is able to detect and skip empty \uxfile{*.mtc*} files
% (and siblings) to avoid ugly titles with just two thin rules.
-% It would not be easy to do with one big auxiliary file.
+% It would not be easy to do with only one big auxiliary file.
% Since version \#44, the \optd{listfiles} package option is available to create a list of these auxiliary
% files; see section~\vref{s+listfiles}.
% \or\relax
@@ -7584,15 +7930,16 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% OR\\
% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{sectend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\sectend}|
% \end{quote}
-% when it is necessary to delimit the end of the preceding chapter or section.
+% when it is necessary to delimit the end of the preceding chapter or section\,\footnote{In fact, the commands
+% \com{partend}, \com{chapterend} and \com{sectend} should not be used directly by the user, in normal circumstances.}.
%
-% A rather elegant solution is to add an entry into the TOC via the \com{addappheadtotoc} command offered by
+% A rather more elegant solution is to add an entry into the TOC via the \com{addappheadtotoc} command offered by
% the \pack{appendix} package. As this entry is a chapter-level (or section-level) entry, it delimits correctly
-% the end of the preceding chapter or section.
+% the end of the preceding chapter or section.
%
% See also the \exam{mtc-amm.tex} example file (section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}),
% which uses the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3},
-% which includes itself the \pack{appendix} package functionnality (same author).
+% which includes itself the \pack{appendix} package functionnality (these packages and this class are from the same author).
% \or\relax
% Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}),\imess{I0042} vous observerez un
% sérieux problème avec les minitocs dans l'environnement \env{appendices} (et après lui): elles ne correspondent
@@ -7619,16 +7966,18 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% OU\\
% \icom{addtocontents}\icom{sectend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\sectend}|
% \end{quote}
-% lorsqu'il est nécessaire de délimiter la fin du chapitre (ou de la section) précédent(e).
+% lorsqu'il est nécessaire de délimiter la fin du chapitre (ou de la section) précédent(e)\,\footnote{En fait, les
+% commandes \com{partend}, \com{chapterend} et \com{sectend} ne devraient pas être appelées directement par
+% l'utilisateur, dans des circonstances normales.}.
%
-% Une solution assez élégante consiste à~ajouter une entrée dans la table des matières via la
+% Une solution plus élégante consiste à~ajouter une entrée dans la table des matières via la
% commande \com{addappheadtotoc} fournie par le paquetage \pack{appendix}. Comme cette entrée est une entrée
% au niveau chapitre (ou au niveau section), elle délimite correctement la fin du chapitre (ou de la section)
% précédent(e).
%
% Voir aussi le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-amm.tex} (section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}),
% qui utilise la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3},
-% qui inclut elle-même la fonctionnalité de paquetage \pack{appendix} (même auteur).
+% qui inclut elle-même la fonctionnalité du paquetage \pack{appendix} (ces paquetages et cette classe sont du même auteur).
% \fi
% \end{environment}
% \end{macro}
@@ -7737,8 +8086,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
% \vref{special.entries}, and~\vref{faq+tocloft} respectively).
% If your version of the \class{memoir} class is recent, the syntax of the \com{chapter} command is
% different and the \class{memoir} class \emph{could be no more compatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package, but a
-% patch is inserted to fix the problem. Hopefully, if your version of the \class{memoir} is more recent than 2005/09/25,
-% the patch is no more necessary.
+% patch is inserted to fix the problem. Hopefully, if your version of the \class{memoir} class
+% is more recent than 2005/09/25, the patch is no more necessary.
%
% If you are using the \class{memoir} class (or the \pack{tocloft} package),
% the \com{mtcsetfont} command has no effect (\com{mtcsettitlefont} works); you should use the font
@@ -7932,17 +8281,13 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.%
\chapter{First}
\minitoc
First chapter
-\section{First section}
-\lipsum[1]
-\section{Second section}
-\lipsum[2]
+\section{First section} \lipsum[1]
+\section{Second section} \lipsum[2]
\chapter{Second}
\minitoc
Second
-\section{First section of second chapter}
-\lipsum[3]
-\section{Second section of second chapter}
-\lipsum[4]
+\section{First section of second chapter} \lipsum[3]
+\section{Second section of second chapter} \lipsum[4]
\appendix % begins the appendices
\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Appendices} % adds a part entry in the TOC
\adjustptc % fixes the parttoc counter ptc
@@ -7954,17 +8299,13 @@ Second
\chapter{First appendix}
\minitoc
First appendix
-\section{First section}
-\lipsum[5]
-\section{Second section}
-\lipsum[6]
+\section{First section} \lipsum[5]
+\section{Second section} \lipsum[6]
\chapter{Second appendix}
\minitoc
Second appendix
-\section{First section of second appendix}
-\lipsum[7]
-\section{Second section of second appendix}
-\lipsum[8]
+\section{First section of second appendix} \lipsum[7]
+\section{Second section of second appendix} \lipsum[8]
\end{mtchideinmaintoc} % end of hiding
\end{document}
%</mtc-apx>
@@ -8003,13 +8344,10 @@ Second appendix
\usepackage%
[tight,listfiles]{minitoc}
\begin{document}
-\dominilof
-\dominilot
-\listoffigures
-\listoftables
+\dominilof \listoffigures
+\dominilot \listoftables
\chapter{First}
-\minilof
-\minilot
+\minilof \minilot
\begin{figure}
\caption{AAAA1}
\end{figure}
@@ -8023,8 +8361,7 @@ Second appendix
\caption{TAAAA2}
\end{table}
\chapter{Second}
-\minilof
-\minilot
+\minilof \minilot
%%----------------------
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{SMOOTH}
@@ -8124,10 +8461,8 @@ Second appendix
\usepackage%
[tight,listfiles]{minitoc}
\begin{document}
-\dominilof
-\dominilot
-\listoffigures
-\listoftables
+\dominilof \listoffigures
+\dominilot \listoftables
\chapter{First}
\minilof \minilot
\begin{figure}
@@ -8143,8 +8478,7 @@ Second appendix
\caption{TAAAA2}
\end{table}
\chapter{Second}
-\minilof
-\minilot
+\minilof \minilot
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{multicols}}
% \end{SMOOTH}
@@ -8195,8 +8529,7 @@ Second appendix
\endmtchideinmainlot % <--
\end{table}
\chapter{Third}
-\minilof
-\minilot
+\minilof \minilot
\begin{figure}
\caption{CCCC1}
\end{figure}
@@ -8577,6 +8910,7 @@ Second appendix
% So \com{ptcfont} can be used to define some global characteristics for the fonts in the parttocs, while
% \com{ptcCfont} (etc.) can be used to customize the fonts for each level of entries.
%
+% \lneed{7}
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% Note that if you say:
% \begin{quote}
@@ -8601,8 +8935,8 @@ Second appendix
% \end{SMOOTH}
%
% For levels above subsection (part, chapter and section), the fonts a more specific in general, but you can, of course,
-% say something like \com{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| to make a similar association. You can even make other associations,
-% like this:
+% say something like \ucom{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| to make a similar association.
+% You can even make other associations, like this:
% \begin{quote}
% \verb|% for high sectionning levels:|\\
% \icom{def}\verb| \def\highlevelsfont{\rmfamily\bfseries\normalsize\upshape}|\\
@@ -8659,6 +8993,7 @@ Second appendix
% quelques caractéristiques globales pour les fontes dans les parttocs, tandis que \com{ptcCfont} (etc.) peuvent
% être utilisées pour personnaliser les fontes pour chaque niveau d'entrées.
%
+% \lneed{7}
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% Notez que si vous dites:
% \begin{quote}
@@ -8674,8 +9009,8 @@ Second appendix
% après avoir chargé le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, ces commandes de fontes seront «~associées~» à~\com{ptcfont},
% donc si vous modifiez \com{ptcfont} (par une commande \com{renewcommand} ou via \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}|),
% elles suivront la modification. Mais si vous modifiez l'une de ces commandes via
-% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{...}| (\texttt{subsection} est un exemple) ou \com{renewcommand}, l'association
-% est rompue. Mais vous pourriez agir plus subtilement en disant quelque chose comme
+% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{...}| (\texttt{subsection} est un exemple) ou \com{renewcommand},
+% l'association est rompue. Mais vous pourriez agir plus subtilement en disant quelque chose comme
% \begin{quote}
% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{\ptcfont\itshape}|
% \end{quote}
@@ -8683,7 +9018,8 @@ Second appendix
% \end{SMOOTH}
%
% Pour les niveaux au-dessus de la sous-section (partie, chapitre et section), les fontes sont plus spécifiques en
-% général, mais vous pouvez, bien sûr, utiliser une définition telle que \verb|\def\ptcCfont{\ptcfont}| pour faire une
+% général, mais vous pouvez, bien sûr, utiliser une définition telle que
+% \ucom{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| pour faire une
% association similaire. Vous pouvez même faire d'autres associations, comme ceci:
% \begin{quote}
% \verb|% pour les hauts niveaux de sectionnement:|\\
@@ -8897,7 +9233,7 @@ Second appendix
[2007/01/04]
% \end{macrocode}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% We use the \pack{vruler} package (by \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) to display a vertical showing the position of the titles:
+% We use the \pack{vruler} package (by \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) to display a vertical ruler showing the position of the titles:
% \or\relax
% Nous utilisons le paquetage \pack{vruler} (de \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) pour placer une échelle verticale montrant la position
% des titres:
@@ -8905,13 +9241,11 @@ Second appendix
% \begin{macrocode}
\usepackage{vruler} % to have a vertical graduation to note positions
% % (by Zhuhan Jiang)
-% \begin{macrocode}
\usepackage{txfonts}
\usepackage[english2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc}
\begin{document}
\setvruler[1cm][0][10][3][0][0pt][0pt][0pt][] % with vruler package
-\doparttoc
-\faketableofcontents
+\doparttoc \faketableofcontents
\part{First part}
% \end{macrocode}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -9112,8 +9446,7 @@ Second appendix
% \begin{macrocode}
\mtcsetfont{minitoc}{*}{\normalfont\small}
\frontmatter
-\dominitoc
-\tableofcontents
+\dominitoc \tableofcontents
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\cftpagenumbersoff}
@@ -10056,14 +10389,15 @@ Second appendix
% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}Environment to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\
% \com{mtchideinmainlof}\texttt{[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}.
% \com{endmtchideinmainlof}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\
-% &Pair of commands to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\
+% &Pair of commands$^*$ to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\
% \ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}.
% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\
% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}Environment to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\
% \com{mtchideinmainlot}\texttt{[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}.
% \com{endmtchideinmainlot}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\
-% &Pair of commands to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\
+% &Pair of commands$^*$ to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\
% \bottomrule
+% \multicolumn{2}{l}{$*$: recommended form.}
% \end{tabularx}
% \egroup
% \end{table}
@@ -10104,14 +10438,15 @@ Second appendix
% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}Environnement pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des figures principale.\\
% \com{mtchideinmainlof}\texttt{[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}.
% \com{endmtchideinmainlof}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\
-% &Paire de commandes pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des figures principale.\\
+% &Paire de commandes\,$^*$ pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des figures principale.\\
% \ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}.
% \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\
% &\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}Environnement pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\
% \com{mtchideinmainlot}\texttt{[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}.
% \com{endmtchideinmainlot}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\
-% &Paire de commandes pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\
+% &Paire de commandes\,$^*$ pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\
% \bottomrule
+% \multicolumn{2}{l}{$*$: forme recommandée.}
% \end{tabularx}
% \egroup
% \end{table}
@@ -10122,6 +10457,7 @@ Second appendix
% \changeskips
% \caption{Classes and packages needing some precautions with \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+packs}
% \centering
+% \bgroup\mysize
% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}clZ{1.5}Z{.7}Z{.8}@{}}
% \toprule
% &\textbf{P/C}&\textbf{Names}&\textbf{Author(s)}&\textbf{Page(s)}&\textbf{Reference(s)}\\
@@ -10137,21 +10473,20 @@ Second appendix
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,cap-anleitung}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\
% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{flowfram}&\name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}&\pageref{faq.48}&\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{fncychap}&\name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}&\pageref{faq.38}&\cite{fncychap}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hangcaption}&\name{David~M.}{Jones}&\pageref{faq.47}&\cite{hangcaption}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hyperref}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}&\pageref{faq.17}&\cite{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}\\
% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{jura}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{mcaption}&\name{Stephan}{Hennig}&\pageref{h.mcaption}&\cite{mcaption}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\
% &\textbf{C}&\class{memoir}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+memoir}&\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{notoccite}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{ss+notoccite}&\cite{notoccite}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{placeins}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{rem+FB}&\cite{placeins}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{quotchap}&\name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}&\pageref{h.quotchap}&\cite{quotchap}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{romannum}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.romannum}&\cite{romannum}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\
% &\textbf{C}&\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\class{scrartcl},\\\class{scrbook} and\\\class{scrreprt}\end{tabular}&\name{Frank}{Neukam}, \name{Markus}{Kohm}, \name{Axel}{Kielhorn}, and \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}&\pageref{faq.35}&\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sectsty}&\name{Rowland}{McDonnell}&\pageref{faq.28}&\cite{sectsty}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sfheaders}&\name{Maurizio}{Loreti}&\pageref{faq.41}&\cite{sfheaders}\\
@@ -10161,18 +10496,21 @@ Second appendix
% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titletoc}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocbibind}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{special.entries}&\cite{tocbibind}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocloft}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+tocloft}, \pageref{faq.46}&\cite{tocloft}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{varsects}&\namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}&\pageref{h.varsects}&\cite{varsects}\\
% \bottomrule
% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$:~\emph{Incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}.\quad\textbf{C}:~\textbf{C}lass.\quad\textbf{P}:~\textbf{P}ackage.}\\
% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Any class not defining the main standard sectionning commands is
% \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}.}\\
% \end{tabularx}
+% \egroup
% \end{table}
% \or\relax
% \begin{table}[tpb]
% \changeskips
% \caption{Classes et paquetages nécessitant quelques précautions avec \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+packs}
% \centering
+% \bgroup\mysize
% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}clZ{1.5}Z{.7}Z{.8}@{}}
% \toprule
% &\textbf{P/C}&\textbf{Noms}&\textbf{Auteur(s)}&\textbf{Page(s)}&\textbf{Référence(s)}\\
@@ -10188,21 +10526,20 @@ Second appendix
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,cap-anleitung}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\
% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{flowfram}&\name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}&\pageref{faq.48}&\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{fncychap}&\name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}&\pageref{faq.38}&\cite{fncychap}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hangcaption}&\name{David~M.}{Jones}&\pageref{faq.47}&\cite{hangcaption}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{hyperref}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} et \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}&\pageref{faq.17}&\cite{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}\\
% $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{jura}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{mcaption}&\name{Stephan}{Hennig}&\pageref{h.mcaption}&\cite{mcaption}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\
% &\textbf{C}&\class{memoir}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+memoir}&\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{notoccite}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{ss+notoccite}&\cite{notoccite}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{placeins}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{rem+FB}&\cite{placeins}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{quotchap}&\name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}&\pageref{h.quotchap}&\cite{quotchap}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{romannum}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.romannum}&\cite{romannum}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\
% &\textbf{C}&\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\class{scrartcl},\\\class{scrbook} et\\\class{scrreprt}\end{tabular}&\name{Frank}{Neukam}, \name{Markus}{Kohm}, \name{Axel}{Kielhorn} et \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}&\pageref{faq.35}&\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sectsty}&\name{Rowland}{McDonnell}&\pageref{faq.28}&\cite{sectsty}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{sfheaders}&\name{Maurizio}{Loreti}&\pageref{faq.41}&\cite{sfheaders}\\
@@ -10212,12 +10549,14 @@ Second appendix
% $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titletoc}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocbibind}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{special.entries}&\cite{tocbibind}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocloft}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+tocloft}, \pageref{faq.46}&\cite{tocloft}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\
% &\textbf{P}&\pack{varsects}&\namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}&\pageref{h.varsects}&\cite{varsects}\\
% \bottomrule
% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$:~\emph{Incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}.\quad\textbf{C}:~\textbf{C}lasse.\quad\textbf{P}:~\textbf{P}aquetage.}\\
% \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Toute classe ne définissant pas les principales commandes de sectionnement standard
% est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}.}\\
% \end{tabularx}
+% \egroup
% \end{table}
% \fi
%
@@ -10335,8 +10674,7 @@ Second appendix
\usepackage[latin]{babel}
\setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt}
\begin{document}
-\dominitoc
-\tableofcontents
+\dominitoc \tableofcontents
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{multicols}}
% \begin{environment}{multicols}
@@ -10458,10 +10796,10 @@ Second appendix
% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We test if there is only two parts: if yes, we will use ``seconde''.
-% Else (zero, one, three or more parts), we will use ``deuxième''.
+% Else (three or more parts), we will use ``deuxième''.
% \or\relax
% Nous testons s'il y a seulement deux parties: si oui, nous utiliserons «~seconde~».
-% Sinon (zéro, une, trois parties ou plus), nous utiliserons «~deuxième~».
+% Sinon (trois parties ou plus), nous utiliserons «~deuxième~».
% \fi
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -10666,9 +11004,8 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième.
\section{Twenty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}]
\section{Twenty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}]
\section{Twenty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}]
-\subsection{A very long subsection title,
- for the fun in a multicolumn
- table of contents} \lipsum[\arabic{section}]
+\subsection{A very long subsection title, for the fun in
+a multicolumn table of contents} \lipsum[\arabic{section}]
\section{Twenty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}]
\section{Twenty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}]
\section{Twenty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}]
@@ -10763,9 +11100,7 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième.
% Nous appelons les commandes de préparation des mini-tables:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\dominitoc
-\dominilof
-\dominilot
+\dominitoc \dominilof \dominilot
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -10782,12 +11117,9 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième.
% donc nous devons prendre les précautions spécifiées dans la section~\vref{special.entries}:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\tableofcontents
-\mtcaddchapter
-\listoffigures
-\mtcaddchapter
-\listoftables
-\mtcaddchapter
+\tableofcontents \mtcaddchapter
+\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter
+\listoftables \mtcaddchapter
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -10805,10 +11137,8 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\chapter{First chapter}\index{chapter!normal}
-\minitoc
-\mtcskip
-\minilof
-\mtcskip
+\minitoc \mtcskip
+\minilof \mtcskip
\minilot
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -10824,12 +11154,8 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième.
% \begin{macrocode}
\section{First section}
-\begin{figure}[tp]
-\caption{First figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}[tp]
-\caption{First table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table}
\section{Second section}
A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\
@@ -10845,12 +11171,8 @@ But I imagine that he would, yes.}\\
Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks}~(1993),~\textsl{Against~a~dark~background.}%
\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background}
-\begin{figure}[tp]
-\caption{Second figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Second table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\chapter*}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter}
@@ -10902,28 +11224,18 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\chapter{Third chapter}
\index{chapter!normal}
-\minitoc
-\mtcskip
-\minilof
-\mtcskip
+\minitoc \mtcskip
+\minilof \mtcskip
\minilot
\section{Third section}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Third figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Third table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table}
\section{Fourth section}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Fourth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Fourth table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\bibliographystyle}
% \begin{macro}{\bibliography}
@@ -10970,28 +11282,18 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\appendix
\chapter{App.~1}
\index{chapter!appendix}
-\minitoc
-\mtcskip
-\minilof
-\mtcskip
+\minitoc \mtcskip
+\minilof \mtcskip
\minilot
\section{Fifth section}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Fifth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Fifth table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Fifth table} \end{table}
\section{Sixth section}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Sixth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Sixth table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table}
% \end{macrocode}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The next chapter asks for a minitoc, a minilof and a minilot, but contains no tables; hence
@@ -11004,27 +11306,17 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\chapter{App.~2}
\index{chapter!appendix}
%% contains no tables but asks for a minilot! No minilot printed.
-\minitoc
-\mtcskip
-\minilof
-\mtcskip
+\minitoc \mtcskip
+\minilof \mtcskip
\minilot
\section{Seventh section}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Seventh figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Eighth figure}
-\end{figure}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure}
\section{Eighth section}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Ninth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Eleventh figure}
-\end{figure}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure}
\end{document}
%</mtc-add>
@@ -11044,12 +11336,12 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*mtc-addbib>
@MISC{minitoc,
- TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package",
- AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.",
- ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}",
- NOTE="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf}}",
- MONTH=jun,
- YEAR=2007}
+ TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package",
+ AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.",
+ ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf}}",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=2007}
% \end{macrocode}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -11059,12 +11351,12 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
@MISC{fminitoc,
- TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}",
- AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.",
- ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}",
- NOTE="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/fminitoc.pdf}}",
- MONTH=jun,
- YEAR=2007}
+ TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}",
+ AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.",
+ ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/fminitoc.pdf}}",
+ MONTH=dec,
+ YEAR=2007}
% \end{macrocode}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -11074,12 +11366,12 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
@MISC{shorttoc,
- TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package",
- AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.",
- ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}",
- NOTE="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.dtx}}",
- MONTH=aug,
- YEAR=2002}
+ TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package",
+ AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.",
+ ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}",
+ NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf}}",
+ MONTH=aug,
+ YEAR=2002}
% \end{macrocode}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -11089,29 +11381,29 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
@BOOK{dark,
- TITLE="{Against a Dark Background}",
- AUTHOR="Banks, Iain Menzies",
- PUBLISHER="Bantam Books",
- ISBN="0553292240 (pb)",
- YEAR=1993}
+ TITLE="{Against a Dark Background}",
+ AUTHOR="Banks, Iain Menzies",
+ PUBLISHER="Bantam Books",
+ ISBN="0553292240 (pb)",
+ YEAR=1993}
%</mtc-addbib>
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{itemize}
%
-% ^^A \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% ^^A But the database created this way must be trimmed of some spurious lines;
-% ^^A on Unix-like systems, do\footnote{Note that we use no preamble for
-% ^^A this file in \xfile{minitoc.ins}; nevertheless, some lines of percent characters were still generated. This
-% ^^A problem is corrected now, but we keep the solution.}:
-% ^^A \or\relax
-% ^^A Mais la base ainsi créée doit être purgée des lignes superflues;
-% ^^A sur les systèmes analogues à~Unix, faites\,\footnote{Notez que nous
-% ^^A n'utilisons pas de préambule pour ce fichier dans \xfile{minitoc.ins}; néanmoins, des lignes de signes
-% ^^A pour-cent étaint encore produites. Ce problème est désormais corrigé, mais conservons sa solution.}:
-% ^^A \fi
-% ^^A \begin{verse}\small
-% ^^A \verb"cat mtc-add.bib | grep -v '^%%' > addbib;mv addbib mtc-add.bib"
-% ^^A \end{verse}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% But the database created this way must be trimmed of some spurious lines;
+% on Unix-like systems, do\footnote{Note that we should use no preamble for
+% this file in \xfile{minitoc.ins}; nevertheless, some spurious lines are still generated. This
+% problem is not yet corrected now, so we keep the solution.}:
+% \or\relax
+% Mais la base ainsi créée doit être purgée des lignes superflues;
+% sur les systèmes analogues à~Unix, faites\,\footnote{Notez que nous
+% ne devrions pas utiliser de préambule pour ce fichier dans \xfile{minitoc.ins}; néanmoins, des lignes
+% superflues sont encore produites. Ce problème n'est pas encore corrigé, donc nous conservons sa solution.}:
+% \fi
+% \begin{verse}\small
+% \verb"cat mtc-add.bib | grep -v '^%%' > addbib;mv addbib mtc-add.bib"
+% \end{verse}
%
% \lneed{6}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -11134,10 +11426,7 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\ProvidesFile{mtc-ads.tex}%
[2007/01/04]
\usepackage{url,tocbibind,makeidx}
-\makeatletter
-\newif\ifscan@allowed
-\scan@allowedtrue
-\makeatother
+\makeatletter \newif\ifscan@allowed \scan@allowedtrue \makeatother
\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}%
\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak
\dotfil~\ignorespaces}%
@@ -11183,12 +11472,9 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\setcounter{tocdepth}{6}
\setcounter{parttocdepth}{6}
\setcounter{secttocdepth}{6}
-\tableofcontents
-\mtcaddsection
-\listoffigures
-\mtcaddsection
-\listoftables
-\mtcaddsection
+\tableofcontents \mtcaddsection
+\listoffigures \mtcaddsection
+\listoftables \mtcaddsection
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -11218,12 +11504,8 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot
\subsection{First subsection}
-\begin{figure}[tp]
-\caption{First figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}[tp]
-\caption{First table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table}
\subsection{Second subsection}
A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\
@@ -11236,14 +11518,9 @@ A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\
A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it.
But I imagine that he would, yes.\\
\hbox{}\hfill Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}%
-\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}%
-\index{background}
-\begin{figure}[tp]
-\caption{Second figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Second table}
-\end{table}
+\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background}
+\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -11294,21 +11571,13 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot
\subsection{Third subsection}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Third figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Third table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table}
\subsection{Fourth subsection}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Fourth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Fourth table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table}
\subsubsection{Even a sub-sub-section!}
\subsubsection{And yet another one}
@@ -11321,12 +11590,8 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot
\subsection{Fifth subsection}
-\begin{figure}[tp]
-\caption{Fifth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}[tp]
-\caption{Fifth table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table}[tp] \caption{Fifth table} \end{table}
\subsection{Sixth subsection}
A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\
@@ -11340,15 +11605,10 @@ A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it.
But I imagine that he would, yes.\\
\hbox{}\hfill
Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}%
-\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}%
-\index{dark}\index{background}
+\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background}
-\begin{figure}[tp]
-\caption{Sixth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Sixth table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table}
\section*{Fifth section, starred}
\index{section!starred}
@@ -11383,21 +11643,13 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot
\subsection{Seventh subsection}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Seventh figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Seventh table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Seventh table} \end{table}
\subsection{Eighth subsection}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Eighth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Eighth table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Eighth table} \end{table}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -11443,21 +11695,13 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot
\subsection{Ninth subsection}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Ninth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Ninth table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Ninth table} \end{table}
\subsection{Tenth subsection}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Tenth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{table}
-\caption{Tenth table}
-\end{table}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Tenth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{table} \caption{Tenth table} \end{table}
\section{App.~2}
\index{section!appendix}
@@ -11465,21 +11709,13 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot
\subsection{Eleventh subsection}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Eleventh figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Twelfth figure}
-\end{figure}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Twelfth figure} \end{figure}
\subsection{Twelfth subsection}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Thirdteenth figure}
-\end{figure}
-\begin{figure}
-\caption{Fourteenth figure}
-\end{figure}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Thirdteenth figure} \end{figure}
+\begin{figure} \caption{Fourteenth figure} \end{figure}
\end{document}
%</mtc-ads>
@@ -11509,7 +11745,7 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
%<*mtc-amm>
\documentclass[oneside]{memoir}
\ProvidesFile{mtc-amm.tex}%
- [2007/06/29]
+ [2007/08/29]
\usepackage{lipsum} % filling text
\usepackage{hyperref}
\usepackage{memhfixc}
@@ -11605,7 +11841,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*mtc-art>
%% mtc-art.tex
-%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #55
+%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #56
%% package. You can alter most of parameters to test.
%% article (\section must be defined)
\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
@@ -11732,14 +11968,12 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
\secttoc[r] % secttoc title on the right
\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED
\lipsum[1]
-\subsection{S1}
-\lipsum[2]
-\subsection{S2}
-\lipsum[3]
-\subsection{S3}
-\lipsum[4]
+\subsection{S1} \lipsum[2]
+\subsection{S2} \lipsum[3]
+\subsection{S3} \lipsum[4]
\subsection*{S4}
%% \addcontentsline{toc}{starsubsection}{*S4*}
+\lipsum[5]
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -11753,59 +11987,32 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
% \fi
% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\lipsum[5]
-\subsection{S5}
-\lipsum[6]
-\subsection{S6}
-\lipsum[7]
-\subsection{S7}
-\lipsum[8]
-\subsection{S8}
-\lipsum[9]
-\subsection{S9}
-\lipsum[10]
-\subsection{S10}
-\lipsum[11]
-\subsection{S11}
-\lipsum[12]
-\subsection{S12}
-\lipsum[13]
-\subsection{S13}
-\lipsum[14]
-\subsection{S14}
-\lipsum[15]
-\subsection{S15}
-\lipsum[16]
-\subsection{S16}
-\lipsum[17]
-\subsection{S17}
-\lipsum[18]
-\subsection{S18}
-\lipsum[19]
-\subsection{S19}
-\lipsum[20]
-\subsection{S20}
-\lipsum[21]
-\subsection{S21}
-\lipsum[22]
-\subsection{S22}
-\lipsum[23]
-\subsection{S23}
-\lipsum[24]
-\subsection{S24}
-\lipsum[25]
-\subsection{S25}
-\lipsum[26]
-\subsection{S26}
-\lipsum[27]
-\subsection{S27}
-\lipsum[28]
-\subsection{S28}
-\lipsum[29]
-\subsection{S29}
-\lipsum[30]
-\subsection{S30}
-\lipsum[31]
+\subsection{S5} \lipsum[6]
+\subsection{S6} \lipsum[7]
+\subsection{S7} \lipsum[8]
+\subsection{S8} \lipsum[9]
+\subsection{S9} \lipsum[10]
+\subsection{S10} \lipsum[11]
+\subsection{S11} \lipsum[12]
+\subsection{S12} \lipsum[13]
+\subsection{S13} \lipsum[14]
+\subsection{S14} \lipsum[15]
+\subsection{S15} \lipsum[16]
+\subsection{S16} \lipsum[17]
+\subsection{S17} \lipsum[18]
+\subsection{S18} \lipsum[19]
+\subsection{S19} \lipsum[20]
+\subsection{S20} \lipsum[21]
+\subsection{S21} \lipsum[22]
+\subsection{S22} \lipsum[23]
+\subsection{S23} \lipsum[24]
+\subsection{S24} \lipsum[25]
+\subsection{S25} \lipsum[26]
+\subsection{S26} \lipsum[27]
+\subsection{S27} \lipsum[28]
+\subsection{S28} \lipsum[29]
+\subsection{S29} \lipsum[30]
+\subsection{S30} \lipsum[31]
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{multicols}}
% \begin{macro}{\FloatBarrier}
@@ -11830,8 +12037,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
\mtcskip % put some skip here
\sectlof % a sectlof
\lipsum[32]
-\subsection{T1}
-\lipsum[33]
+\subsection{T1} \lipsum[33]
\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
@@ -11841,10 +12047,8 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
\FloatBarrier
\subsubsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command
\lipsum[34]
-\paragraph{TTT1}
-\lipsum[35]
-\subparagraph{TTTT1}
-\lipsum[36]
+\paragraph{TTT1} \lipsum[35]
+\subparagraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[36]
\begin{figure}[t]
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
@@ -11852,23 +12056,17 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption
\end{figure}
\FloatBarrier
-\subsection{T2}
-\lipsum[37]
+\subsection{T2} \lipsum[37]
\section*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-section. should have no secttoc
%% \addstarredsection{CCCCC}
\mtcaddsection[CCCCC]
\secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED
\lipsum[38]
-\subsection{U1}
-\lipsum[39]
-\subsubsection{UU1}
-\lipsum[40]
-\paragraph{UUU1}
-\lipsum[41]
-\subparagraph{UUUU1}
-\lipsum[42]
-\subsection{U2}
-\lipsum[43]
+\subsection{U1} \lipsum[39]
+\subsubsection{UU1} \lipsum[40]
+\paragraph{UUU1} \lipsum[41]
+\subparagraph{UUUU1} \lipsum[42]
+\subsection{U2} \lipsum[43]
\part{Second Part}
\parttoc
\partlof[c]
@@ -11879,14 +12077,10 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED
% % the secttoc appears
\lipsum[44]
-\subsection{V1}
-\lipsum[45]
-\subsubsection{VV1}
-\lipsum[46]
-\paragraph{VVV1}
-\lipsum[47]
-\subparagraph{VVVV1}
-\lipsum[48]
+\subsection{V1} \lipsum[45]
+\subsubsection{VV1} \lipsum[46]
+\paragraph{VVV1} \lipsum[47]
+\subparagraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[48]
\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
@@ -11894,15 +12088,14 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar)
\end{figure}
\FloatBarrier
-\lipsum[49]
-\subsection{V2}
-\lipsum[50]
+\lipsum[49] \subsection{V2} \lipsum[50]
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \lneed{10}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip}
% \begin{macro}{\section}
% \begin{macro}{\chapter}
@@ -11932,10 +12125,8 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
\lipsum[51]
\subsection{W1} % with the given depth
\lipsum[52]
-\subsubsection{WW1}
-\lipsum[53]
-\paragraph{WWW1}
-\lipsum[54]
+\subsubsection{WW1} \lipsum[53]
+\paragraph{WWW1} \lipsum[54]
\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
@@ -11944,29 +12135,21 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
\end{figure}
\FloatBarrier
bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
-\subparagraph{WWWW1}
-\lipsum[55]
-\subsection{W2}
-\lipsum[56]
+\subparagraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[55]
+\subsection{W2} \lipsum[56]
\chapter*{}
\part{Appendices}
-\parttoc
-\mtcskip
-\partlof
-\mtcskip
+\parttoc \mtcskip
+\partlof \mtcskip
\partlot
\FloatBarrier
\appendix
-\section{Comments}
-\lipsum[57]
+\section{Comments} \lipsum[57]
\secttoc
\mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED
-\subsection{C1}
-\lipsum[58]
-\subsection{C2}
-\lipsum[59]
-\subsection{C3}
-\lipsum[60]
+\subsection{C1} \lipsum[58]
+\subsection{C2} \lipsum[59]
+\subsection{C3} \lipsum[60]
\begin{figure}[hb] % tests compatibility with floating bodies
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
@@ -11974,22 +12157,17 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar)
\end{figure}
\FloatBarrier
-\subsection{C4}
-\lipsum[61]
+\subsection{C4} \lipsum[61]
\FloatBarrier
\section{Evolution}
\secttoc
\sectlof % empty
\sectlot % empty
\lipsum[62]
-\subsection{D1}
-\lipsum[63]
-\subsection{D2}
-\lipsum[64]
-\subsection{D3}
-\lipsum[65]
-\subsection{D4}
-\lipsum[66]
+\subsection{D1} \lipsum[63]
+\subsection{D2} \lipsum[64]
+\subsection{D3} \lipsum[65]
+\subsection{D4} \lipsum[66]
\end{document}
%</mtc-art>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -12030,7 +12208,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
%<*mtc-bk>
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% A example file (differs from previous versions)
%% mtc-bk.tex
-%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #55
+%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #56
%% package file. You can alter most of parameters to test.
%% book/report (\chapter must be defined).
%% You can use a copy of this file to play with minitoc
@@ -12068,11 +12246,8 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
% minitoc est indépendante de celle des chapitres (elle est absolue).
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-%%% TEST: uncomment the 3 next lines to test
-%%% resetting chapter number in each part
-%% \makeatletter
-%% \@addtoreset{chapter}{part}
-%% \makeatother
+%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test resetting chapter number in each part
+%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{chapter}{part} \makeatother
%%% END TEST
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers}
@@ -12172,12 +12347,9 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\chapter{AAAAA} % a chapter with a lot of sections
\minitoc[r] % minitoc title on the right
\lipsum[1]
-\section{S1}
-\lipsum[2]
-\section{S2}
-\lipsum[3]
-\section{S3}
-\lipsum[4]
+\section{S1} \lipsum[2]
+\section{S2} \lipsum[3]
+\section{S3} \lipsum[4]
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\section*}
% \begin{macro}{\addtocontentsline}
@@ -12190,6 +12362,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
% \begin{macrocode}
\section*{S4}
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}{S4}}
+\lipsum[5]
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -12201,63 +12374,34 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
% \fi
% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\lipsum[5]
-\section{S5}
-\lipsum[6]
-\section{S6}
-\lipsum[6]
-\section{S7}
-\lipsum[7]
-\section{S8}
-\lipsum[9]
-\section{S9}
-\lipsum[10]
-\section{S10}
-\lipsum[11]
-\section{S11}
-\lipsum[12]
-\section{S12}
-\lipsum[13]
-\section{S13}
-\lipsum[14]
-\section{S14}
-\lipsum[15]
-\section{S15}
-\lipsum[16]
-\section{S16}
-\lipsum[17]
-\section{S17}
-\lipsum[18]
-\section{S18}
-\lipsum[19]
-\section{S19}
-\lipsum[20]
-\section{S20}
-\lipsum[21]
-\section{S21}
-\lipsum[22]
-\section{S22}
-\lipsum[23]
-\section{S23}
-\lipsum[24]
-\section{S24}
-\lipsum[25]
-\section{S25}
-\lipsum[26]
-\section{S26}
-\lipsum[27]
-\section{S27}
-\lipsum[28]
-\section{S28}
-\lipsum[29]
-\section{S29}
-\lipsum[30]
-\section{S30}
-\lipsum[31]
-\subsection{SS1}
-\lipsum[32]
-\section{S31}
-\lipsum[33]
+\section{S5} \lipsum[6]
+\section{S6} \lipsum[6]
+\section{S7} \lipsum[7]
+\section{S8} \lipsum[9]
+\section{S9} \lipsum[10]
+\section{S10} \lipsum[11]
+\section{S11} \lipsum[12]
+\section{S12} \lipsum[13]
+\section{S13} \lipsum[14]
+\section{S14} \lipsum[15]
+\section{S15} \lipsum[16]
+\section{S16} \lipsum[17]
+\section{S17} \lipsum[18]
+\section{S18} \lipsum[19]
+\section{S19} \lipsum[20]
+\section{S20} \lipsum[21]
+\section{S21} \lipsum[22]
+\section{S22} \lipsum[23]
+\section{S23} \lipsum[24]
+\section{S24} \lipsum[25]
+\section{S25} \lipsum[26]
+\section{S26} \lipsum[27]
+\section{S27} \lipsum[28]
+\section{S28} \lipsum[29]
+\section{S29} \lipsum[30]
+\section{S30} \lipsum[31]
+\subsection{SS1} \lipsum[32]
+\section{S31} \lipsum[33]
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{multicols}}
% \begin{macro}{\chapter}
@@ -12279,8 +12423,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\mtcskip % put some skip here
\minilot % a minilot
\lipsum[34]
-\section{T1}
-\lipsum[35]
+\section{T1} \lipsum[35]
\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
@@ -12296,18 +12439,15 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\clearpage
\subsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command
\lipsum[36]
-\subsubsection{TTT1}
-\lipsum[37]
-\paragraph{TTTT1}
-\lipsum[38]
+\subsubsection{TTT1} \lipsum[37]
+\paragraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[38]
\begin{figure}
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
\end{picture}
\caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption
\end{figure}
-\section{T2}
-\lipsum[39]
+\section{T2} \lipsum[39]
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -12372,14 +12512,10 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\chapter{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \minitoc,
%% \minitoc % the minitoc appears
\lipsum[46]
-\section{V1}
-\lipsum[47]
-\subsection{VV1}
-\lipsum[48]
-\subsubsection{VVV1}
-\lipsum[49]
-\paragraph{VVVV1}
-\lipsum[50]
+\section{V1} \lipsum[47]
+\subsection{VV1} \lipsum[48]
+\subsubsection{VVV1} \lipsum[49]
+\paragraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[50]
\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
@@ -12387,8 +12523,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar)
\end{figure}
\lipsum[51]
-\section{V2}
-\lipsum[52]
+\section{V2} \lipsum[52]
% \end{macrocode}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We change the depth of the minitocs, inside a local group (a pair of braces):
@@ -12407,10 +12542,8 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\lipsum[53]
\section{W1} % with the given depth
\lipsum[54]
-\subsection{WW1}
-\lipsum[55]
-\subsubsection{WWW1}
-\lipsum[56]
+\subsection{WW1} \lipsum[55]
+\subsubsection{WWW1} \lipsum[56]
\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
@@ -12418,12 +12551,9 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables here, but it is similar)
\end{figure}
\lipsum[57]
-\paragraph{WWWW1}
-\lipsum[58]
-\subparagraph{WWWWW1}
-\lipsum[59]
-\section{W2}
-\lipsum[60]
+\paragraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[58]
+\subparagraph{WWWWW1} \lipsum[59]
+\section{W2} \lipsum[60]
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\appendix}
% \begin{macro}{\part}
@@ -12457,12 +12587,9 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1]
\chapter{Comments}
\minitoc
-\section{C1}
-\lipsum[61]
-\section{C2}
-\lipsum[62]
-\section{C3}
-\lipsum[63]
+\section{C1} \lipsum[61]
+\section{C2} \lipsum[62]
+\section{C3} \lipsum[63]
\begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies
\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
\begin{picture}(100,50)
@@ -12474,13 +12601,10 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\minitoc
\minilof %Empty => invisible
\minilot %Empty => invisible
-\section{D1}
-\lipsum[64]
-\section{D2}
-\lipsum[65]
-\section{D3}
-\lipsum[66]
-\section{D4}
+\section{D1} \lipsum[64]
+\section{D2} \lipsum[65]
+\section{D3} \lipsum[66]
+\section{D4} \lipsum[67]
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -12501,7 +12625,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin}
%% this line restore the depth in the main TOC
\end{mtchideinmaintoc}
-\lipsum[67]
+\lipsum[68]
\end{document}
%</mtc-bk>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -12963,8 +13087,7 @@ things by halves around here.
\mtcsetdepth{parttoc}{2}
\begin{document}
-\doparttoc
-\dominitoc
+\doparttoc \dominitoc
\tableofcontents
\part*{Présentation générale}
\mtcaddpart[Présentation générale]
@@ -13141,11 +13264,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
\usepackage{txfonts}
\usepackage[tight]{minitoc}
\begin{document}
-\doparttoc
-\dominitoc
-\tableofcontents
-\part{Introduction}
-\clearpage
+\doparttoc \dominitoc \tableofcontents
+\part{Introduction} \clearpage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -13158,7 +13278,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% Une première copie, avec les fontes par défaut:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\parttoc
+\parttoc \clearpage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont}
@@ -13169,9 +13289,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% Une deuxième copie, fonte romaine grasse pour les entrées de chapitres:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\clearpage
\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}
-\parttoc
+\parttoc \clearpage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -13183,9 +13302,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% Une troisième copie, fonte bâton grasse pour les entrées de chapitres:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\clearpage
\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries}
-\parttoc
+\parttoc \clearpage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -13202,24 +13320,17 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% Une quatrième copie, fonte bâton non grasse pour les entrées de chapitres:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\clearpage
\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries}
-\parttoc
+\parttoc \clearpage
\chapter{A very short chapter}
\minitoc
\lipsum[1]
-\section{First section}
-\lipsum[2]
-\subsection{Alpha}
-\lipsum[3]
-\subsection{Beta}
-\lipsum[4]
-\section{Second section}
-\lipsum[5]
-\subsection{Gamma}
-\lipsum[6]
-\subsection{Delta}
-\lipsum[7]
+\section{First section} \lipsum[2]
+\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3]
+\subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4]
+\section{Second section} \lipsum[5]
+\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6]
+\subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7]
\end{document}
%</mtc-fo1>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -13248,7 +13359,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*mtc-fo2>
\documentclass{report}
-\ProvidesFile{mtc-f02.tex}%
+\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo2.tex}%
[2007/01/04]
\usepackage{lipsum}
\usepackage{txfonts}
@@ -13283,8 +13394,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
\def\pltfont{\ptcfont} % (tables)
\def\pltSfont{\ptcfont} % (subtables)
\begin{document}
-\doparttoc
-\dominitoc
+\doparttoc \dominitoc
\tableofcontents
\part{Introduction}
\clearpage
@@ -13309,8 +13419,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% Une première version de la parttoc, avec les fontes définies ci-dessus:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\parttoc
-\clearpage
+\parttoc \clearpage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont}
@@ -13322,8 +13431,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries}
-\parttoc
-\clearpage
+\parttoc \clearpage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -13336,8 +13444,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries}
-\parttoc
-\clearpage
+\parttoc \clearpage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -13350,22 +13457,16 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries}
-\parttoc
+\parttoc \clearpage
\chapter{A very short chapter}
\minitoc
\lipsum[1]
-\section{First section}
-\lipsum[2]
-\subsection{Alpha}
-\lipsum[3]
-\subsection{Beta}
-\lipsum[4]
-\section{Second section}
-\lipsum[5]
-\subsection{Gamma}
-\lipsum[6]
-\subsection{Delta}
-\lipsum[7]
+\section{First section} \lipsum[2]
+\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3]
+\subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4]
+\section{Second section} \lipsum[5]
+\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6]
+\subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7]
\end{document}
%</mtc-fo2>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -13636,10 +13737,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% (cependant son fichier est préparé):
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\dominitoc
-\dominilof
-\tableofcontents
-\fakelistoffigures
+\dominitoc \tableofcontents
+\dominilof \fakelistoffigures
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -13668,40 +13767,31 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\chapter{Chapter 1}
-\minitoc
-\minilof
-\section{Section one of first chapter}
-\lipsum[1]
+\minitoc \minilof
+\section{Section one of first chapter} \lipsum[1]
\begin{figure}
- \centering
- Test
+ \centering Test
\caption{Picture one of first chapter}
\end{figure}
-\section{Section two of first chapter}
-\lipsum[2]
+\section{Section two of first chapter} \lipsum[2]
\begin{figure}
- \centering
- Test
+ \centering Test
\caption{Picture two of first chapter}
\end{figure}
\chapter{Chapter 2}
\minitoc \minilof
-\section{Section one of second chapter}
-\lipsum[3]
+\section{Section one of second chapter} \lipsum[3]
\begin{figure}
- \centering
- Test
+ \centering Test
\caption{Picture one of second chapter}
\end{figure}
\cleardoublepage
-\section{Section two of second chapter}
-\lipsum[4]
+\section{Section two of second chapter} \lipsum[4]
\begin{figure}
- \centering
- Test
+ \centering Test
\caption{Picture two of second chapter}
\end{figure}
\end{document}
@@ -13784,6 +13874,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
\usepackage{franc,frnew,mypatches}
\providecommand{\fup}{\textsuperscript}
% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \lneed{9}
% \begin{macro}{\addtolength}
% \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecindent}
% \begin{macro}{\cftsetrmarg}
@@ -13824,8 +13916,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
% Des informations pour la page de titre:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\title{Systèmes d'occultation}
-\author{Laurent~\textsc{Bloch}}
+\title{Systèmes d'occultation} \author{Laurent~\textsc{Bloch}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc}
% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
@@ -14040,23 +14131,15 @@ modèle~[...]
\chapter[oneA][oneB]{oneC}
\minitoc
-\lipsum[1]
-\newpage
-\lipsum[2]
-\section{S-1-one}
-\lipsum[3]
-\section{S-1-two}
-\lipsum[4]
+\lipsum[1] \newpage \lipsum[2]
+\section{S-1-one} \lipsum[3]
+\section{S-1-two} \lipsum[4]
\chapter[twoA][twoB]{twoC}
\minitoc
-\lipsum[4]
-\newpage
-\lipsum[5]
-\section{S-2-one}
-\lipsum[6]
-\section{S-2-two}
-\lipsum[7]
+\lipsum[4] \newpage \lipsum[5]
+\section{S-2-one} \lipsum[6]
+\section{S-2-two} \lipsum[7]
\end{document}
%</mtc-mem>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -14184,17 +14267,13 @@ modèle~[...]
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\begin{document}
-\dominitoc
-\tableofcontents*
+\dominitoc \tableofcontents*
\chapter[OneA][OneB]{OneC}
\minitoc
-\section{This section}
-\lipsum[1]
-\section{Second section}
-\lipsum[2]
-\section{Third section}
-\lipsum[3]
+\section{This section} \lipsum[1]
+\section{Second section} \lipsum[2]
+\section{Third section} \lipsum[3]
\end{document}
%</mtc-mm1>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -14230,12 +14309,12 @@ modèle~[...]
\usepackage{wrapfig}
\newcommand{\LangSig}[1]{\textsc{[#1]}} % smallcaps
\begin{document}
-\dominitoc
-\tableofcontents
+\dominitoc \tableofcontents
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \lneed{7}
% \begin{environment}{wrapfigure}
% \begin{environment}{minipage}
% \begin{macro}{\chapter}
@@ -14267,6 +14346,7 @@ modèle~[...]
% \end{macro}
% \end{environment}
% \end{environment}
+% \lneed{6}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The remaining of the text:
% \or\relax
@@ -14435,8 +14515,7 @@ follows easily.
% suivantes sont fausses):
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\printnomenclature
-\mtcfixnomenclature
+\printnomenclature \mtcfixnomenclature
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -14457,9 +14536,7 @@ follows easily.
\chapter{Demons}
\minitoc
\section{False equations}
-\begin{equation}
- i=\sqrt{-1}
-\end{equation}
+\begin{equation} i=\sqrt{-1} \end{equation}
\nomenclature{$i$}{The imaginary unit}%
\end{document}
%</mtc-nom>
@@ -14481,7 +14558,7 @@ follows easily.
% to prepare a minitoc on three columns.
% The old package \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} is used to have a wide text area.
% \or\relax
-% Ce document montre l'utilisation des dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} package
+% Ce document montre l'utilisation des dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} du paquetage \upack{minitoc}
% pour préparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes.
% Le vieux paquetage \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} est utilisé pour avoir une grande zone de texte.
% \fi
@@ -14636,6 +14713,7 @@ follows easily.
%\usepackage[a4paper]{geometry}
\usepackage[tight]{minitoc}
% \end{macrocode}
+% \lneed{6}
% \begin{macro}{\setlength}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcindent}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature}
@@ -14671,8 +14749,7 @@ follows easily.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\begin{document}
-\dominitoc
-\faketableofcontents
+\dominitoc \faketableofcontents
\chapter{Introduction}
\minitoc
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -14883,10 +14960,8 @@ follows easily.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\chapter{First Chapter}
-\minilof
-\mtcskip
-\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1}
-\minilof
+\minilof \mtcskip
+\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} \minilof
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -14911,8 +14986,7 @@ follows easily.
\fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\
\subfigure[Third]{\label{3figs-c}%
\fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\
- \caption{Three subfigures.}%
- \label{3figs}%
+ \caption{Three subfigures.}\label{3figs}%
\end{center}
\vspace{4pt}%
This figure contains two top `subfigures' and
@@ -14925,7 +14999,7 @@ Figure~\vref{3figs-c}.
%</mtc-sbf>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{6}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{The \uexam{mtc-scr.tex} document file}\label{mtc-scr.tex}\iexam{mtc-scr.tex}
% \or\relax
@@ -14977,8 +15051,7 @@ Figure~\vref{3figs-c}.
\usepackage[germanb]{babel}
\begin{document}
\pagenumbering{Roman} % page number in Roman, reset to 1 (I)
-\dominitoc
-\tableofcontents
+\dominitoc \tableofcontents
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -14995,8 +15068,7 @@ Figure~\vref{3figs-c}.
% après \com{listoftables}:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\listoftables
-\mtcaddchapter
+\listoftables \mtcaddchapter
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -15208,8 +15280,7 @@ Some more text.
\usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind}
\usepackage[tight]{minitoc}
\begin{document}
-\dominitoc
-\tableofcontents
+\dominitoc \tableofcontents
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{multicols}}
% \end{macro}
@@ -15258,20 +15329,16 @@ Some more text.
% \begin{macrocode}
\chapter{Title of chapter~1}
\minitoc
-\section{as1}
-\section{as2}
+\section{as1} \section{as2}
\chapter{Title of chapter~2}
\minitoc
-\section{bs1}
-\section{bs2}
+\section{bs1} \section{bs2}
\chapter{Title of chapter~3}
\minitoc
-\section{cs1}
-\section{cs2}
+\section{cs1} \section{cs2}
\chapter{Title of chapter~4}
\minitoc
-\section{ds1}
-\section{ds2}
+\section{ds1} \section{ds2}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{multicols}}
% \end{macro}
@@ -15333,9 +15400,8 @@ Some more text.
% \fi
% {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\listoffigures
%% tocbibind compatibility
-\mtcaddchapter
+\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{multicols}}
% \end{macro}
@@ -15563,8 +15629,7 @@ Some more text.
% \begin{macrocode}
\begin{document}
\setcounter{lofdepth}{2}
-\dominilof
-\listoffigures
+\dominilof \listoffigures
\newpage
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -15670,36 +15735,37 @@ have centered labels.
% \caption[Identificateurs des messages]{Identificateurs des messages (cliquez sur un identificateur de message
% pour voir sa signification).}\label{t+allmess}
% \fi\relax
-% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}}
+% ^^A {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}}
+% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}}
% \toprule
-% \mstrut\lmess{E0001} & \lmess{E0002} & \lmess{E0003} & \lmess{E0004} & \lmess{E0005} & \lmess{E0006} & \lmess{E0007} & \lmess{E0008} & \lmess{E0009} & \lmess{E0010} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{E0011} & \lmess{E0012} & \lmess{E0013} & \lmess{E0014} & \lmess{E0015} & \lmess{E0016} & \lmess{E0017} & \lmess{E0018} & \lmess{E0019} & \lmess{E0020} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{E0021} & \lmess{E0022} & \lmess{E0023} & \lmess{E0024} & \lmess{E0025} & \lmess{E0026} & \lmess{E0027} & \lmess{E0028} & \lmess{E0029} & \lmess{E0030} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{E0031} & \lmess{E0032} & \lmess{E0033} & \lmess{E0034} & \lmess{E0035} & \lmess{E0036} & \lmess{E0037} & \lmess{E0038} & \lmess{E0039} & \lmess{E0040} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{E0041} & \lmess{E0042} & \lmess{E0043} & & & & &&& \\
+% \mstrut\lmess{E0001}&&\lmess{E0002}&&\lmess{E0003}&&\lmess{E0004}&&\lmess{E0005}&&\lmess{E0006}&&\lmess{E0007}&&\lmess{E0008}&&\lmess{E0009}&&\lmess{E0010}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{E0011}&&\lmess{E0012}&&\lmess{E0013}&&\lmess{E0014}&&\lmess{E0015}&&\lmess{E0016}&&\lmess{E0017}&&\lmess{E0018}&&\lmess{E0019}&&\lmess{E0020}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{E0021}&&\lmess{E0022}&&\lmess{E0023}&&\lmess{E0024}&&\lmess{E0025}&&\lmess{E0026}&&\lmess{E0027}&&\lmess{E0028}&&\lmess{E0029}&&\lmess{E0030}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{E0031}&&\lmess{E0032}&&\lmess{E0033}&&\lmess{E0034}&&\lmess{E0035}&&\lmess{E0036}&&\lmess{E0037}&&\lmess{E0038}&&\lmess{E0039}&&\lmess{E0040}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{E0041}&&\lmess{E0042}&&\lmess{E0043}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\
% \midrule
-% \mstrut\lmess{F0001} & \lmess{F0002} & \lmess{F0003} & \lmess{F0004} & \lmess{F0005} & \lmess{F0006} & \lmess{F0007} & \lmess{F0008} & \lmess{F0009} & \\
+% \mstrut\lmess{F0001}&&\lmess{F0002}&&\lmess{F0003}&&\lmess{F0004}&&\lmess{F0005}&&\lmess{F0006}&&\lmess{F0007}&&\lmess{F0008}&&\lmess{F0009}&&\\
% \midrule
-% \mstrut\lmess{I0000} & & & & & & & & & \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{I0001} & \lmess{I0002} & \lmess{I0003} & \lmess{I0004} & \lmess{I0005} & \lmess{I0006} & \lmess{I0007} & \lmess{I0008} & \lmess{I0009} & \lmess{I0010} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{I0011} & \lmess{I0012} & \lmess{I0013} & \lmess{I0014} & \lmess{I0015} & \lmess{I0016} & \lmess{I0017} & \lmess{I0018} & \lmess{I0019} & \lmess{I0020} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{I0021} & \lmess{I0022} & \lmess{I0023} & \lmess{I0024} & \lmess{I0025} & \lmess{I0026} & \lmess{I0027} & \lmess{I0028} & \lmess{I0029} & \lmess{I0030} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{I0031} & \lmess{I0032} & \lmess{I0033} & \lmess{I0034} & \lmess{I0035} & \lmess{I0036} & \lmess{I0037} & \lmess{I0038} & \lmess{I0039} & \lmess{I0040} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{I0041} & \lmess{I0042} & \lmess{I0043} & \lmess{I0044} & \lmess{I0045} & \lmess{I0046} & \lmess{I0047} & \lmess{I0048} & \lmess{I0049} & \lmess{I0050} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{I0051} & \lmess{I0052} & \lmess{I0053} &&&&&&& \\
+% \mstrut\lmess{I0000}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{I0001}&&\lmess{I0002}&&\lmess{I0003}&&\lmess{I0004}&&\lmess{I0005}&&\lmess{I0006}&&\lmess{I0007}&&\lmess{I0008}&&\lmess{I0009}&&\lmess{I0010}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{I0011}&&\lmess{I0012}&&\lmess{I0013}&&\lmess{I0014}&&\lmess{I0015}&&\lmess{I0016}&&\lmess{I0017}&&\lmess{I0018}&&\lmess{I0019}&&\lmess{I0020}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{I0021}&&\lmess{I0022}&&\lmess{I0023}&&\lmess{I0024}&&\lmess{I0025}&&\lmess{I0026}&&\lmess{I0027}&&\lmess{I0028}&&\lmess{I0029}&&\lmess{I0030}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{I0031}&&\lmess{I0032}&&\lmess{I0033}&&\lmess{I0034}&&\lmess{I0035}&&\lmess{I0036}&&\lmess{I0037}&&\lmess{I0038}&&\lmess{I0039}&&\lmess{I0040}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{I0041}&&\lmess{I0042}&&\lmess{I0043}&&\lmess{I0044}&&\lmess{I0045}&&\lmess{I0046}&&\lmess{I0047}&&\lmess{I0048}&&\lmess{I0049}&&\lmess{I0050}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{I0051}&&\lmess{I0052}&&\lmess{I0053}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\
% \midrule
-% \mstrut\lmess{M0001} &&&&&&&&& \\
+% \mstrut\lmess{M0001}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\
% \midrule
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0001} & \lmess{W0002} & \lmess{W0003} & \lmess{W0004} & \lmess{W0005} & \lmess{W0006} & \lmess{W0007} & \lmess{W0008} & \lmess{W0009} & \lmess{W0010} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0011} & \lmess{W0012} & \lmess{W0013} & \lmess{W0014} & \lmess{W0015} & \lmess{W0016} & \lmess{W0017} & \lmess{W0018} & \lmess{W0019} & \lmess{W0020} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0021} & \lmess{W0022} & \lmess{W0023} & \lmess{W0024} & \lmess{W0025} & \lmess{W0026} & \lmess{W0027} & \lmess{W0028} & \lmess{W0029} & \lmess{W0030} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0031} & \lmess{W0032} & \lmess{W0033} & \lmess{W0034} & \lmess{W0035} & \lmess{W0036} & \lmess{W0037} & \lmess{W0038} & \lmess{W0039} & \lmess{W0040} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0041} & \lmess{W0042} & \lmess{W0043} & \lmess{W0044} & \lmess{W0045} & \lmess{W0046} & \lmess{W0047} & \lmess{W0048} & \lmess{W0049} & \lmess{W0050} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0051} & \lmess{W0052} & \lmess{W0053} & \lmess{W0054} & \lmess{W0055} & \lmess{W0056} & \lmess{W0057} & \lmess{W0058} & \lmess{W0059} & \lmess{W0060} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0061} & \lmess{W0062} & \lmess{W0063} & \lmess{W0064} & \lmess{W0065} & \lmess{W0066} & \lmess{W0067} & \lmess{W0068} & \lmess{W0069} & \lmess{W0070} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0071} & \lmess{W0072} & \lmess{W0073} & \lmess{W0074} & \lmess{W0075} & \lmess{W0076} & \lmess{W0077} & \lmess{W0078} & \lmess{W0079} & \lmess{W0080} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0081} & \lmess{W0082} & \lmess{W0083} & \lmess{W0084} & \lmess{W0085} & \lmess{W0086} & \lmess{W0087} & \lmess{W0088} & \lmess{W0089} & \lmess{W0090} \\
-% \mstrut\lmess{W0091} & \lmess{W0092} & \lmess{W0093} & \lmess{W0094} & \lmess{W0095} & \lmess{W0096} & \lmess{W0097} &&&\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0001}&&\lmess{W0002}&&\lmess{W0003}&&\lmess{W0004}&&\lmess{W0005}&&\lmess{W0006}&&\lmess{W0007}&&\lmess{W0008}&&\lmess{W0009}&&\lmess{W0010}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0011}&&\lmess{W0012}&&\lmess{W0013}&&\lmess{W0014}&&\lmess{W0015}&&\lmess{W0016}&&\lmess{W0017}&&\lmess{W0018}&&\lmess{W0019}&&\lmess{W0020}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0021}&&\lmess{W0022}&&\lmess{W0023}&&\lmess{W0024}&&\lmess{W0025}&&\lmess{W0026}&&\lmess{W0027}&&\lmess{W0028}&&\lmess{W0029}&&\lmess{W0030}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0031}&&\lmess{W0032}&&\lmess{W0033}&&\lmess{W0034}&&\lmess{W0035}&&\lmess{W0036}&&\lmess{W0037}&&\lmess{W0038}&&\lmess{W0039}&&\lmess{W0040}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0041}&&\lmess{W0042}&&\lmess{W0043}&&\lmess{W0044}&&\lmess{W0045}&&\lmess{W0046}&&\lmess{W0047}&&\lmess{W0048}&&\lmess{W0049}&&\lmess{W0050}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0051}&&\lmess{W0052}&&\lmess{W0053}&&\lmess{W0054}&&\lmess{W0055}&&\lmess{W0056}&&\lmess{W0057}&&\lmess{W0058}&&\lmess{W0059}&&\lmess{W0060}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0061}&&\lmess{W0062}&&\lmess{W0063}&&\lmess{W0064}&&\lmess{W0065}&&\lmess{W0066}&&\lmess{W0067}&&\lmess{W0068}&&\lmess{W0069}&&\lmess{W0070}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0071}&&\lmess{W0072}&&\lmess{W0073}&&\lmess{W0074}&&\lmess{W0075}&&\lmess{W0076}&&\lmess{W0077}&&\lmess{W0078}&&\lmess{W0079}&&\lmess{W0080}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0081}&&\lmess{W0082}&&\lmess{W0083}&&\lmess{W0084}&&\lmess{W0085}&&\lmess{W0086}&&\lmess{W0087}&&\lmess{W0088}&&\lmess{W0089}&&\lmess{W0090}\\
+% \mstrut\lmess{W0091}&&\lmess{W0092}&&\lmess{W0093}&&\lmess{W0094}&&\lmess{W0095}&&\lmess{W0096}&&\lmess{W0097}&&\lmess{W0098}&&\lmess{W0099}&&\\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabularx}}
% \end{table}
@@ -15709,7 +15775,7 @@ have centered labels.
% This chapter lists and comments the messages given by the \upack{minitoc} package, and is associates,
% \pack{mtcoff} and \pack{mtcpatchmem}\footnote{The
% texts of the messages given in this chapter may slighty differ from the real text, because some messages contain
-% variable elements and the layout may differ.}.
+% variable elements and the layout may vary.}.
% The table~\vref{t+allmess} lists all messages; in this table, you can click on a message identifier to find quickly its meaning.
% \begin{itemize}
% \item The first line of each message contains usually the name of the package and an unique identifier (this
@@ -15755,7 +15821,7 @@ have centered labels.
% Ce chapitre liste et commente les messages émis par le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, et ses associés \pack{mtcoff} et
% \pack{mtcpatchmem}\,\footnote{Les
% textes des messages donnés dans ce chapitre peuvent être légèrement différents du texte réel, car certains
-% messages contiennent des éléments variables et la mise en page peut aussi être différente.}.
+% messages contiennent des éléments variables et la mise en page peut aussi varier.}.
% Le tableau~\vref{t+allmess} liste tous les messages; vous pouvez cliquer dans ce tableau sur un identifieur de message pour
% trouver rapidement sa signification.
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -15817,7 +15883,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
% \begin{xmessage}[I0000]
% \begin{quote}
-% \verb|Package: minitoc 2007/06/29 v55 Package minitoc (JPFD)|
+% \verb|Package: minitoc 2007/12/04 v56 Package minitoc (JPFD)|
% \end{quote}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% This is the announce message of the \upack{minitoc} package, with its name, date and version. ``JPFD'' are my
@@ -15833,7 +15899,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{xmessage}[I0001]
% \begin{quote}
% \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0001|\\
-% \verb|(minitoc) *** minitoc package, version 55 ***.|
+% \verb|(minitoc) *** minitoc package, version 56 ***.|
% \end{quote}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% Remember the version of the package.
@@ -16546,7 +16612,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.|
% \end{quote}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or
+% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} file has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or
% from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, else the \emph{\LLL} language option will not be available.
% \or\relax
% Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} n'a pas été installé sur votre système. Vous devriez le prendre dans une distribution
@@ -16565,7 +16631,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.|
% \end{quote}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or
+% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} file has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or
% from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, else the \emph{\LLL} language option will not be available.
% \or\relax
% Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} n'a pas été installé sur votre système. Vous devriez le prendre dans une distribution
@@ -16933,10 +16999,10 @@ have centered labels.
% \verb|(minitoc) Trying to continue...|
% \end{quote}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% You\virage{} are using an obsolete version of \LaTeX, but the \upack{minitoc} package will try to continue. It would be
+% You\virage{} are using an obsolete version of \LaTeX, but the \upack{minitoc} package will still try to continue. It would be
% better to update your \LaTeX\ installation.
% \or\relax
-% Vous\virage{} utilisez une version obsolète de \LaTeX, mais le paquetage \upack{minitoc} va essayer de continuer. Il
+% Vous\virage{} utilisez une version obsolète de \LaTeX, mais le paquetage \upack{minitoc} va quand même essayer de continuer. Il
% serait préférable de mettre à~jour votre installation de \LaTeX.
% \fi
% \end{xmessage}
@@ -16964,22 +17030,26 @@ have centered labels.
% \verb|(minitoc) in your installation.|\\
% \verb|(minitoc) Search for the I0050 and I0051 info messages|\\
% \verb|(minitoc) in the \jobname.log file.|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc) The full list of the missing language files|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc) is gigen in the W0094 warning message.|\\
% \verb|(minitoc) Please install the missing files from|\\
% \verb|(minitoc) a recent distribution|\\
% \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.|
% \end{quote}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% Some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files have not been installed on your system. Search for the \texttt{I0050} and
-% \texttt{I0051} info messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file to find which files are missing.
+% Some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files have not been installed on your system.
+% Search for the \texttt{I0050}\imess{I0050} and
+% \texttt{I0051}\imess{I0051} info messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file to find which files are missing.
% You can retrieve them from a recent distribution or from the CTAN archives to complete your installation,
-% else some language options will not be available. The list of the missing files is given in the \texttt{W0094}
+% else some language options will not be available.
+% The full list of the missing language files is given in the \texttt{W0094}\imess{W0094}
% warning message.
% \or\relax
% Certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} n'ont pas été installés sur votre système. Cherchez les
-% messages informatifs \texttt{I0050} et \texttt{I0051} dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} pour
+% messages informatifs \texttt{I0050}\imess{I0050} et \texttt{I0051}\imess{I0051} dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} pour
% trouver quels fichiers sont manquants. Vous pouvez les récupérer depuis une distribution récente ou depuis les
% archives CTAN pour compléter votre installation, sinon certaines options de langue ne seront pas disponibles.
-% La liste des fichiers manquants est donnée dans le message d'avertissement \texttt{W0094}.
+% La liste complète des fichiers de langue manquants est donnée dans le message d'avertissement \imess{W0094}\texttt{W0094}.
% \fi
% \end{xmessage}
%
@@ -17032,20 +17102,20 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
% \end{xmessage}
%
-% \begin{xmessage}[W0097]
+% \begin{xmessage}[W0098]
% \begin{quote}
-% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0097|\\
-% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The flowfram package is loaded.|\\
-% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\
-% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.|
+% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0098|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc) --- You have used the \nofiles command|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc) in your preamble; all preparation commands|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc) in the body of the document will be ignored.|
% \end{quote}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{flowfram} package which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package,
-% because it has its own definitions for minitocs. The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory.
+% You have used the \com{nofiles} command in the preamble of your document; hence the preparation commands will be
+% ignored in your document. Please verify that the mini-table auxiliary files are in their final state.
+% See page~\pageref{x+W0098}.
% \or\relax
-% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{flowfram} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc},
-% car il a ses propres définitions pour des minitocs. La compilation continue, mais le résultat pourrait être
-% insatisfaisant.
+% Vous avez utilisé la commande \com{nofiles} dans le préambule de votre document; veuillez vérifier que les
+% fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-ables sont dans leur état final. Voir page~\pageref{x+W0098}.
% \fi
% \end{xmessage}
%
@@ -17358,7 +17428,7 @@ have centered labels.
% the \upack{minitoc} package.
% See note~\vref{fn+titlesec}.
% \or\relax
-% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titletoc} package, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le
+% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titletoc}, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le
% paquetage \upack{minitoc}.
% Voir la note~\vref{fn+titlesec}.
% \fi
@@ -18179,6 +18249,41 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
% \end{xmessage}
%
+% \begin{xmessage}[W0097]
+% \begin{quote}
+% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0097|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The flowfram package is loaded.|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.|
+% \end{quote}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{flowfram} package which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package,
+% because it has its own definitions for minitocs. The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory.
+% \or\relax
+% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{flowfram} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc},
+% car il a ses propres définitions pour des minitocs. La compilation continue, mais le résultat pourrait être
+% insatisfaisant.
+% \fi
+% \end{xmessage}
+%
+% \begin{xmessage}[W0099]
+% \begin{quote}
+% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0099|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The titlesec package is loaded.|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\
+% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.|
+% \end{quote}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% You\Virage{} are trying to use also the \pack{titlesec} package, but it is \emph{incompatible} with
+% the \upack{minitoc} package.
+% See note~\vref{fn+titlesec}.
+% \or\relax
+% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titlesec}, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le
+% paquetage \upack{minitoc}.
+% Voir la note~\vref{fn+titlesec}.
+% \fi
+% \end{xmessage}
+%
% \lneed{10}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \subsection{Error messages}
@@ -19355,13 +19460,16 @@ have centered labels.
% \mtcskip
% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns}
% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}}
+% \setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt}
% \minilot
+% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt}
% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty}
% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty}
-% \begin{mtchideinmaintoc}
% This chapter attempts to explain some terms used in this documentation, and describes some useful files and suffixes.
% Many data come from the documentations of various cited packages (often from the abstract), and
% from~\cite{malayalam,malayalam-o,mlsquick,montex,HLATEX,komab,classes,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,lunde1993,lunde,ttb,TLC2,koma,CIL2E,NSSL2E,cyrguide}.
+% \clearpage
+% \begin{mtchideinmaintoc}
% \jsection{.\vphantom{A}}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{``.''}
% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
% \item[\usuffix{.aux}]\isuffix{.aux} The suffix of the name for an \emph{auxiliary} file of a \LaTeX{} document. It carries
@@ -19526,14 +19634,15 @@ have centered labels.
% tables. The \upack{minitoc} package creates its own auxiliary files, to store the contents of each
% mini-table. These files are the \emph{minitoc auxiliary files}, whose names are
% \emph{document}\texttt{.}\emph{extension}, the table~\vref{t+suffixes} lists the possible extensions.
+% See also the \suffix{.maf} extension above.
% \end{wdesc}
% \jsection{B}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{B}
% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
% \item[\upack{babel}] The \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and others) is
% a large package useful to write \LaTeX\ documents in many languages, not only english.
% Many titles for mini-tables come from the \pack{babel} package.
-% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} A package for typesetting documents in the \lopt{bangla} language using the {\TeX/\LaTeX} systems;
-% see~\cite{bangtex}.
+% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} A package for typesetting documents in the \lopt{bangla}
+% (\lopt{bengali}) language using the {\TeX/\LaTeX} systems; see~\cite{bangtex}.
% \item[\feat{before}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed \emph{before} a given type of mini-table.
% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}.
% \item[\BibTeX] A program by \name{Oren}{Patashnik} to make bibliographies in \LaTeX{} documents. Distributed with \LaTeX.
@@ -19622,6 +19731,8 @@ have centered labels.
% unnumbered captions, and a legend heading for any environment. Methods are provided to define captions
% for use outside float environments, and to define new float environments and subfloats. Tools are provided
% for defining your own captioning styles.
+% \item[\upack{chngpage}] The \pack{chngpage} package (by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) provides commands to change
+% the page layout in the middle of a document, and to robustly check for typesetting on odd or even pages.
% \item[Chapter~0]
% Some documents do not begin with chapter number one, but with chapter number zero (or even a weirder number).
% This caused a serious problem in old versions of the \upack{minitoc} package: the minitocs appeared in the
@@ -19642,7 +19753,7 @@ have centered labels.
% and thai, plus some variants of russian.
% The titles of mini-tables for these languages come from some \pack{CJK} files and were inserted in
% \suffix{.mld} files when possible, or in \suffix{.mlo} files when the encoding is incompatible with the
-% \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx} mechanism;
+% \isuffix{.ins}\isuffix{.dtx}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx} mechanism;
% then the \suffix{.mld} file must input the corresponding \suffix{.mlo} file.
% \pack{CJK} implements the GB, Big~5, JIS, SJIS, KS, UTF~8, and CNS encodings (on 16~bits, except UTF~8 on 24~bits).
% See table~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}.
@@ -19814,7 +19925,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[\texttt{em}] A length unit equal (approximatively) to the width of a~``m'' letter in the current font.
% \item[\uscrp{emk}]\iscrp{emk}
% An example of shell script to prepare the english documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. The script
-% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN9}.
+% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN10}.
% \item[\xfile{en-mtc.bst}] A bibliographic style derived from the \xfile{plain.bst}\isuffix{.bst} standard style, but
% modified with the \tool{urlbst} tool~\cite{urlbst} to add an~\texttt{URL} field. Family names of authors
% and editors are in small caps, years are in old style digits.
@@ -19822,7 +19933,7 @@ have centered labels.
% The most common value for TeX font encoding is OT1. The other predefined option is T1 (extended \TeX). There's also
% US~ASCII (7~bit), ISO~Latin-1 (8~bit), Adobe Standard Encoding, UTF8 (Unicode~\cite{chou,unicode-des,unicode}),
% etc. See table~\vref{t+var-encodings} and ~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}.
-% \begin{table}[htp]
+% \begin{table}[tp]
% \changeskips
% \caption{Various encodings}\label{t+var-encodings}
% \centering
@@ -19930,7 +20041,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[\pack{floatrow}] This package~\cite{floatrow} (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})\imess{I0053} is an extension of the
% \pack{float} package~\cite{float} (by \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}), reusing its code, with extensions from
% the \pack{rotfloat} package~\cite{rotfloat} (by \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}).
-% \item[\pack{flowframe}] This\imess{W0097} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} is designed to enable you
+% \item[\pack{flowfram}] This\imess{W0097} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} is designed to enable you
% to create text \emph{frames}
% in a document such that the contents of the \env{document} environment flow from one frame to the next in the
% order that they were defined. This is useful for creating posters or magazines or any other form of document that
@@ -19952,7 +20063,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \scrp{cmk} script).
% \item[\uscrp{fmk}]\iscrp{fmk}
% An example of shell script to prepare the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. The script
-% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN9}.
+% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN10}.
% \item[\upack{fncychap}] The \pack{fncychap}\imess{W0086} package~\cite{fncychap} provides a set of commands for changing
% the format used for some headings (chapters) in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes:
% \class{book} and \class{report}.
@@ -19981,7 +20092,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \verb|\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}|
% \end{quote}
% This powerful (and recommended) package is used in some example documents and in this documentation.
-% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} A \LaTeX\ package to compose text in \ilopt{guarani}Guarani, the main language spoken in Paraguay.
+% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} A \LaTeX\ package to compose text in \ilopt{guarani}Guarani,
+% the main language spoken in Paraguay.
% The file \xfile{guarani.ldf}, included in this package, defines the titles. See~\cite{guarani} and
% section~\vref{s+mld+guarani}.
% \end{wdesc}
@@ -19993,6 +20105,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[Hindi] For the Hindi language, see the \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} package~\cite{devanagari} above. The
% \upack{minitoc} package accepts the \lopt{devanagari} and \lopt{hindi} language options, which are
% synonyms. A \lopt{hindi-modern} language option is also available.
+% See also~\cite{hindi99} about the Hindi language.
% \item[hint] An indication, a clue to detect a problem. It is also a message written (into the
% \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file) by the \optd{hints} option (see below).
% \item[\uopt{hints}]\ioptd{hints} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It verifies the loading order of some
@@ -20012,8 +20125,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \LaTeX\ to produce some sort of \com{special} commands; there are
% backends for the \com{special} set defined for \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX} \texttt{dvi} processors,
% for embedded pdfmark commands for processing by Acrobat Distiller
-% (\textbf{dvips} and \textbf{dvipsone}), for \textbf{dviwindo},
-% for \textbf{pdf\TeX}, for \textbf{\TeX4ht}, and for \textbf{VTEX}'s pdf and HTML
+% (\tool{dvips} and \tool{dvipsone}), for \tool{dviwindo},
+% for \textbf{pdf\TeX}, for \textbf{\TeX4ht}, and for \tool{VTEX}'s pdf and HTML
% backends.
%
% This package derives from, and builds on, the work of the \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}
@@ -20033,7 +20146,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item [\uscrp{imk}]\iscrp{imk}
% An example of shell script, which prepares the \upack{minitoc} package from \xfile{minitoc.ins} and
% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; note that \scrp{imk} must be run before running \scrp{emk} or \scrp{fmk}.
-% See item~\vref{IN9}.
+% See item~\vref{IN10}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \item[\uopt{insection}] The \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} package option loads the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins}
% with adequate options to avoid the floats (like figures and tables) to drift outside of their sections.
@@ -20041,7 +20154,7 @@ have centered labels.
% section~\vref{mtcsecttoc}.
% \item[insertion] The insertion commands of the \upack{minitoc} package insert a mini-table in the document.
% A~corresponding \emph{preparation} command must have been invoked (only once) before. The insertion commands
-% are:
+% are (see table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}):
% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}}
% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\
% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\
@@ -20104,7 +20217,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[Lambda] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of
% Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) is called ``\emph{Lambda}'' ($\mathbf{\Lambda}$).
% \item[Lamed] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of
-% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) is called ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
+% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) is called ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
% \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} is a typesetting system that is very
% suitable for producing scientific and mathematical
% documents of high typographical quality. It is also suitable for
@@ -20181,6 +20294,11 @@ have centered labels.
% operating system, but variants exists.
% \item[\upack{mcaption}] The \pack{mcaption}\imess{W0036} package~\cite{mcaption} provides a \env{margincap}
% environment for putting captions in the outer document margin with either a top or bottom alignment.
+% \item[\textbf{MCE}] A minimal [complete] example is the smallest possible complete document that illustrates a problem.
+% A minimal example file should not include any packages or code that do not contribute to the problem, but must
+% include a document class and the \env{document} environment (from~\cite{talbot-mini}). See also~\cite{preusse},
+% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} and
+% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices.
% \lneed{7}
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \item[\uclass{memoir}, \xfile{memoir.cls}]\iclass{memoir} A very%
@@ -20198,7 +20316,7 @@ have centered labels.
% list of tables) for a sectionning unit (part, chapter or section), by opposition to a global table (the
% table of contents, the list of figures or the list of tables for the whole document). The main aim of the
% \upack{minitoc} package is the creation of such mini-tables. But the term ``minitoc'' is also used to refer
-% to such mini-table, as a generic term, because the first versions of the package allowed only table of
+% to such mini-table, as a generic term, because the first versions of the package allowed only tables of
% contents for chapters.
% \item[mini-toc] See ``minitoc'' below.
% \item[minibbl] Short for ``mini-bibliography'', i.e.,~to have a bibliography per part, chapter or section, or
@@ -20252,18 +20370,24 @@ have centered labels.
% of the Mongol language (Bicig and Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe and Manju, Buryat, Xalx and Khalkha) and in a
% dialect of Russian used in Mongolia (Russianc). Bicig is another name for Uighur.
% You can find many things about Mongolia and Mongolian at the web site~\cite{mongol-web}.
+% See also~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}
+% and~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}.
% The following description is extracted from~\cite{montex}.
%
+% \reversemarginpar
% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} is a package which offers support for writing documents in
% Mongolian, Manju, Buryat and Russian. Mongolian can be represented
-% in traditional Uighur script (also known as Classical or Traditional
+% in traditional Uighur script (also known as Classical or
+% Traditional\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,height=2.5cm]{mongoltr.png}}}%
% Script) and Cyrillic. Manju resembles the Traditional Mongolian script
% (from which it is derived) but uses a rich choice of diacritics in
% order to eliminate numerous ambiguities of the Mongolian script
% ancestor. Modern Buryat, like Mongolian in its present form, is written
-% with a Cyrillic alphabet, but both Mongolian (35 letters) and Buryat
+% with a Cyrillic alphabet,
+% but both Mongolian (35 letters) and Buryat\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{mongolcy.png}}}
% (36 letters) use more letters than Russian (33 letters).
%
+% \normalmarginpar
% \begin{description}
% \item[Mongolian]
% The word \emph{Mongolian} is actually an umbrella term for
@@ -20580,7 +20704,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{table}[!tp]
% \changeskips
% \centering
-% \caption{The five font parameters for some fonts}\label{t+nfss+5}
+% \caption{The five font parameters of some fonts}\label{t+nfss+5}
% ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}ll@{}l@{}}
% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllllZ{1}l@{}}
% \toprule
@@ -20659,7 +20783,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \item[Omega] The Omega typesetting system\,\footnote{Most but not all of this note is taken in the Omega documentation
-% \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}.}
+% \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}.
+% See~\url{http://omega.enstb.org/} for more information.}
% ($\mathbf{\Omega}$) (by \xname{Yannis}{Haralambous} and \xname{John}{Plaice})
% is an extension of \TeX{} that is aimed primarily at improving \TeX's multilingual abilities.
% \end{SMOOTH}
@@ -20691,9 +20816,11 @@ have centered labels.
% Extending Omega with the \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} extensions is a separate
% project, known as ``\pack{Aleph}'' ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} and led by \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}.
% The \LaTeX\ for \pack{Aleph} is known as
-% ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
+% ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
% There is an experimental system, named \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex}, which will regroup
% \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} and other developments.
+% A promising development is \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} by~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, with
+% \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}.
% \begin{table}[tp!]
% ^^A \changeskips
% \caption{Some systems derived from \TeX{} and \LaTeX}\label{t+tex-latex}
@@ -20708,8 +20835,8 @@ have centered labels.
% &&\aleph&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\usebox{\LAMED}}
% \end{array} \]
% \end{table}
-% \item[\feat{open}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed immediately before (\emph{open}) the insertion
-% of the auxiliary file for a given type of mini-table.
+% \item[\feat{open}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed immediately before
+% (\emph{open}) the insertion of the auxiliary file for a given type of mini-table.
% Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}.
% See the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file, in section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}.
% \end{wdesc}
@@ -20763,7 +20890,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk}
% An example of shell script to prepare the \upack{minitoc} package
% and its documentation; you should adapt it to your needs.
-% See item~\vref{IN9}.
+% See item~\vref{IN10}.
% \item[PostScript] A page description language, by Adobe. It describes the appearance of a page, including
% elements such as text, graphics, and scanned images, to a printer or visualization device. Introduced by
% Adobe in 1985, it has become the language of choice in high quality printing.
@@ -20774,7 +20901,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \item[preparation] The preparation commands of the \upack{minitoc} package prepare the auxiliary files for the
% mini-tables of a given type. A~\emph{preparation} command must have been invoked (only once) before any
-% insertion command for the mini-table type. The preparation commands are:
+% insertion command for the mini-table type. The preparation commands are (see table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}):
% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},&(part level)\\
% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},&(chapter level)\\
@@ -20808,7 +20935,7 @@ have centered labels.
% of the \upack{minitoc} package into classes (one directory
% for each class). It should be run after the scripts
% \scrp{imk} (mandatory) and \scrp{emk} and/or
-% \scrp{fmk}, in that sequence. See item~\vref{IN9}.
+% \scrp{fmk}, in that sequence. See item~\vref{IN10}.
% \item[\upack{romannum}] The \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} changes the numbers (for sectionning commands)
% generated by \LaTeX{} from arabic digits to roman numerals. This package uses
% the \pack{stdclsdv} package~\cite{stdclsdv}.
@@ -20924,7 +21051,7 @@ have centered labels.
% documents in the Thai language. You can also use the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
% \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It gives a tight line spacing in the
% mini-tables. The opposite option is \optd{loose}.
-% \item[\upack{titlesec}] The \pack{titlesec}\Virage{} package~\cite{titletoc} allows to change the sectioning titles.
+% \item[\upack{titlesec}] The \pack{titlesec}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} package~\cite{titletoc} allows to change the sectioning titles.
% Amongst its many features it provides margin titles, different format in left and right pages, rules above
% and below the title, etc. Unfortunately, it is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package.
% \item[\upack{titletoc}] The\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} \pack{titletoc} package is useful for toc entries formatting,
@@ -20963,7 +21090,7 @@ have centered labels.
% because the category code appears in the token itself; but when the digestive processes encounter a control sequence
% token, they must look up the current definition of that control sequence in order to figure out what it means.
% \item[\pack{trivfloat}] The \pack{trivfloat} package~\cite{trivfloat} (by \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright})\imess{I0053} provides
-% a quick method for defining new float types in LaTeX. A single command sets up a new float in the
+% a quick method for defining new float types in \LaTeX. A single command sets up a new float in the
% same style as the \LaTeX{} kernel \env{figure} and \env{table} float types.
% \item[\pack{txfonts}] The \pack{txfonts} package~\cite{txfonts} provides the \texttt{TX} fonts, which consist of
% \begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt
@@ -20978,9 +21105,9 @@ have centered labels.
% \item math fonts of all symbols corresponding to those of AmS{} fonts (MSAM and MSBM);
% \item additional math fonts of various symbols.
% \end{enumerate}
-% All fonts are in the Type~1 format (in \texttt{afm} and \texttt{pfb} files).
-% Necessary \texttt{tfm} and \texttt{vf} files together with \LaTeXe\ package files and font map files
-% for \texttt{dvips} are provided.
+% All fonts are in the Type~1 format (in \suffix{.afm} and \suffix{.pfb} files).
+% Necessary \suffix{.tfm} and \suffix{.vf} files together with \LaTeXe\ package files and font map files
+% (\suffix{.map}) for \tool{dvips} are provided.
% \end{wdesc}
% \jsection{U}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U}
% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
@@ -21019,7 +21146,7 @@ have centered labels.
% first version of this package, but it had severe problems. \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle} rewrote it in a much
% better and more robust way. With his permission, I used some of his code in the \upack{minitoc} package
% to implement the preparation commands (like \com{dominitoc}). If you use also the \pack{hyperref}
-% package~\cite{hyperref.web}, use \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} in place of the \pack{xr} package.
+% package~\cite{hyperref.web}, use \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} in place of the \upack{xr} package.
% \end{wdesc}
% \end{mtchideinmaintoc}
% \or\relax
@@ -21036,7 +21163,9 @@ have centered labels.
% \mtcskip
% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns}
% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}}
+% \setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt}
% \minilot
+% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt}
% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty}
% \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty}
% Ce chapitre tente d'expliquer certains termes utilisés dans cette documentation et décrit quelques fichiers et suffixes
@@ -21044,12 +21173,13 @@ have centered labels.
% De nombreuses informations proviennent des documentations de divers paquetages cités (souvent du résumé ou
% \emph{abstract}), et
% de~\cite{malayalam,malayalam-o,mlsquick,montex,HLATEX,komab,classes,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,lunde1993,lunde,ttb,TLC2F,koma,CIL2E,NSSL2E,cyrguide}.
+% \clearpage
% \begin{mtchideinmaintoc}
% \jsection{<<~.~>>\vphantom{A}}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<<~.~>>}
% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
% \item[\suffix{.aux}] Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier \emph{auxiliaire} d'un document \LaTeX{}. Il transfère
% des informations d'une exécution de \LaTeX{} à~la suivante.
-% \item[\usuffix{.cls}]\isuffix{.aux} Le suffixe du nom pour une fichier classe de document,
+% \item[\usuffix{.cls}]\isuffix{.aux} Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier classe de document,
% chargé via la commande \com{documentclass}.
% \item[\usuffix{.dtx}]\isuffix{.dtx} Le suffixe du nom pour le fichier source documenté d'un paquetage ou d'une classe \LaTeX.
% Ce fichier est souvent associé à~un fichier \suffix{.ins} pour engendrer le paquetage ou la classe.
@@ -21152,8 +21282,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{3}
% \item[\AmS] L'\emph{American Mathematical Society}~\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}\fron.%
% \SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}}
-% Cette société savante a développé les classes de
-% document suivantes:
+% Cette société savante a développé les classes de document suivantes:
% \class{amsart} et \class{amsproc} sont, malheureusement, \emph{incompatibles} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc},
% \class{amsbook} est compatible mais demande des précautions. Voir la section~\vref{s+AMS}.
% \item[\uclass{amsart}]\iclass{amsart} Une\imess{W0026} classe de document pour des articles~\cite{amslatex},
@@ -21223,14 +21352,15 @@ have centered labels.
% fichiers auxiliaires, pour y~stocker les contenus de chaque mini-table. Ces fichiers sont les
% \emph{fichiers auxiliaires minitoc}, dont les noms sont de la forme \emph{document}\texttt{.}\emph{suffixe},
% le tableau~\vref{t+suffixes} liste les suffixes possibles.
+% Voir aussi le suffixe \suffix{.maf} plus haut.
% \end{wdesc}
% \jsection{B}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{B}
% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
% \item[\upack{babel}] Le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et autres) est un
% vaste paquetage permettant de préparer des documents \LaTeX\ dans de nombreuses langues, et pas seulement en
% anglais. De nombreux titres pour les mini-tables proviennent du paquetage \pack{babel}.
-% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} Un paquetage pour composer des documents dans la langue \lopt{bangla} en utilisant les systèmes {\TeX/\LaTeX};
-% voir~\cite{bangtex}.
+% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} Un paquetage pour composer des documents dans la langue \lopt{bangla}
+% (\lopt{bengali}) en utilisant les systèmes {\TeX/\LaTeX}; voir~\cite{bangtex}.
% \item[\feat{before}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exécuté \emph{avant} un type donné de mini-table.
% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}.
% \item[\BibTeX] Un programme écrit par \name{Oren}{Patashnik} pour produire des bibliographies dans des documents \LaTeX.
@@ -21326,6 +21456,9 @@ have centered labels.
% environnement. Des méthodes sont fournies pour définir des captions à~utiliser en dehors des environnements
% flottants et pour définir de nouveaux environnements flottants et des sous-flottants. Des outils sont fournis
% pour définir vos propres styles de captions.
+% \item[\upack{chngpage}] Le paquetage \pack{chngpage} (de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) fournit des commandes pour changer
+% la mise en page au milieu d'un document et pour tester de manière robuste la mise en page pour les pages
+% paires ou impaires.
% \item[Chapter~0]
% Certains documents ne commencent pas par le chapitre numéro un, mais par un chapitre numéroté zéro (ou même
% avec un numéro plus bizarre). Ceci posait un sérieux problème dans les anciennes versions du paquetage
@@ -21349,7 +21482,8 @@ have centered labels.
% Les titres des mini-tables pour ces langues
% proviennent de fichiers du système \pack{CJK} et ont été insérés dans des fichiers \suffix{.mld} lorsque ceci
% était possible, ou dans des fichiers \suffix{.mlo} lorsque le codage est incompatible avec le mécanisme
-% \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx}; le fichier \suffix{.mld} doit alors charger le fichier \suffix{.mlo} correspondant.
+% \isuffix{.ins}\isuffix{.dtx}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx};
+% le fichier \suffix{.mld} doit alors charger le fichier \suffix{.mlo} correspondant.
% \pack{CJK} implante les codages GB, Big~5, JIS, SJIS, KS, UTF~8 et CNS (sur 16~bits, sauf UTF~8 sur 24~bits).
% Voir le tableau~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}.
% \begin{table}[tp]
@@ -21430,11 +21564,11 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[CMR] Pour «~Computer Modern Roman~». Le sous-ensemble romain des fontes «~Computer Modern~».
% Voir «~Computer Modern~» ci-dessous.
% \item[codage] Un codage (\emph{encoding}) spécifie l'ordre selon lequel les caractères apparaissent dans la
-% fonte (par exemple, si le soixante-quinzième caractère est un «~~»). Le codage de fonte le plus courant
+% fonte (par exemple, si le soixante-quinzième caractère est un «~A~»). Le codage de fonte le plus courant
% pour \TeX\ est OT1. L'autre option prédéfinie est~T1 (\TeX\ étendu). Il y~a aussi
% US~ASCII (7~bits), ISO~Latin-1 (8~bits), Adobe Standard Encoding, UTF8 (Unicode~\cite{chou,unicode-des,unicode}),
% etc. Voir la table~\vref{t+var-encodings} et~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}.
-% \begin{table}[htp]
+% \begin{table}[tp]
% \changeskips
% \caption{Codages divers}\label{t+var-encodings}
% \centering
@@ -21479,7 +21613,7 @@ have centered labels.
% préféré pour le turc.\\
% \texttt{latin4}&Codage ASCII plus les caractères nécessaires
% pour les langues baltes (latvien ou letton, estonien et
-% lithuanien), le groendlandais et le lapon (sâme, sámi).\\
+% lituanien), le groendlandais et le lapon (sâme, sámi).\\
% \texttt{latin5}&Est essentiellement identique à~\texttt{latin1},
% excepté que certains caractères turcs remplacent des
% lettres islandaises moins souvent utilisées.\\
@@ -21557,11 +21691,16 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{wdesc}
% \jsection{E}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{E}
% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
+% \item[\textbf{ECM}] Un exemple minimal complet est le plus petit document complet possible qui illustre un
+% problème. Un exemple minimal ne devrait aucun paquetegage ni code qui ne contribue pas au problème, mais
+% il doit contenir une classe de document et l'environnement \env{document} (d'après~\cite{talbot-mini}).
+% Voir aussi~\cite{preusse}, \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} et
+% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils.
% \item[\texttt{em}] Une unité de longueur égale (approximativement) à~la largeur de la lettre~\og m\fg
% dans la fonte courante. En typographie, c'est un \og cadratin\fg.
% \item[\uscrp{emk}]\iscrp{emk}
% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour préparer la documentation en anglais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}.
-% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir été exécuté au préalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN9}.
+% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir été exécuté au préalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}.
% \item[\xfile{en-mtc.bst}] Un style bibliographique similaire au style \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plain.bst} standard, mais
% modifié avec l'outil \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst} pour ajouter un champ \texttt{URL}. Les noms de famille
% des auteurs et rédacteurs (\emph{editors}) sont en petites capitales, les années en chiffres de style ancien.
@@ -21605,8 +21744,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[\com{firstpartis}] Analogue à~\com{firstchapteris} ci-dessus.
% \item[\com{firstsectionis}] Analogue à~\com{firstchapteris} ci-dessus.
% \item[\pack{float}] Ce paquetage~\cite{float} (de \name{Anselm}{Lingnau})\imess{I0053} améliore l'interface de définition
-% d'objets flottants teles que figures et tableaux en \LaTeX. Il ajoute la notion de <<~style de flottant~>>
-% qui régit l'aspect des flottants. Ne nouvelles sortes de flottants peuvent être définies en utilisant une
+% d'objets flottants tels que figures et tableaux en \LaTeX. Il ajoute la notion de <<~style de flottant~>>
+% qui régit l'aspect des flottants. De nouvelles sortes de flottants peuvent être définies en utilisant une
% commande \com{newfloat} analogue à~\com{newtheorem}. Ce paquetage incorpore aussi la fonctionnalité du
% paquetage \pack{here} de \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, donnant aux environnements flottants une option
% \texttt{[H]} qui signifie <<~METTEZ-LE ICI~>> (par opposition à~l'option standard \texttt{[h]} qui signifie
@@ -21617,7 +21756,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[\pack{floatrow}] Ce paquetage~\cite{floatrow} (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})\imess{I0053} est une extension du paquetage
% \pack{float}~\cite{float} (de \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}), réutilisant son code, avec des extensions venant du
% paquetage \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} (de \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}).
-% \item[\pack{flowframe}] Ce\imess{W0097} paquetage~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} est conçu pour vous permettre de créer des
+% \item[\pack{flowfram}] Ce\imess{W0097} paquetage~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} est conçu pour vous permettre de créer des
% blocs (\emph{frames}) de texte dans un document de manière que le contenu de l'environnement \env{document}
% coule d'un bloc au suivant dans l'ordre où ils ont été définis. Ceci est utile pour créer des posters ou des
% magazines ou toute autre forme de document qui n'est pas conforme à~la mise en page standard sur une ou deux colonnes.
@@ -21641,7 +21780,7 @@ have centered labels.
% regardez le script \scrp{cmk}).
% \item[\uscrp{fmk}]\iscrp{fmk}
% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour préparer la documentation en français du paquetage \upack{minitoc}.
-% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir été exécuté au préalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN9}.
+% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir été exécuté au préalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}.
% \item[\upack{fncychap}] Le paquetage \imess{W0086}\pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap} fournit diverses commandes pour changer
% le format utilisé pour certaines en-têtes (chapitres) dans les classes stantard de documents de \LaTeXe:
% \class{book} et \class{report}.
@@ -21687,6 +21826,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[Hindi] Pour la langue hindi, voir le paquetage \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}~\cite{devanagari} plus haut. Le
% paquetage \upack{minitoc} accepte les options de langue \lopt{devanagari} et \lopt{hindi}, qui sont
% synonymes. Une option de langue \lopt{hindi-modern} est également disponible.
+% Voir aussi~\cite{hindi99} sur la langue hindi.
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \item[\emph{hint}] Une indication, un indice pour détecter un problème. C'est aussi un message écrit (dans
% le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}) par l'option \optd{hints} (voir ci-dessous).
@@ -21711,8 +21851,8 @@ have centered labels.
% de références croisées de \LaTeX\ afin de produire une certaine sorte de commandes \com{special};
% elles sont des prémices de l'ensemble de commandes \com{special} définis pour les processeurs de
% \texttt{dvi} vers \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}, pour les commandes \texttt{pdfmark} incluses pour le traitement par
-% Acrobat Distiller (\textbf{dvips} et \textbf{dvipsone}), pour \textbf{dviwindo}, pour \textbf{pdf\TeX},
-% pour \textbf{\TeX4ht} et pour les outils de conversion en PDF et HTML de \textbf{VTEX}.
+% Acrobat Distiller (\tool{dvips} et \tool{dvipsone}), pour \tool{dviwindo}, pour \textbf{pdf\TeX},
+% pour \textbf{\TeX4ht} et pour les outils de conversion en PDF et HTML de \tool{VTEX}.
%
% Ce paquetage dérive de, et est bâti sur, le travail du projet \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX},
% décrit dans~\cite{hypertex}. Il étend la fonctionnalité de toutes les commandes de
@@ -21730,7 +21870,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \item [\uscrp{imk}]\iscrp{imk} Un exemple de script \emph{shell}, qui prépare le paquetage \upack{minitoc}
% depuis \xfile{minitoc.ins} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; notez que \scrp{imk} doit être exécuté avant
-% de lancer \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}. Voir le point~\vref{IN9}.
+% de lancer \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \item[\uopt{insection}]\iopt{insection} L'option de paquetage \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} charge le paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins}
% avec les options adéquates pour éviter que les éléments flottants (tels que figures et tableaux) dérivent
@@ -21740,7 +21880,7 @@ have centered labels.
% des sectlots dans votre document. Voir la section~\vref{mtcsecttoc}.
% \item[insertion] Les commandes d'insertion du paquetage \upack{minitoc} insèrent une mini-table dans le document.
% Une commande de \emph{préparation} correspondante doit avoir été invoquée (une seule fois) auparavant.
-% Les commandes d'insertion sont:
+% Les commandes d'insertion sont (voir la table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}):
% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}}
% \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\
% \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\
@@ -21797,7 +21937,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[Lambda] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adapté aux capacités spéciales du système
% Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) est appelé «~\emph{Lambda}~»~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$).
% \item[Lamed] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adapté aux capacités spéciales du système
-% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) est appelé «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
+% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) est appelé «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
% \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} est un système de préparation de documents qui convient fort bien pour
% produire des documents scientifiques et mathématiques de haute qualité typographique. Il convient aussi pour
% produire toutes sortes d'autres documents, depuis de simples lettres jusqu'à des livres complets.
@@ -21959,16 +22099,24 @@ have centered labels.
% dans divers dialectes de la langue mongole (Bicig et Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe et Manju, Buryat, Xalx et Khalkha) et dans
% un dialecte du russe utilisé en Mongolie (Russianc). Bigig est un autre nom pour le Ouïghour.
% Vous pourrez trouver beaucoup d'informations sur la langue mongole et la Mongolie sur le site web~\cite{mongol-web}.
+% voir aussi~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}
+% et~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}.
% La description suivante a été extraite de~\cite{montex} et traduite:
%
-% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} est un paquetage qui fournit le support pour écrire des documents en mongol (\emph{mongolian}), mandchou
-% (\emph{manju}), bouriate (\emph{buryat}) et russe. Le mongol peut être représenté en écriture ouïghure (\emph{uighur})
-% traditionnelle (appelée aussi écriture classique ou traditionnelle) et en écriture cyrillique. Le mandchou
-% (\emph{manju}) ressemble à~l'écriture mongole traditionnelle (dont elle dérive) mais utilise un grand choix de
-% signes diacritiques afin d'éliminer de nombreuses ambiguïtés de son ancêtre l'écriture mongole. Le bouriate
-% (\emph{buryat}) moderne, comme le mongol dans sa forme actuelle, est écrit avec un alphabet cyrillique, mais tant
-% le mongol (35~lettres) que le bouriate (36~lettres) utilisent davantage de lettres que le russe (33~lettres).
-%
+% \reversemarginpar
+% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} est un paquetage qui fournit le support pour écrire des documents en mongol
+% (\emph{mongolian}), mandchou (\emph{manju}), bouriate (\emph{buryat}) et russe.
+% Le mongol peut être représenté en écriture ouïghure (\emph{uighur})
+% traditionnelle\ixgrf{mongoltr.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,height=2.5cm]{mongoltr.png}}}
+% (appelée aussi écriture classique ou traditionnelle) et en écriture cyrillique. Le mandchou
+% (\emph{manju}) ressemble à~l'écriture mongole traditionnelle (dont elle dérive) mais utilise un grand choix de
+% signes diacritiques afin d'éliminer de nombreuses ambiguïtés de son ancêtre l'écriture mongole. Le bouriate
+% (\emph{buryat}) moderne, comme le mongol dans sa forme actuelle,
+% est écrit avec un alphabet cyrillique,\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{mongolcy.png}}}%
+% mais tant le mongol (35~lettres) que le bouriate (36~lettres) utilisent davantage de lettres
+% que le russe (33~lettres).
+%
+% \normalmarginpar
% \begin{description}
% \item[Mongol]
% Le terme \emph{mongol} (\emph{mongolian} en anglais) recouvre en fait plusieurs langues et n'est pas le nom précis
@@ -22097,7 +22245,7 @@ have centered labels.
% section~\vref{mtc-scr.tex}.
% \item[\uexam{mtc-syn.tex}]\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} Un exemple de document montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} lorsque
% la table des matières est précédée de quelques chapitres étoilés. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-syn.tex}.
-% \item[\uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} package avec
+% \item[\uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec
% le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tbi.tex}.
% \item[\uexam{mtc-tlc.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document
% de la classe \class{article}. C'est l'exemple de~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernisé. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tlc.tex}.
@@ -22280,7 +22428,7 @@ have centered labels.
% paramètres spécifient chaque fonte \LaTeX{}, voir le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+5}, par exemple.
% \begin{table}[!tp]
% \changeskips
-% \caption{Les cinq paramètres de fontes pour quelques fontes}\label{t+nfss+5}
+% \caption{Les cinq paramètres de fontes de quelques fontes}\label{t+nfss+5}
% \centering
% ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}ll@{}l@{}}
% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllllZ{1}l@{}}
@@ -22362,7 +22510,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \item[Omega] Le système de typographie\,\footnote{L'essentiel (mais pas la totalité) de cette note provient de
-% la documentation d'Omega \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}.}
+% la documentation d'Omega \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}.
+% Voir~\url{http://omega.enstb.org/} pour plus d'informations.}
% Omega ($\mathbf{\Omega}$) (de \xname{Yannis}{Haralambous} et \xname{John}{Plaice}).
% \end{SMOOTH}
%
@@ -22397,9 +22546,11 @@ have centered labels.
% L'ajout à~Omega des extensions de \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} est un projet
% distinct, connu sous le nom de «~\pack{Aleph}~» ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} et conduit par \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}.
% La version de \LaTeX\ pour \pack{Aleph} est connue sous le nom de
-% «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
+% «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
% Il~y~a un système expérimental, nommé \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex}, qui regroupera
% \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} et d'autres développements.
+% Une voie prometteuse est \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} par~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, avec
+% \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}.
% \begin{table}[tp!]
% ^^A \changeskips
% \caption{Quelques systèmes dérivés de \TeX{} et \LaTeX}\label{t+tex-latex}
@@ -22414,8 +22565,8 @@ have centered labels.
% &&\aleph&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\usebox{\LAMED}}
% \end{array} \]
% \end{table}
-% \item[\feat{open}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exécuté immédiatement avant (ouverture, \emph{open})
-% l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire pour un type donné de mini-table.
+% \item[\feat{open}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exécuté immédiatement
+% avant (ouverture, \emph{open}) l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire pour un type donné de mini-table.
% Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}.
% Voir le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, dans la section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}.
% \end{wdesc}
@@ -22478,7 +22629,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk}
% Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour préparer le paquetage \upack{minitoc}
% et sa documentation; vous devriez l'adapter à~vos besoins.
-% Voir le point~\vref{IN9}.
+% Voir le point~\vref{IN10}.
% \item[points de conduite] (\emph{leaders}) Une séquence répétive de points (ou d'un autre petit caractère),
% espacés régulièrement, utilisée pour relier deux objets sur la même ligne (conduisant d'un titre à~un
% numéro de page dans une table des matières ou analogue).
@@ -22495,7 +22646,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item[préparation] Les commandes de préparation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} préparent les fichiers auxiliaires
% pour les mini-tables d'un type donné. Une commande de~\emph{préparation} doit avoir été invoqué
% préalablement (et une seule fois) à~toute commande d'insertion pour le type de mini-table. Les commandes
-% de préparation sont:
+% de préparation sont (voir la table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}):
% \par\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
% \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},&(niveau partie)\\
% \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},&(niveau chapitre)\\
@@ -22564,7 +22715,7 @@ have centered labels.
% du paquetage \upack{minitoc} en classes (un répertoire pour chaque classe).
% Il devrait être exécuté après les scripts
% \scrp{imk} (obligatoire) et \scrp{emk} et/ou
-% \scrp{fmk}, dans cet ordre. Voir le point~\vref{IN9}.
+% \scrp{fmk}, dans cet ordre. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}.
% \item[\upack{romannum}] Le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} change les numéros (pour les commandes de
% sectionnement) engendrés par \LaTeX{} de chiffres arabes en chiffres romains. Ce paquetage utilise le
% paquetage \pack{stdclsdv}~\cite{stdclsdv}.
@@ -22695,7 +22846,7 @@ have centered labels.
% des documents en langue thaïe. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
% \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle donne un espacement serré des lignes dans
% les mini-tables. L'option contraire est \optd{loose}.
-% \item[\upack{titlesec}] Le\Virage{} paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} permet de changer les titres de
+% \item[\upack{titlesec}] Le\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} permet de changer les titres de
% sectionnement. Parmi ses nombreux dispositifs, il permet des titres dans la marge, un format différent dans
% les pages de gauche et de droite, des filets au-dessus et en dessous du titre, etc.
% Malheureusement, il est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}.
@@ -22760,9 +22911,9 @@ have centered labels.
% \item des fontes mathématiques de tous les symboles correspondant à~ceux des fontes \AmS{} fonts (MSAM et MSBM);
% \item des fontes mathématiques de divers symboles.
% \end{enumerate}
-% Toutes ces fontes sont en format Type~1 (dans des fichiers \texttt{afm} et \texttt{pfb}).
-% Les fichiers \texttt{tfm} et \texttt{vf} nécessaires ainsi que les fichiers de paquetage \LaTeXe{} et
-% fichiers <<~font map~>> pour \texttt{dvips} sont fournis.
+% Toutes ces fontes sont en format Type~1 (dans des fichiers \suffix{.afm} et \suffix{.pfb}).
+% Les fichiers \suffix{.tfm} et \suffix{.vf} nécessaires ainsi que les fichiers de paquetage \LaTeXe{} et
+% fichiers <<~font map~>> (\suffix{.map}) pour \tool{dvips} sont fournis.
% \end{wdesc}
% \jsection{U}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U}
% \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
@@ -22805,7 +22956,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle} a réécrit ce paquetage d'une manière bien meilleure et plus robuste. Avec sa permission,
% j'ai utilisé une partie de son code dans le paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour réaliser les commandes de
% préparation (telles que \com{dominitoc}). Si vous utilisez aussi le paquetage
-% \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, utilisez \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} au lieu du paquetage \pack{xr}.
+% \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, utilisez \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} au lieu du paquetage \upack{xr}.
% \end{wdesc}
% \end{mtchideinmaintoc}
% \fi
@@ -22815,38 +22966,39 @@ have centered labels.
% \or\relax
% \chapter{Installation}\label{c+installation}
% \fi
+% \bgroup\mtcindent=0pt
% \minilot
+% \egroup
%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% This chapter describes the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package (version~\#55).
+% This chapter describes the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package (version~\#56).
%
% This package contains a lot of files. The list of all files is given in \xfile{minitoc.l}. See
-% table~\vref{t+files}.
+% tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}.
% The files are sorted into ``classes'' below (a file can appear in more than one class). Each class specifies
% the function and the placement of its files.
% \or\relax
-% Ce chapitre décrit l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} (version~\#55).
+% Ce chapitre décrit l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} (version~\#56).
%
% Ce paquetage contient de nombreux fichiers. La liste de tous les fichiers est donnée dans
-% \xfile{minitoc.l}. Voir le tableau~\vref{t+files}.
+% \xfile{minitoc.l}. Voir le tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}.
% Les fichiers sont répartis en «~classes~» ci-dessous (un même fichier peut apparaître dans plusieurs classes).
% Chaque classe spécifie la fonction et le placement de ses fichiers.
% \fi
-% \begin{table}[p]
-% \ifDP\begin{leftfullpage}\fi
+% \begin{table}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
% \centering
% \changeskips
-% \vspace*{4\baselineskip}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \def\CLA{class}
% ^^A \def\ET{\textrm{, and}\xspace}
% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace}
-% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l})}\label{t+files}\ixfile{minitoc.l}
+% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), first part}\label{t+files1}\ixfile{minitoc.l}
% \or\relax
% \def\CLA{classe}
% ^^A \def\ET{ \textrm{et}\xspace}
% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace}
-% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l})}\label{t+files}\ixfile{minitoc.l}
+% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), première partie}\label{t+files1}\ixfile{minitoc.l}
% \fi
% \vspace*{-1\baselineskip}
% \medskip
@@ -22855,7 +23007,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries
% \flushleft
% \noextrasfrancais
-% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
+% \smash{\vphantom{\mpfootnotemark[0]}}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}%
+% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}\raggedcolumns
% \begin{multicols}{4}\selectlanguage{french}
% \def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\}
% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
@@ -22900,6 +23053,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item \xfile{bahasam.mld}
% \item \xfile{bangla.mld}
% \item \xfile{basque.mld}
+% \item \xfile{bengali.mld}
% \item \xfile{bicig.mld}
% \item \xfile{bicig2.mld}
% \item \xfile{bicig3.mld}
@@ -22998,10 +23152,14 @@ have centered labels.
% \item \xfile{magyar2.mld}
% \item \xfile{magyar3.mld}
% \item \xfile{malay.mld}
+% \item \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}
% \item \xfile{malayalam-keli.mld}
+% \item \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}
+% \item \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld}
% \item \xmldo{malayalam-omega}
% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}
% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}
+% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}
% \item \xfile{manju.mld}
% \item \xfile{meyalu.mld}
% \item \xfile{mongol.mld}
@@ -23045,6 +23203,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item \xfile{spanish2.mld}
% \item \xfile{spanish3.mld}
% \item \xfile{spanish4.mld}
+% \item \xfile{swahili.mld}
% \item \xfile{swedish.mld}
% \item \xfile{swedish2.mld}
% \item \xmldo{thai}
@@ -23080,7 +23239,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
% \leftmargin=0pt
% \listparindent=1em
-% \item
+% \item
% \exam{mtc-2c.tex},
% \exam{mtc-2nd.tex},
% \exam{mtc-3co.tex},
@@ -23118,6 +23277,45 @@ have centered labels.
% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex},
% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}
% \end{itemize}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{multicols}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \footnotetext{See continuation in table~\vref{t+files2}.}
+% \or\relax
+% \footnotetext{Voir la suite dans le tableau~\vref{t+files2}.}
+% \fi
+% \end{minipage}}
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{table}
+% \begin{table}[!tp]
+% \centering
+% \changeskips
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \def\CLA{class}
+% ^^A \def\ET{\textrm{, and}\xspace}
+% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace}
+% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), second part}\label{t+files2}\ixfile{minitoc.l}
+% \or\relax
+% \def\CLA{classe}
+% ^^A \def\ET{ \textrm{et}\xspace}
+% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace}
+% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), seconde partie}\label{t+files2}\ixfile{minitoc.l}
+% \fi
+% \vspace*{-1\baselineskip}
+% \medskip
+% \fboxsep=1em
+% ^^A % was -.22\textwidth
+% \null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries
+% \flushleft
+% \noextrasfrancais
+% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}\raggedcolumns
+% \begin{multicols}{4}\selectlanguage{french}
+% \def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\}
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
+% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em
+% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
% \medskip
% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN4}):}}}]\NL
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -23140,7 +23338,6 @@ have centered labels.
% \item \xfile{minitoc.lan}\isuffix{.lan}
% \item \xfile{minitoc.pre}\isuffix{.pre}
% \item \xfile{en-mtc.bst}\isuffix{.bst}
-% \item \xfile{lamed.eps}, \xfile{lamed.pdf}, \xfile{lamed.tex}
% \end{itemize}
% \medskip
% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN6}):}}}]\NL
@@ -23148,6 +23345,146 @@ have centered labels.
% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
% \leftmargin=0pt
% \listparindent=1em
+% \item \xgrf{acadien.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{albania.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{allemand.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{anglo.png}
+% \item \xgrf{arabic.png}
+% \item \xgrf{armeniar.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{baltes.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{bangla.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{bangla2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{basque1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{basque2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{belgique.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{bosnia.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{brazil.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{brazilp.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{bretagne.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{bulgmap.png}
+% \item \xgrf{buryatia.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{canada.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{canada-l.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{canada-pe.png}
+% \item \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{canada1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{caucasus.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{chine1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{chine2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{croatie1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{croatie2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{cz1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{cz3.png}
+% \item \xgrf{danemark.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{espa-l.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{ethiolang.png}
+% \item \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{farsi.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{farsi-logo.png}
+% \item \xgrf{feroe.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{finlande1.png}
+% \item \xgrf{finlande2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{finnishd.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{franco.png}
+% \item \xgrf{fswahili.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{galles1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{galles2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{grece1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{grece2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{greekm.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{hangul.png}
+% \item \xgrf{hanja.png}
+% \item \xgrf{hispano.png}
+% \item \xgrf{hum-lang.png}
+% \item \xgrf{hun1.png}
+% \item \xgrf{hun2.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{inde1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{inde2.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{iranian.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{irish.png}
+% \item \xgrf{irlande.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{islande.png}
+% \item \xgrf{islandep.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{isr1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{isr2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{italian.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{italo1.png}
+% \item \xgrf{japon1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{japon2.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{karnataka.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{kerala.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{khalkha.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{korean1.png}
+% \item \xgrf{korean2.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{lamed.pdf}
+% \item \xfile{lamed.tex}
+% \item \xgrf{lettonie.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{lituanie.png}
+% \item \xgrf{luso.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{malayalam.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{mondep.png}
+% \item \xgrf{mongasie.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{mongolcy.png}
+% \item \xgrf{mongolian.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{mongoltr.png}
+% \item \xgrf{neder.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{paraguay.png}
+% \item \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{pologne.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{portugal.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{romanian.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{russian.png}
+% \item \xgrf{russianlan.png}
+% \item \xgrf{same.png}
+% \item \xgrf{serbia1.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{slovakia.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{slovenie.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{sorbian.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{spain.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{suede-a.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{suede-f.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{svenska.png}
+% \item \xgrf{swahili.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{sweden.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{thai.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{turquie.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{uighur.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{ukraine.jpg}
+% \item \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{viet2.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{viet3.pdf}
+% \item \xgrf{xinjiang.png}
+% \item \xgrf{xinjiangc.png}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \medskip
+% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN7}):}}}]\NL
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
+% \leftmargin=0pt
+% \listparindent=1em
% \item \xfile{minitoc.dtx}
% \item \xfile{fminitoc.dtx}
% \item \xfile{fminitoc.bib}
@@ -23158,7 +23495,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}\isuffix{.bst}
% \end{itemize}
% \medskip
-% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN7}):}}}]\NL
+% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN8}):}}}]\NL
% \begin{itemize}
% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
% \leftmargin=0pt
@@ -23166,7 +23503,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item \xfile{minitoc.pdf}
% \end{itemize}
% \medskip
-% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN8}):}}}]\NL
+% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN9}):}}}]\NL
% \begin{itemize}
% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
% \leftmargin=0pt
@@ -23174,7 +23511,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item \xfile{fminitoc.pdf}
% \end{itemize}
% \medskip
-% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN9}):}}}]\NL
+% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN10}):}}}]\NL
% \begin{itemize}
% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
% \leftmargin=0pt
@@ -23183,7 +23520,7 @@ have centered labels.
% ^^A \item \xfile{duplex2v.pro}
% \end{itemize}
% \medskip
-% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN10}):}}}]\NL
+% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN11}):}}}]\NL
% \begin{itemize}
% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
% \leftmargin=0pt
@@ -23193,10 +23530,9 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{multicols}
% \end{minipage}}
-% \vspace*{-3\baselineskip}
-% \ifDP\end{leftfullpage}\fi
% \end{table}
-% \begin{table}[!tp]
+% \begin{table}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
% \centering
% \changeskips
% \def\TDSPH{\vphantom{\'TDSj}}
@@ -23218,10 +23554,11 @@ have centered labels.
% \texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\textbf{(D)}&\textbf{(E)}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}\\
% \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}%
% \textbf{(A)}&\textbf{(B)}&\textbf{(C)}&\multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(F)}&\textbf{(G)}\\
-% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}%
-% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\texttt{examples/}&\multicolumn{4}{c}{}\\
-% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}%
-% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(H)}&\multicolumn{4}{c}{}\\
+% ^^A \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}%
+% \cmidrule{3-4}%
+% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\texttt{examples/}&\texttt{images/}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\
+% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}%
+% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(H)}&\textbf{(I)}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\
% \morecmidrules\cmidrule[\heavyrulewidth]{1-7}
% \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{%
% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize
@@ -23248,9 +23585,6 @@ have centered labels.
% \xfile{CATALOG},
% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{fminitoc.lan},
% \xfile{fminitoc.pdf},
-% \xfile{lamed.eps},
-% \xfile{lamed.pdf},
-% \xfile{lamed.tex},
% \xfile{minitoc.bug},
% \xfile{minitoc.l},
% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan},
@@ -23341,7 +23675,141 @@ have centered labels.
% \exam{mtc-tlo.pdf},
% \exam{mtc-tlo.tex},
% \exam{mtc-tsf.pdf},
-% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}.
+% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex};
+% \sepitem
+% \item[(I)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xgrf{acadien.pdf},
+% \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf},
+% \xgrf{albania.pdf},
+% \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf},
+% \xgrf{allemand.jpg},
+% \xgrf{anglo.png},
+% \xgrf{arabic.png},
+% \xgrf{armeniar.jpg},
+% \xgrf{baltes.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bangla.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bangla2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{basque1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{basque2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{belgique.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bosnia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{brazil.pdf},
+% \xgrf{brazilp.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bretagne.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg},
+% \xgrf{bulgmap.png},
+% \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{buryatia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada-pe.png},
+% \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf},
+% \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf},
+% \xgrf{caucasus.pdf},
+% \xgrf{chine1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{chine2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{croatie1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{croatie2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{cz1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{cz3.png},
+% \xgrf{danemark.jpg},
+% \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf},
+% \xgrf{espa-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf},
+% \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ethiolang.png},
+% \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf},
+% \xgrf{farsi.pdf},
+% \xgrf{farsi-logo.png},
+% \xgrf{feroe.jpg},
+% \xgrf{finlande1.png},
+% \xgrf{finlande2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{finnishd.pdf},
+% \xgrf{franco.png},
+% \xgrf{fswahili.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galles1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galles2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{grece1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{grece2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{greekm.jpg},
+% \xgrf{hangul.png},
+% \xgrf{hanja.png},
+% \xgrf{hispano.png},
+% \xgrf{hum-lang.png},
+% \xgrf{hun1.png},
+% \xgrf{hun2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{inde1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{inde2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{iranian.jpg},
+% \xgrf{irish.png},
+% \xgrf{irlande.pdf},
+% \xgrf{islande.png},
+% \xgrf{islandep.jpg},
+% \xgrf{isr1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{isr2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{italian.pdf},
+% \xgrf{italo1.png},
+% \xgrf{japon1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{japon2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{karnataka.jpg},
+% \xgrf{kerala.jpg},
+% \xgrf{khalkha.pdf},
+% \xgrf{korean1.png},
+% \xgrf{korean2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{lamed.pdf},
+% \xfile{lamed.tex},
+% \xgrf{lettonie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{lituanie.png},
+% \xgrf{luso.jpg},
+% \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{malayalam.pdf},
+% \xgrf{mondep.png},
+% \xgrf{mongasie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{mongolcy.png},
+% \xgrf{mongolian.pdf},
+% \xgrf{mongoltr.png},
+% \xgrf{neder.pdf},
+% \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf},
+% \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf},
+% \xgrf{paraguay.png},
+% \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf},
+% \xgrf{pologne.pdf},
+% \xgrf{portugal.pdf},
+% \xgrf{romanian.pdf},
+% \xgrf{russian.png},
+% \xgrf{russianlan.png},
+% \xgrf{same.png},
+% \xgrf{serbia1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{slovakia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{slovenie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg},
+% \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{sorbian.jpg},
+% \xgrf{spain.pdf},
+% \xgrf{suede-a.pdf},
+% \xgrf{suede-f.pdf},
+% \xgrf{svenska.png},
+% \xgrf{swahili.pdf},
+% \xgrf{sweden.pdf},
+% \xgrf{thai.pdf},
+% \xgrf{turquie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{uighur.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ukraine.jpg},
+% \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf},
+% \xgrf{viet2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{viet3.pdf},
+% \xgrf{xinjiang.png},
+% \xgrf{xinjiangc.png}.
% \end{description}
% \end{multicols}
% \end{minipage}}\\
@@ -23366,6 +23834,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \ixfile{bahasam.mld}%
% \ixfile{bangla.mld}%
% \ixfile{basque.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bengali.mld}%
% \ixfile{bicig.mld}%
% \ixfile{bicig2.mld}%
% \ixfile{bicig3.mld}%
@@ -23383,10 +23852,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \ixfile{castillan.mld}%
% \ixfile{castillian.mld}%
% \ixfile{catalan.mld}%
-% \ixfile{chinese1.mld}%
-% \ixfile{chinese1.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{chinese2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{chinese2.mlo}%
+% \ixmldo{chinese1}%
+% \ixmldo{chinese2}%
% \ixfile{croatian.mld}%
% \ixfile{czech.mld}%
% \ixfile{danish.mld}%
@@ -23401,10 +23868,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \ixfile{ethiopia.mld}%
% \ixfile{ethiopian.mld}%
% \ixfile{ethiopian2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{farsi1.mld}%
-% \ixfile{farsi1.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{farsi2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{farsi2.mlo}%
+% \ixmldo{farsi1}%
+% \ixmldo{farsi2}%
% \ixfile{farsi3.mld}%
% \ixfile{finnish.mld}%
% \ixfile{finnish2.mld}%
@@ -23424,22 +23889,14 @@ have centered labels.
% \ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld}%
% \ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}%
% \ixfile{guarani.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hangul1.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hangul1.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{hangul2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hangul2.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{hangul3.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hangul3.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{hangul4.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hangul4.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{hangul-u8.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hangul-u8.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{hanja1.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hanja1.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{hanja2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hanja2.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{hanja-u8.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hanja-u8.mlo}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul1}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul2}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul3}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul4}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul-u8}%
+% \ixmldo{hanja1}%
+% \ixmldo{hanja2}%
+% \ixmldo{hanja-u8}%
% \ixfile{hebrew.mld}%
% \ixfile{hebrew2.mld}%
% \ixfile{hindi.mld}%
@@ -23452,18 +23909,12 @@ have centered labels.
% \ixfile{irish.mld}%
% \ixfile{italian.mld}%
% \ixfile{italian2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{japanese.mld}%
-% \ixfile{japanese.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{japanese2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{japanese2.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{japanese3.mld}%
-% \ixfile{japanese3.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{japanese4.mld}%
-% \ixfile{japanese4.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{japanese5.mld}%
-% \ixfile{japanese5.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{japanese6.mld}%
-% \ixfile{japanese6.mlo}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese2}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese3}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese4}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese5}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese6}%
% \ixfile{kannada.mld}%
% \ixfile{khalkha.mld}%
% \ixfile{latin.mld}%
@@ -23481,11 +23932,14 @@ have centered labels.
% \ixfile{magyar.mld}%
% \ixfile{magyar2.mld}%
% \ixfile{magyar3.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-b.mld}%
% \ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}%
-% \ixfile{malayalam-omega.mld}%
-% \ixfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld}%
+% \ixmldo{malayalam-omega}%
% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}%
% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}%
% \ixfile{malay.mld}%
% \ixfile{manju.mld}%
% \ixfile{meyalu.mld}%
@@ -23513,19 +23967,13 @@ have centered labels.
% \ixfile{russian2m.mld}%
% \ixfile{russian2o.mld}%
% \ixfile{russianb.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian-cca1.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian-cca1.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{russian-cca.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian-cca.mlo}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-cca1}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-cca}%
% \ixfile{russianc.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lh.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lh.mlo}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-lh}%
% \ixfile{samin.mld}%
% \ixfile{scottish.mld}%
% \ixfile{serbianc.mld}%
@@ -23536,10 +23984,10 @@ have centered labels.
% \ixfile{spanish2.mld}%
% \ixfile{spanish3.mld}%
% \ixfile{spanish4.mld}%
+% \ixfile{swahili.mld}%
% \ixfile{swedish.mld}%
% \ixfile{swedish2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{thai.mld}%
-% \ixfile{thai.mlo}%
+% \ixmldo{thai}%
% \ixfile{turkish.mld}%
% \ixfile{uighur.mld}%
% \ixfile{uighur2.mld}%
@@ -23557,6 +24005,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \ixfile{xalx2.mld}%
% \ixfile{xalx3.mld}%
% }%
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
% \end{table}
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \begin{enumerate}[(1)]
@@ -23631,7 +24080,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item \xfile{INSTALL} is a file describing the installation of the package.
% You are (almost) reading it (but it is shorter).
% \item \xfile{minitoc.l} contains the list of all files of the \upack{minitoc} distribution. See
-% table~\vref{t+files}.
+% tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}.
% \item \xfile{README} is a file describing briefly the \upack{minitoc} package,
% plus some useful infos.
% \item \xfile{CATALOG} contains basic infos about the \upack{minitoc} package (abstract, date,
@@ -23645,7 +24094,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \item \xfile{INSTALL} est un fichier décrivant l'installation du paquetage. À~part la langue,
% vous êtes (presque) en train de le lire (mais il est plus court).
% \item \xfile{minitoc.l} contient la liste de tous les fichiers de la distribution de
-% \upack{minitoc}. Voir le tableau~\vref{t+files}.
+% \upack{minitoc}. Voir le tableau~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}.
% \item \xfile{README} est un fichier décrivant sommairement le paquetage \upack{minitoc},
% plus quelques informations utiles.
% \item \xfile{CATALOG} contient des informations basiques sur le paquetage \upack{minitoc}
@@ -23754,27 +24203,297 @@ have centered labels.
% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre},
% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst},
% \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, and
-% \xfile{minitoc.bib} are the source of the documentation in (non perfect) english,
-% \xfile{lamed.eps} and \xfile{lamed.pdf} are images to include,
-% \xfile{lamed.tex} is the source code\footnote{Compiling \xfile{lamed.tex}
-% requires a specific hebrew font and a specific package (both obsolete), plus conversion into EPS or PDF;
-% hence I prefer to provide also the image files.}.
+% \xfile{minitoc.bib} are the source of the documentation in (non perfect) english.
% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} is the common preambule code for the documentation.
-% \or\relax
+% \else\relax
% \label{IN5} \xfile{minitoc.ins}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist},
% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre},
% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst},
% \xfile{minitoc.dtx} et
-% \xfile{minitoc.bib} forment le code source de la documentation en anglais (ou presque),
-% \xfile{lamed.eps} et \xfile{lamed.pdf} sont des images à~inclure,
-% \xfile{lamed.tex} est le code source\,\footnote{La compilation de \xfile{lamed.tex}
-% a besoin d'une fonte hébraïque et d'un paquetage spécifiques (tous deux obsolètes), puis d'une conversion
-% en EPS ou PDF; j'ai donc préféré fournir aussi les fichiers images.}.
+% \xfile{minitoc.bib} forment le code source de la documentation en anglais (ou presque).
% \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} est le code de préambule commun pour la documentation.
% \fi
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \label{IN6}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{fminitoc.dtx},
+% \label{IN6}
+% \xgrf{acadien.pdf},
+% \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf},
+% \xgrf{albania.pdf},
+% \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf},
+% \xgrf{allemand.jpg},
+% \xgrf{anglo.png},
+% \xgrf{arabic.png},
+% \xgrf{armeniar.jpg},
+% \xgrf{baltes.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bangla.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bangla2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{basque1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{basque2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{belgique.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bosnia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{brazil.pdf},
+% \xgrf{brazilp.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bretagne.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg},
+% \xgrf{bulgmap.png},
+% \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{buryatia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada-pe.png},
+% \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf},
+% \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf},
+% \xgrf{caucasus.pdf},
+% \xgrf{chine1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{chine2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{croatie1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{croatie2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{cz1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{cz3.png},
+% \xgrf{danemark.jpg},
+% \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf},
+% \xgrf{espa-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf},
+% \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ethiolang.png},
+% \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf},
+% \xgrf{farsi.pdf},
+% \xgrf{farsi-logo.png},
+% \xgrf{feroe.jpg},
+% \xgrf{finlande1.png},
+% \xgrf{finlande2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{finnishd.pdf},
+% \xgrf{franco.png},
+% \xgrf{fswahili.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galles1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galles2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{grece1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{grece2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{greekm.jpg},
+% \xgrf{hangul.png},
+% \xgrf{hanja.png},
+% \xgrf{hispano.png},
+% \xgrf{hum-lang.png},
+% \xgrf{hun1.png},
+% \xgrf{hun2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{inde1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{inde2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{iranian.jpg},
+% \xgrf{irish.png},
+% \xgrf{irlande.pdf},
+% \xgrf{islande.png},
+% \xgrf{islandep.jpg},
+% \xgrf{isr1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{isr2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{italian.pdf},
+% \xgrf{italo1.png},
+% \xgrf{japon1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{japon2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{karnataka.jpg},
+% \xgrf{kerala.jpg},
+% \xgrf{khalkha.pdf},
+% \xgrf{korean1.png},
+% \xgrf{korean2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{lamed.pdf},
+% \xfile{lamed.tex} (\xfile{lamed.tex} is the source code\footnote{Compiling \xfile{lamed.tex}
+% requires a specific hebrew font and a specific package (both obsolete), plus a conversion into PDF (or EPS);
+% hence I prefer to provide also the graphic files.}),
+% \xgrf{lettonie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{lituanie.png},
+% \xgrf{luso.jpg},
+% \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{malayalam.pdf},
+% \xgrf{mondep.png},
+% \xgrf{mongasie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{mongolcy.png},
+% \xgrf{mongolian.pdf},
+% \xgrf{mongoltr.png},
+% \xgrf{neder.pdf},
+% \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf},
+% \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf},
+% \xgrf{paraguay.png},
+% \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf},
+% \xgrf{pologne.pdf},
+% \xgrf{portugal.pdf},
+% \xgrf{romanian.pdf},
+% \xgrf{russian.png},
+% \xgrf{russianlan.png},
+% \xgrf{same.png},
+% \xgrf{serbia1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{slovakia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{slovenie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg},
+% \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{sorbian.jpg},
+% \xgrf{spain.pdf},
+% \xgrf{suede-a.pdf},
+% \xgrf{suede-f.pdf},
+% \xgrf{svenska.png},
+% \xgrf{swahili.pdf},
+% \xgrf{sweden.pdf},
+% \xgrf{thai.pdf},
+% \xgrf{turquie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{uighur.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ukraine.jpg},
+% \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf},
+% \xgrf{viet2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{viet3.pdf},
+% \xgrf{xinjiang.png},
+% \xgrf{xinjiangc.png},
+% are images to include.
+% \or\relax
+% \label{IN6}
+% \xgrf{acadien.pdf},
+% \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf},
+% \xgrf{albania.pdf},
+% \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf},
+% \xgrf{allemand.jpg},
+% \xgrf{anglo.png},
+% \xgrf{arabic.png},
+% \xgrf{armeniar.jpg},
+% \xgrf{baltes.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bangla.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bangla2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{basque1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{basque2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{belgique.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bosnia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{brazil.pdf},
+% \xgrf{brazilp.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bretagne.pdf},
+% \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg},
+% \xgrf{bulgmap.png},
+% \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{buryatia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada-pe.png},
+% \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf},
+% \xgrf{canada1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf},
+% \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf},
+% \xgrf{caucasus.pdf},
+% \xgrf{chine1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{chine2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{croatie1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{croatie2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{cz1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{cz3.png},
+% \xgrf{danemark.jpg},
+% \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf},
+% \xgrf{espa-l.pdf},
+% \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf},
+% \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ethiolang.png},
+% \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf},
+% \xgrf{farsi.pdf},
+% \xgrf{farsi-logo.png},
+% \xgrf{feroe.jpg},
+% \xgrf{finlande1.png},
+% \xgrf{finlande2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{finnishd.pdf},
+% \xgrf{franco.png},
+% \xgrf{fswahili.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galles1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{galles2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{grece1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{grece2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{greekm.jpg},
+% \xgrf{hangul.png},
+% \xgrf{hanja.png},
+% \xgrf{hispano.png},
+% \xgrf{hum-lang.png},
+% \xgrf{hun1.png},
+% \xgrf{hun2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{inde1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{inde2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{iranian.jpg},
+% \xgrf{irish.png},
+% \xgrf{irlande.pdf},
+% \xgrf{islande.png},
+% \xgrf{islandep.jpg},
+% \xgrf{isr1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{isr2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{italian.pdf},
+% \xgrf{italo1.png},
+% \xgrf{japon1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{japon2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{karnataka.jpg},
+% \xgrf{kerala.jpg},
+% \xgrf{khalkha.pdf},
+% \xgrf{korean1.png},
+% \xgrf{korean2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{lamed.pdf},
+% \xfile{lamed.tex} (\xfile{lamed.tex} est le code source\,\footnote{La compilation de \xfile{lamed.tex}
+% a besoin d'une fonte hébraïque et d'un paquetage spécifiques (tous deux obsolètes), puis d'une conversion
+% en PDF (ou EPS); j'ai donc préféré fournir aussi les fichiers graphiques.}),
+% \xgrf{lettonie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{lituanie.png},
+% \xgrf{luso.jpg},
+% \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{malayalam.pdf},
+% \xgrf{mondep.png},
+% \xgrf{mongasie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{mongolcy.png},
+% \xgrf{mongolian.pdf},
+% \xgrf{mongoltr.png},
+% \xgrf{neder.pdf},
+% \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf},
+% \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf},
+% \xgrf{paraguay.png},
+% \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf},
+% \xgrf{pologne.pdf},
+% \xgrf{portugal.pdf},
+% \xgrf{romanian.pdf},
+% \xgrf{russian.png},
+% \xgrf{russianlan.png},
+% \xgrf{same.png},
+% \xgrf{serbia1.pdf},
+% \xgrf{slovakia.pdf},
+% \xgrf{slovenie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg},
+% \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg},
+% \xgrf{sorbian.jpg},
+% \xgrf{spain.pdf},
+% \xgrf{suede-a.pdf},
+% \xgrf{suede-f.pdf},
+% \xgrf{svenska.png},
+% \xgrf{swahili.pdf},
+% \xgrf{sweden.pdf},
+% \xgrf{thai.pdf},
+% \xgrf{turquie.pdf},
+% \xgrf{uighur.pdf},
+% \xgrf{ukraine.jpg},
+% \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf},
+% \xgrf{viet2.pdf},
+% \xgrf{viet3.pdf},
+% \xgrf{xinjiang.png},
+% \xgrf{xinjiangc.png},
+% sont des images à~inclure.
+% \fi
+% \item
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{fminitoc.dtx},
% \xfile{fminitoc.bib},
% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{fminitoc.ist},
% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{fminitoc.lan},
@@ -23793,7 +24512,7 @@ have centered labels.
% file \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, and this helps the maintenance.
% Note that there is no more any \xfile{fminitoc.ins} file.}.
% \or\relax
-% \label{IN6}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{fminitoc.dtx},
+% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{fminitoc.dtx},
% \xfile{fminitoc.bib},
% \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{fminitoc.ist},
% \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{fminitoc.lan},
@@ -23814,25 +24533,25 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.pdf},
+% \label{IN8}\xfile{minitoc.pdf},
% is the documentation in (non perfect) english, in PDF format.
% \or\relax
-% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.pdf}
+% \label{IN8}\xfile{minitoc.pdf}
% forme la documentation en anglais (ou presque), en format PDF.
% \fi
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \label{IN8}\xfile{fminitoc.pdf}
+% \label{IN9}\xfile{fminitoc.pdf}
% is the documentation in french, in PDF format. The french documentation and its source
% files must not be left out.
% \or\relax
-% \label{IN8}\xfile{fminitoc.pdf}
+% \label{IN9}\xfile{fminitoc.pdf}
% forme la documentation en français, en format PDF. La documentation en français
% et ses fichiers sources ne doivent pas être omis.
% \fi
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \label{IN9} \scrp{pmk} is a shell script\,\footnote{You can sip a big cappuccino{\myCoffeecup}
+% \label{IN10} \scrp{pmk} is a shell script\,\footnote{You can sip a big cappuccino{\myCoffeecup}
% while this script is running! Be patient.}
% to prepare the package and its documentation;
% the \scrp{pmk} script uses the \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk}
@@ -23863,7 +24582,7 @@ have centered labels.
% the CTAN archives, but the \scrp{cmk} script can prepare it from the documentation in PDF formate
% (recto-verso printing ).
% \or\relax
-% \label{IN9} \scrp{pmk} est un script \emph{shell}\,\footnote{Vous avez le temps de déguster un
+% \label{IN10} \scrp{pmk} est un script \emph{shell}\,\footnote{Vous avez le temps de déguster un
% grand cappuccino{\myCoffeecup} pendant que ce script s'exécute! Soyez patients.} pour préparer le paquetage
% et sa documentation;
% le script \scrp{pmk} utilise les répertoires \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk}
@@ -23897,10 +24616,10 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \label{IN10} \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip} is a ZIP-archive file containing a
+% \label{IN11} \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip} is a ZIP-archive file containing a
% \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy with all the files of the \upack{minitoc} package.
% \or\relax
-% \label{IN10} \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip} est un fichier archive ZIP contenant une
+% \label{IN11} \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip} est un fichier archive ZIP contenant une
% hiérarchie conforme à~la \index{TDS}TDS avec tous les fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}.
% \fi
% \end{enumerate}
@@ -23916,9 +24635,9 @@ have centered labels.
% \item the files of~(\ref{IN0}) must be installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds \suffix{.dtx}
% and \suffix{.ins} files;
% \item the files of~(\ref{IN1}) must be installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds \suffix{.sty} files;
-% \item the files of~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}) and~(\ref{IN9}) must be installed in
-% a separate directory, but must not be left out;
-% \item the files of~(\ref{IN7}) and~(\ref{IN8}) must be installed as on-line documentation;
+% \item the files of~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}), (\ref{IN7}) and~(\ref{IN10})
+% must be installed in a separate directory, but must not be left out;
+% \item the files of~(\ref{IN8}) and~(\ref{IN9}) must be installed as on-line documentation;
% \item the directories created by the \scrp{rmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} to not waste disk space
% under your home directory.
% \end{enumerate}
@@ -23933,7 +24652,7 @@ have centered labels.
% comparison with your \index{TDS}TDS installation) and tailor the \scrp{tmk} script before using it;
% \item the directories created by the \scrp{tmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} to not waste disk space
% under your home directory;
-% \item the file \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip}~(\ref{IN10}) should not be installed; it is just a method to help making
+% \item the file \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip}~(\ref{IN11}) should not be installed; it is just a method to help making
% a~\index{TDS}TDS-compliant installation.
% \end{enumerate}
% \nopagebreak[4]
@@ -23963,9 +24682,9 @@ have centered labels.
% et \suffix{.ins};
% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN1}) doivent être installés dans un répertoire où \LaTeXe{} trouve les
% fichiers \suffix{.sty};
-% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}) et~(\ref{IN9}) doivent être
-% installés dans un répertoire distinct, mais ne doivent pas être omis;
-% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN7}) et~(\ref{IN8}) doivent être installés comme documentation en ligne;
+% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}), (\ref{IN7}) et~(\ref{IN10})
+% doivent être installés dans un répertoire distinct, mais ne doivent pas être omis;
+% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN8}) et~(\ref{IN9}) doivent être installés comme documentation en ligne;
% \item les répertoires créés par le script \scrp{rmk} le sont sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} pour de pas gâcher de
% l'espace disque sous votre répertoire de base.
% \end{enumerate}
@@ -23981,7 +24700,7 @@ have centered labels.
% comparaison avec votre installation de la \index{TDS}TDS) et adapter le script \scrp{tmk} avant de l'utiliser;
% \item les répertoires créés par le script \scrp{tmk} le sont sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} pour de pas gâcher de
% l'espace disque sous votre répertoire de base;
-% \item le fichier \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip}~(\ref{IN10}) ne devrait pas être installé; c'est juste une méthode
+% \item le fichier \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip}~(\ref{IN11}) ne devrait pas être installé; c'est juste une méthode
% pour aider à~faire une installation conforme à~la \index{TDS}TDS.
% \end{enumerate}
% \item \textbf{avec \scrp{pmk}:}
@@ -24155,7 +24874,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{Developments en~1996}
+% \section{Developments in~1996}
% The very annoying problem with the starred sectionning commands received some (rather primitive) solutions, but it
% is very complex, so manual interventions are often required.
%
@@ -24709,6 +25428,47 @@ have centered labels.
%
% Corrected some \verb|\mtcset...| commands to use \com{edef} to correctly evaluate \com{mtc@toks}.
%
+% Added \xfile{swahili.mld}.
+%
+% Added stuff (files) for maps of areas of some languages.
+%
+% Added the \lopt{bengali} language synonym of \lopt{bangla}.
+%
+% Split the list of files into two tables (tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}).
+%
+% Replaced the \suffix{.mtc1} extension by \suffix{.mtc0} in the auto-configuration test (to avoid
+% erasing (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} file).
+%
+% Corrected a problem with \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}).
+%
+% The acknowledgements are moved to the ``Complements'' part.
+%
+% Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} about the \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} package.
+%
+% Complete indexing of the messages.
+%
+% Updated \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}.
+%
+% Using the \pack{chngpage} package~\cite{chngpage} to make increase the width of the pages of the bibliography.
+%
+% Renamed \ucom{if@longextensions@} as \com{if@mtc@longext@}.
+%
+% Updated \xfile{czech.mld}.
+%
+% Removed \ucom{l@xsection}.
+%
+% Graphic files are indexed separately.
+%
+% Added a specific directory for image files in the TDS hierarchy.
+%
+% Updated \xfile{galician.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld}, and \xfile{usorbian.mld}.
+%
+% Added \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld}, and \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}.
+%
+% Updated \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}.
+%
+% Suppressed parasite entries from the index.
+% ^^A MAJ-E
% \or\relax
% Retrait de la préparation de la documentation en format PostScript.
%
@@ -24847,482 +25607,50 @@ have centered labels.
% Correction de quelques commandes \verb|\mtcset...| pour utiliser \com{edef} afin d'évaluer correctement \com{mtc@toks}.
%
% Changement du format des en-têtes.
-% \fi
%
-% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \chapter*{Acknowledgments\markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}}
-% \markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}%
-% ^^A \enlargethispage*{1.5\baselineskip}
-% \mtcaddchapter[Acknowledgments]%
-% \noindent
-% I ought to thank the following peoples\,\footnote{And I apologize to all whose I forgot.}, for their help, their
-% questions, their interventions in the news groups\,\footnote{Mainly, \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (in french) and
-% \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english), but also \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (in german, but I do not read it well:
-% send me also a mail in french or english).},
-% and/or for their packages, classes, documents, and tools:\hfill\mbox{}
-% \or\relax
-% \chapter*{Remerciements\markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}}
-% \markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}%
-% \mtcaddchapter[Remerciements]%
-% \noindent
-% Il me faut remercier les personnes suivantes\,\footnote{Et que toutes celles que j'ai oubliées me pardonnent.}, pour
-% leur aide, leurs questions, leurs interventions dans les groupes de discussion\,\footnote{Essentiellement,
-% \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en français) et \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais), mais aussi
-% \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (en allemand, mais je le lis très mal: envoyez-moi aussi un courrier en français ou en anglais).}
-% et/ou leurs paquetages, classes, documents et outils:\hfill\mbox{}
-% \fi
+% Ajout de \xfile{swahili.mld}.
%
-% \begin{raggedright}\noindent
-% \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani},
-% \name{Paul~W.}{Abrahams},
-% \namea{Nabil}{Abu~El-Ata}{Abu~El-Ata},
-% \name{Tommaso}{Addabbo},
-% \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria},
-% \name{Stéphane}{Aicardi},
-% \name{Vartan}{Akopian},
-% \name{A.~J.}{Alex},
-% \name{Mark}{Alford},
-% \namea{Jacques}{André}{Andre},
-% \name{Jérôme}{Andrieux},
-% \name{Ralf}{Angeli},
-% \name{Walter}{Appel},
-% \name{Achod~André}{Aradian},
-% \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason},
-% \name{Tim}{Arnold},
-% \name{Jouko}{Arponen},
-% \name{Donald}{Arseneau},
-% \name{Helmer}{Aslasken},
-% \name{David}{Aspinall},
-% \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen},
-% \name{Philipp}{Bachmann},
-% \name{Gonçal}{Badenes},
-% \name{Marin}{Balgarensky},
-% \name{Leonor}{Barroca},
-% \name{Pierre}{Basso},
-% \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh},
-% \name{Jean-Yves}{Baudais},
-% \name{David}{Bausum},
-% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart},
-% \name{Thierry}{Bayet},
-% \name{Claudio}{Beccari},
-% \name{Emmanuel}{Beffara},
-% \name{Benoît}{Belet},
-% \name{Rachid}{Belmouhoub},
-% \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces},
-% \name{Alexander}{Berdnikov},
-% \name{Jens}{Berger},
-% \name{Karl}{Berry},
-% \name{Berhanu}{Beyene},
-% \name{Javier}{Bezos},
-% \name{Giuseppe}{Bilotta},
-% \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro},
-% \namea{Denis}{Bitouzé}{Bitouze},
-% \name{Laurent}{Bloch},
-% \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov},
-% \name{Patrice}{Bougette},
-% \name{Daniel}{Bourbonnais},
-% \name{Victor}{Boyko},
-% \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams},
-% \name{Felix}{Braun},
-% \name{Jim}{Breen},
-% \name{Peter}{Breitenlohner},
-% \namea{Gyöngyi}{Bujdosó}{Bujdoso},
-% \name{Mimi}{Burbank},
-% \name{Mustafa}{Burc},
-% \name{Alexey}{Burykin},
-% \name{Olivier}{Cardi},
-% \name{Samuele}{Carcagno},
-% \name{David}{Carella},
-% \name{David~P.}{Carlisle},
-% \name{Kevin}{Carmody},
-% \name{Manuel}{Carriba},
-% \name{Régis}{Caspar},
-% \name{Winston}{Chang},
-% \name{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier},
-% \name{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet},
-% \name{Pehong}{Chen},
-% \name{Céline}{Chevalier},
-% \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova},
-% \name{Otfried}{Cheong},
-% \name{Pai~H.}{Chou},
-% \name{Marian}{Clegg},
-% \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran},
-% \name{Maurizio}{Codogno},
-% \name{David~B.}{Cook},
-% \name{Emmanuel}{Cornet},
-% \name{Oliver}{Corff},
-% \name{Prakash}{Countcham},
-% \name{Sergueï}{Dachian},
-% \name{Adrian}{Daerr},
-% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan},
-% \name{Patrick~W.}{Daly},
-% \name{Holger}{Danielsson},
-% \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima},
-% \name{Sébastien}{Demoustier},
-% \name{Éric}{Depardieu},
-% \namea{Ben}{De~Rydt}{DeRydt},
-% \name{Bernard}{Desgraupes},
-% \name{Cécile}{Desprairies},
-% \name{Sébastien}{Desreux},
-% \name{Antoni~R.}{Diller},
-% \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj},
-% \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis},
-% \name{Denys}{Duchier},
-% \name{Lyndon}{Dudding},
-% \namea{Marko}{Èehaja}{Eehaja},
-% \name{Ta~Quang}{Dung},
-% \namea{Victor}{E{\ij}khout}{Eijkhout},
-% \name{Danie}{Els}, ^^A booktabs
-% \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod},
-% \name{Thomas}{Esser},
-% \name{Gilhooly}{Etienne},
-% \name{Karl~F.}{Everitt},
-% \name{Mike}{Fabian},
-% \name{Robin}{Fairbairns},
-% \name{Christian}{Faulhammer},
-% \name{Simon}{Fear}, ^^A booktabs
-% \name{Jürgen}{Fenn}, ^^A l2tabu
-% \name{Michael~J.}{Ferguson},
-% \name{Jeff}{Fessler},
-% \name{Ulrike}{Fischer},
-% \name{Jean-Julien}{Fleck},
-% \name{Daniel}{Flipo},
-% \name{Peter~L.}{Flom},
-% \name{Peter}{Flynn},
-% \name{Jim}{Fox}, ^^A dpfloat
-% \namea{Danny~M.}{Fürniß}{Furniss},
-% \name{Tetsuo}{Furukawa},
-% \name{Federico}{Garcia},
-% \namea{Diego}{García~Morate}{Garcia~Morate},
-% \namea{Hubert}{Gäßlein}{Gasslein}, ^^A pict2e
-% \name{Maarten}{Gelderman},
-% \name{Chuck}{Genschte},
-% \name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi},
-% \name{Helen}{Gilhooly},
-% \name{Markus}{Gleiszner},
-% \name{Vitali}{Gontsharuk},
-% \name{Michel}{Goossens},
-% \name{Mathieu}{Goutelle},
-% \name{Fraser}{Grant},
-% \namea{George}{Grätzer}{Gratzer},
-% \name{Norman}{Gray},
-% \name{George~D.}{Greenwade},
-% \name{Enrico}{Gregorio},
-% \name{Loïc}{Grenon},
-% \name{Charles}{Grether},
-% \name{Olga~A.}{Grineva},
-% \name{Sébastien}{Grot},
-% \name{Micael}{Guignard},
-% \name{Marion}{Gunn},
-% \name{Eitan~M.}{Gurari},
-% \name{Thomas}{Hafner},
-% \name{Hans}{Hagen},
-% \name{Boumediene}{Hamzi},
-% \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han},
-% \name{Thorsten}{Hansen},
-% \name{Patrick}{Happel},
-% \name{Yannis}{Haralambous},
-% \name{Kathryn~A.}{Hargreaves},
-% \name{Alexander}{Harin},
-% \name{Russel~L.}{Harris},
-% \name{Michael~A.}{Harrison},
-% \name{Stephen}{Hartke},
-% \name{Danny}{Heap},
-% \name{Jim}{Hefferon},
-% \name{André}{Heider},
-% \name{Thorsten}{Hein},
-% \name{Sten}{Hellman},
-% \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup},
-% \name{Yvon}{Henel}, ^^A l2tabu
-% \name{Hartmut}{Henkel},
-% \name{Thomas}{Henlich}, ^^A marvosym%
-% \name{Stephan}{Hennig},
-% \name{Florence}{Henry},
-% \name{Stephen}{Herborn},
-% \name{Jörg}{Hesoll},
-% \name{David}{Hoadley},
-% \name{Taco}{Hoekwater},
-% \name{Alan}{Hoenig},
-% \name{Joe}{Hogg},
-% \namea{Morten}{Høgholm}{Hogholm},
-% \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme},
-% \namea{Klaus}{H{\"o}ppner}{Hoppner},
-% \name{Umstatter}{Horst},
-% \name{Don}{Hosek},
-% \name{Yufan}{Hu},
-% \name{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen},
-% \name{Dave~W.}{Huseby},
-% \name{Helene}{Hyna}%,
-% \name{Hiroya}{Ikeda},
-% \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov},
-% \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen},
-% \name{Tetsuo}{Iwakuma},
-% \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola},
-% \name{Youssef}{Jabri}, ^^A Arabi
-% \name{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}, ^^A pearls
-% \name{Bernd}{Jaehne},
-% \name{Radwan}{Jalam},
-% \name{Michael}{Janich},
-% \name{Frank}{Jensen},
-% \name{Alan}{Jeffrey},
-% \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten},
-% \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang},
-% \name{Loïc}{Joly},
-% \name{David~M.}{Jones},
-% \name{Christophe}{Jorssen},
-% \name{Robert}{Juhasz},
-% \name{Stefan}{Junge},
-% \name{Dan}{Jurafsky},
-% \name{Akira}{Kakuto},
-% \name{Mikko}{Kanerva},
-% \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan},
-% \name{David}{Kastrup},
-% \name{Ronan}{Keryell},
-% \name{Axel}{Kielhorn},
-% \name{Ki-Joo}{Kim},
-% \name{Bil}{Kleb},
-% \name{Peter}{Kleiweg},
-% \name{Rune}{Kleveland},
-% \namea{Ingo}{Klöckl}{Klockl},
-% \name{Jörg}{Knappen},
-% \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth},
-% \name{Markus}{Kohm},
-% \name{Helmut}{Kopka},
-% \name{Attila}{Koppanyi},
-% \name{Adamantios}{Korais},
-% \name{Vincent}{Krakoviack},
-% \name{Kai}{Kratt},
-% \name{Thankmar}{Kronzucker},
-% \name{Siep}{Kroonenberg},
-% \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov},
-% \name{Manfred}{Kudlek},
-% \name{Markus~G.}{Kuhn},
-% \name{Florian}{Kulzer},
-% \name{Toshiki}{Kumazawa},
-% \name{Olaf}{Kummer},
-% \namea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster},
-% \name{Stéphane}{Laborde},
-% \name{Thomas}{Lachand-Robert},
-% \name{Klaus}{Lagally},
-% \name{Leslie}{Lamport},
-% \name{Fabio}{Lanari},
-% \name{Robert}{Lange},
-% \name{Dag}{Langmyhr},
-% \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko},
-% \name{Henning}{Larsen},
-% \name{Jean-Marc}{Lasgouttes},
-% \name{Andris}{Lasis},
-% \name{Jean-Philippe}{Lauffenburger},
-% \name{Arnaud}{Launay},
-% \name{Claire}{Lauvernet},
-% \name{Boris}{Lavva},
-% \name{André}{Lebacq},
-% \name{Olivier}{Lecarme},
-% \name{Jeanne}{Legrand},
-% \name{Philipp}{Lehman},
-% \name{Werner}{Lemberg},
-% \name{Thomas}{Leonhardt},
-% \namea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec},
-% \name{Stéphane}{Lepolozec},
-% \namea{Julien}{Le~Thuaut}{LeThuaut},
-% \name{Adam}{Lewenberg},
-% \name{Knut}{Lickert},
-% \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren},
-% \name{Anselm}{Lingnau},
-% \name{Pierre}{Lobel},
-% \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek},
-% \name{Stoffel}{Lombard},
-% \name{Maurizio}{Loreti},
-% \name{Tristan}{Lorino},
-% \name{Tim}{Love},
-% \name{Vincent}{Lozano},
-% \name{Daniel~H.}{Luecking},
-% \name{Ken}{Lunde},
-% \name{Anders}{Lyhne},
-% \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay},
-% \name{Lars}{Madsen},
-% \name{Richard}{Mahoney},
-% \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya},
-% \name{Bob}{Margolis},
-% \name{Nicolas}{Markey},
-% \name{Marcus}{Marr},
-% \name{Françoise}{Marre-Fournier},
-% \name{Terry}{Mart},
-% \name{Vadim}{Maslov},
-% \name{Henri}{Massias},
-% \name{Andreas}{Matthias},
-% \name{Sven}{Mattisson},
-% \name{Rowland}{McDonnell},
-% \name{Ben}{McKay},
-% \name{Surapant}{Meknavin},
-% \name{Sébastien}{Mengin},
-% \name{Jochen}{Metzinger},
-% \name{Yanick}{Michou},
-% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach},
-% \name{Young~Joon}{Moon},
-% \name{Ross}{Moore},
-% \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski},
-% \name{Lapo~Filippo}{Mori},
-% \name{Michael~A.}{Morrison},
-% \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera},
-% \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic},
-% \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov},
-% \name{Lee}{Netherton},
-% \name{Frank}{Neukam},
-% \name{Cuong}{Nguyen},
-% \name{Julien}{Nicolas},
-% \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk}, ^^A pict2e
-% \name{Josselin}{Noirel},
-% \name{Tim}{Null},
-% \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek},
-% \name{Tobias}{Oetiker},
-% \name{Mariusz}{Olko},
-% \name{Tanguy}{Ortolo},
-% \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols},
-% \name{Jörg}{Ott},
-% \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic},
-% \name{Scott}{Pakin},
-% \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal},
-% \name{Anshuman}{Pandey},
-% \name{Minje~Byeng-sen}{Park},
-% \name{Hubert}{Partl},
-% \name{Oren}{Patashnik},
-% \name{Jonathan}{Pechta},
-% \name{Kasper}{Peeters},
-% \name{Matthias}{Pelger},
-% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst},
-% \name{Paul}{Pichaureau},
-% \name{Éric}{Picheral},
-% \name{Bruno}{Piguet},
-% \namea{Karel}{P{\'\i}\v{s}ka}{Piska},
-% \name{John}{Plaice},
-% \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap},
-% \name{Fabrice}{Popineau},
-% \name{Nico}{Poppelier},
-% \name{Rama}{Porrat},
-% \namea{Camille-Aimé}{Possamaï}{Possamai},
-% \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader},
-% \namea{Hilmar}{Preuße}{Preusse},
-% \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan},
-% \name{Sebastian}{Rahtz},
-% \name{Bernd}{Raichle},
-% \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete},
-% \name{Keranen}{Reino},
-% \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus},
-% \name{Yuri}{Robbers},
-% \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts},
-% \name{Will}{Robertson},
-% \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel},
-% \name{Christian}{Rolland},
-% \name{Rasmus~Pank}{Roulund},
-% \name{Chris~A.}{Rowley},
-% \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba},
-% \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning},
-% \name{Young}{Ryu}, ^^A txfonts
-% \name{Enn}{Saar},
-% \name{David}{Samsoen},
-% \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez},
-% \name{Morgan}{Sangeux},
-% \name{Eddie}{Saudrais},
-% \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck},
-% \name{Bernd}{Schandl},
-% \name{Elisabeth}{Schlegl},
-% \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer},
-% \name{Walter}{Schmidt},
-% \name{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz},
-% \name{Uwe}{Schneider},
-% \namea{Rainer}{Schöpf}{Schopf},
-% \namea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}, ^^A everysel, ragged2e, multitoc
-% \name{Ulrich}{Schwartz},
-% \name{Elizabeth}{Scurfield},
-% \name{Michael}{Shell},
-% \vname{Shin}{Jungshik},
-% \name{Ali}{Shoukat},
-% \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika},
-% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan},
-% \name{Sindhu}{Singh},
-% \name{Anna}{Sitnikova-Rioland},
-% \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan},
-% \name{John}{Smith},
-% \name{Robin~S.}{Socha},
-% \name{Nick}{Sofroniou},
-% \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt},
-% \name{Lianyi}{Song},
-% \name{Yves}{Soulet},
-% \name{Arjen}{Steiner},
-% \name{D.~P.}{Story},
-% \name{Éric}{Streit},
-% \name{Ralf}{Stubner},
-% \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam},
-% \name{Robert~S.}{Sutor},
-% \name{Chris}{Swoyer},
-% \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos},
-% \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco},
-% \name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot},
-% \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin},
-% \name{Philip}{Taylor},
-% \name{Christina}{Thiele},
-% \name{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup},
-% \name{Aurélien}{Thureau},
-% \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld},
-% \namea{Ton}{'t~Lam}{tLam},
-% \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis},
-% \name{Laurent}{Tordella},
-% \name{Mark}{Trettin}, ^^A l2tabu
-% \name{Antonis}{Tsolomitis},
-% \name{Ahto}{Truu},
-% \name{Stefan}{Ulrich},
-% \name{Hideo}{Umeki},
-% \name{Un}{Koaunghi},
-% \name{Turgut}{Uyar},
-% \name{Jari}{Vaario},
-% \name{Piet}{van~Oostrum},
-% \namea{Thomas}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Géry}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gery},
-% \name{Timothy}{Van~Zandt},
-% \name{Vincent}{Vaquin},
-% \name{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan},
-% \name{Didier}{Verna},
-% \name{Sylvain}{Vesco},
-% \name{Boris}{Veytsman},
-% \name{Alexandre}{Vial},
-% \name{André}{Violante},
-% \name{Carl~F.}{Voegelin},
-% \name{Florence M.}{Voegelin},
-% \name{Martin}{Vogel},
-% \name{Vladimir}{Volovich},
-% \name{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim},
-% \namea{Herbert}{Voß}{Voss},
-% \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner},
-% \name{David}{Walden},
-% \name{Nigel}{Ward},
-% \name{John}{Warnock},
-% \name{Douglas}{Waud}%
-% \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz},
-% \name{Stephan~B.}{Webanck},
-% \name{Eduard}{Werner},
-% \name{Daphne}{West},
-% \name{Ferenc}{Wettl},
-% \name{Graham}{Williams},
-% \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson},
-% \namea{Jeroen}{W{\ij}nhout}{Wijnhout},
-% \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski},
-% \name{Élisabeth}{Wolkowski},
-% \name{Mark}{Wooding},
-% \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright},
-% \name{Tim}{Wright},
-% \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk},
-% \name{Damien}{Wyart},
-% \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda},
-% \name{Adi}{Zaimi},
-% \name{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof},
-% \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik},
-% \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski},
-% \name{Charlie~S.}{Zender},
-% \name{Federico}{Zenith},
-% \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov},
-% \name{Uwe}{Ziegenhagen}\ifcase\LANG\relax, and\ \or\relax\ et\ \fi
-% \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}.\par
-% \end{raggedright}
+% Ajout de ce qu'il faut (fichiers) pour des figures (cartes) de régions où certaines langues sont parlées.
+%
+% Ajout de la langue \lopt{bengali}, synonyme de \lopt{bangla}.
+%
+% Éclatement de la liste des fichiers en deux tableaux (tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}).
+%
+% Remplacement du suffixe \suffix{.mtc1} par \suffix{.mtc0} dans le test d'auto-configuration (pour éviter
+% d'écraser le fichier (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}).
+%
+% Correction d'un problème avec \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}).
+%
+% Les remerciements sont déplacés vers la partie «~Compléments~».
+%
+% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099}
+% à~propos du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}.
+%
+% Indexation complète des messages.
+%
+% Mise à~jour de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}.
+%
+% Utilisation du paquetage \pack{chngpage}~\cite{chngpage} pour élargir les pages de la bibliographie.
+%
+% Renommage de \ucom{if@longextensions@} en \com{if@mtc@longext@}.
+%
+% Mise à~jour de \xfile{czech.mld}.
+%
+% Suppression de \ucom{l@xsection}.
+%
+% Les fichiers graphiques sont indexés séparément.
+%
+% Ajout d'un répertoire spécifique pour les fichiers images dans la hiérarchie TDS.
+%
+% Mise à~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}.
+%
+% Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} et \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}.
+%
+% Mise à~jour de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}.
+%
+% Suppression d'entrées parasites dans l'index.
+% ^^A MAJ-F
+% \fi
%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \part{Implementation}\label{p+ID}
@@ -25424,10 +25752,10 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/02]%
\ProvidesPackage{minitoc}%
- [2007/06/29 v55 Package minitoc (JPFD)] % message I0000
+ [2007/12/04 v56 Package minitoc (JPFD)] % message I0000
\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]
\mtcPackageInfo[I0001]{minitoc}%
- {*** minitoc package, version 55 ***\@gobble}
+ {*** minitoc package, version 56 ***\@gobble}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -25465,6 +25793,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\mtcskip}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcskipamount}
% \begin{macro}{\parskip}
+% \begin{macro}{\addvspace}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We define the indentation \com{mtcindent} (both sides) of the mini-tables and the
% command \com{mtcskip} to make a vertical skip before a mini-table, its value is \com{mtcskipamount}
@@ -25489,6 +25818,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads}
@@ -26268,7 +26598,6 @@ have centered labels.
\def\toclevel@xpart{1000}%
\def\toclevel@xchapter{1000}%
\def\toclevel@xsect{1000}%
- \def\toclevel@xsection{1000}%
\let\toclevel@starpart\toclevel@part
\let\toclevel@starchapter\toclevel@chapter
\let\toclevel@starsection\toclevel@section
@@ -26881,14 +27210,14 @@ have centered labels.
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% Some macros for testing if an argument of a macro is empty (taken from the package
% \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg}, by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson} and
-% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, and from \xfile{while.tip},
-% by \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite{tex-bech}). The group is necessary to keep local the catcode
+% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, and from \uxfile{while.tip},
+% by \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite[Vol~III, page~408]{tex-bech}). The group is necessary to keep local the catcode
% change of ``Q'', hence a \com{gdef} is needed for \com{mtc@ifmtarg}.
% \or\relax
% Quelques macros pour tester si un argument d'une macro est vide (elles sont tirées du paquetage
% \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg}, de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson} et
-% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, et de \xfile{while.tip},
-% de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite{tex-bech}). Le groupe est nécessaire pour garder local le
+% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, et de \uxfile{while.tip},
+% de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite[Vol~III, page~408]{tex-bech}). Le groupe est nécessaire pour garder local le
% changement de «~\emph{catcode}~» de «~Q~», il faut donc utiliser un \com{gdef} pour définir \com{mtc@ifmtarg}.
% \fi
% \end{SMOOTH}
@@ -27166,14 +27495,14 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\chapter}
% \begin{macro}{\section}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The \SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}}
+% The\SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}}
% section level macros are defined if \com{chapter} is not defined and \com{section} defined, i.e.,~in
% document classes like \class{article}, but not in document classes
% like \class{book} or \class{report}. So we
% test if \com{chapter} is defined and if \com{section} is defined, with adequate warnings. If neither are
% defined, you are in big trouble to use the \upack{minitoc} package with the class of your document.
% \or\relax
-% Les \SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}}
+% Les\SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}}
% macros au niveau section sont définies si \com{chapter} n'est pas définie mais \com{section} est définie,
% c'est-à-dire dans les classes de document telles que \class{article}, mais pas dans les classes de
% document telles que \class{book} ou \class{report}. Donc nous testons si \com{chapter}
@@ -27284,7 +27613,6 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\contentsline}
% \begin{macro}{\adjuststc}
% \begin{macro}{\l@xsect}
-% \begin{macro}{\l@xsection}
% \begin{macro}{\l@section}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% To add an entry in the TOC for a starred section, we need the \com{mtcaddsection} macro, which has an optional
@@ -27330,7 +27658,6 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% This code terminates (temporarily) the section level commands, and we continue with chapter level macros.
@@ -27563,10 +27890,10 @@ have centered labels.
% \toprule
% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{Phase (time runs from left to right):}}&1&2&3\\
% \midrule
-% \textbf{OS with long extensions}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc1}&TRUE&TRUE&$*$\\
+% \textbf{OS with long extensions}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc0}&TRUE&TRUE&$*$\\
% \space &\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc}&&FALSE&\\
% \midrule
-% \textbf{OS with short extensions}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(1)}&TRUE&FALSE&$*$\\
+% \textbf{OS with short extensions}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(0)}&TRUE&FALSE&$*$\\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabularx}
% \end{table}
@@ -27604,17 +27931,19 @@ have centered labels.
% \toprule
% \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{Phase (le temps s'écoule de gauche à~droite):}}&1&2&3\\
% \midrule
-% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes longs}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc1}&VRAI&VRAI&$*$\\
+% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes longs}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc0}&VRAI&VRAI&$*$\\
% \space &\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc}&&FAUX&\\
% \midrule
-% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes courts}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(1)}&VRAI&FAUX&$*$\\
+% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes courts}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(0)}&VRAI&FAUX&$*$\\
% \bottomrule
% \end{tabularx}}
% \end{table}
% \fi
% \lneed{7}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\newif}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc}
+% \begin{macro}{\immediate}
% \begin{macro}{\openout}
% \begin{macro}{\write}
% \begin{macro}{\closeout}
@@ -27631,56 +27960,56 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
\mtcPackageInfo[I0002]{minitoc}%
{Autoconfiguration of extensions\@gobble}
-\newif\if@longextensions@\@longextensions@false
+\newif\if@mtc@longext@\@mtc@longext@false
% \end{macrocode}
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% We write ``\com{@longextensions@true}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}. But if the OS has short extensions, the
+% We write ``\com{@mtc@longext@true}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. But if the OS has short extensions, the
% real name of the file will be truncated to \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}.
% \or\relax
-% Nous écrivons «~\com{@longextensions@true}~» dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}. Mais si le système
+% Nous écrivons «~\com{@mtc@longext@true}~» dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. Mais si le système
% d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du fichier sera tronqué à~\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}.
% \fi
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
-\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc1
-\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@longextensions@true}
+\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc0
+\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@mtc@longext@true}
\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc
% \end{macrocode}
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% We write ``\com{@longextensions@false}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}.
+% We write ``\com{@mtc@longext@false}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}.
% \or\relax
-% Nous écrivons «~\com{@longextensions@false}~» dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}.
+% Nous écrivons «~\com{@mtc@longext@false}~» dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc
-\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@longextensions@false}
+\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@mtc@longext@false}
\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc
% \end{macrocode}
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% We read \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}. But if the OS has short extensions, the real name of the file will be
+% We read \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. But if the OS has short extensions, the real name of the file will be
% truncated to \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}.
% \or\relax
-% Nous lisons \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}. Mais si le système d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du
+% Nous lisons \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. Mais si le système d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du
% fichier sera tronqué à~\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\input{\jobname.mtc1}
+\input{\jobname.mtc0}
% \end{macrocode}
% \item
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% Hence,\SMM{\lmess{I0012}\\\lmess{I0031}\\\lmess{W0019}} the flag is true if we read really
-% from \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}, but false if we read from
+% from \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}, but false if we read from
% \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. The text and the severity of the messages are different.
% \or\relax
% En\SMM{\lmess{I0012}\\\lmess{I0031}\\\lmess{W0019}} conséquence,
-% l'indicateur est vrai si nous lisons effectivement depuis le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}, mais faux
+% l'indicateur est vrai si nous lisons effectivement depuis le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}, mais faux
% si nous lisons depuis \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. Le texte et la sévérité des messages sont différents.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@longextensions@
+\if@mtc@longext@
\mtcPackageInfo[I0012]{minitoc}%
{Long extensions (Unix-like) will be used\@gobble}
\mtcPackageInfo[I0031]{minitoc}%
@@ -27707,7 +28036,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc
\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc
-\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc1
+\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc0
\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{enumerate}
@@ -27718,6 +28047,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{7}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -28391,6 +28722,10 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures}
% \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables}
% \begin{macro}{\fake@starttoc}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@filesw}
+% \begin{macro}{\newwrite}
+% \begin{macro}{\immediate}
+% \begin{macro}{\openout}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% If you don't want a table of contents, but want minitocs,
% you need to create the \suffix{.toc} file, without inserting it
@@ -28434,6 +28769,10 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -28997,7 +29336,7 @@ have centered labels.
%
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The name of the file containing the minitoc is constructed from \com{jobname} and a
% suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mtc} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.M} (short extensions)
@@ -29008,7 +29347,7 @@ have centered labels.
% de la minitoc.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@longextensions@
+\if@mtc@longext@
\def\@tocfile{mtc\The@mtc}%
\else
\def\@tocfile{M\The@mtc}%
@@ -29384,7 +29723,7 @@ have centered labels.
%
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The name of the file containing the minilof is constructed from \com{jobname} and a
% suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mlf} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.F} (short extensions)
@@ -29395,7 +29734,7 @@ have centered labels.
% de la minilof.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@longextensions@%
+\if@mtc@longext@%
\def\@tocfile{mlf\The@mtc}%
\else
\def\@tocfile{F\The@mtc}%
@@ -29754,7 +30093,7 @@ have centered labels.
%
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The name of the file containing the minilot is constructed from \com{jobname} and a
% suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mlt} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.T} (short extensions)
@@ -29765,7 +30104,7 @@ have centered labels.
% de la minilot.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\if@longextensions@%
+\if@mtc@longext@%
\def\@tocfile{mlt\The@mtc}%
\else
\def\@tocfile{T\The@mtc}%
@@ -30743,7 +31082,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\themtc}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcname}
% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc}
@@ -30757,7 +31096,7 @@ have centered labels.
% puis l'ouvrir (après avoir fermé le descripteur de fichier):
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}%
\def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}%
@@ -30777,23 +31116,23 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \lneed{5}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\themtc}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcname}
% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc}
% \begin{macro}{\closeout}
% \begin{macro}{\openout}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% We need a similar code to detect TOC entries for appendices in the \class{memoir} class\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold}
+% We\imess{I0033} need a similar code to detect TOC entries for appendices in the \class{memoir} class\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold}
% has signaled the problem; thanks!}:
% \or\relax
-% Il nous faut un code similaire pour détecter les entrées dans la TdM pour les appendices dans
+% Il\imess{I0033} nous faut un code similaire pour détecter les entrées dans la TdM pour les appendices dans
% la classe \class{memoir}\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold} a signalé le problème; merci!}:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\appendix
\stepcounter{mtc}%
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}%
\def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}%
@@ -30883,7 +31222,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\starchapter}
% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\mtcname}
% \begin{macro}{\themtc}
% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc}
@@ -30900,7 +31239,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starchapter
\stepcounter{mtc}%
- \if@longextensions@
+ \if@mtc@longext@
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}%
\def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}%
@@ -31211,7 +31550,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{6}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\themtc}
% \begin{macro}{\mlfname}
% \begin{macro}{\closeout}
@@ -31223,7 +31562,7 @@ have centered labels.
% Le\imess{I0033} nom du fichier minilof est construit avec \com{jobname} et un suffixe long ou court:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.mlf\themtc\@gobble}
\def\mlfname{\jobname.mlf\themtc}%
@@ -31501,7 +31840,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\themtc}
% \begin{macro}{\mltname}
% \begin{macro}{\closeout}
@@ -31513,7 +31852,7 @@ have centered labels.
% Le\imess{I0033} nom du fichier minilot est construit avec \com{jobname} et un suffixe long ou court:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.mlt\themtc\@gobble}%
\def\mltname{\jobname.mlt\themtc}%
@@ -32286,7 +32625,7 @@ have centered labels.
% Each parttoc is placed inside a \env{ptc@verse} environment. This environment is analog to the
% standard \env{verse} environment and hence defined via two commands: \com{ptc@verse} and
% \com{endptc@verse}.
-% As it is a list environment, we first define (in a local way)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, then call \com{list\{\}} and
+% As it is a list environment, we first define (in a local way)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, then call \com{list}\texttt{\{\}} and
% set some dimensions like \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent},
% \com{itemindent}, \com{partopsep}, \com{topsep}.
% \com{parsep} is set to zero if
@@ -32300,7 +32639,7 @@ have centered labels.
% Chaque parttoc est placée à~l'intérieur d'un environnement \env{ptc@verse}. Cet environnement est analogue
% à~l'environnement standard \env{verse} et est donc défini à~l'aide de deux commandes:
% \com{ptc@verse} et \com{endptc@verse}. Puisque c'est un environnement de liste, nous définissons d'abord
-% (de manière locale)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, puis appelons \com{list\{\}} et établissons quelques dimensions
+% (de manière locale)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, puis appelons \com{list}\texttt{\{\}} et établissons quelques dimensions
% telles que \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent}, \com{itemindent},
% \com{partopsep}, \com{topsep}.
% \com{parsep} est forcée à~zéro si
@@ -32406,7 +32745,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\parttoc@}
% \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile}
% \begin{macro}{\Thepart}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -32421,7 +32760,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\parttoc@[#1]{%
\global\@parttoc@used@true
-\if@longextensions@%
+\if@mtc@longext@%
\def\@tocfile{ptc\Thepart}%
\else
\def\@tocfile{P\Thepart}%
@@ -32744,7 +33083,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\partlof@}
% \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile}
% \begin{macro}{\Thepart}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -32759,7 +33098,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\partlof@[#1]{%
\global\@partlof@used@true
-\if@longextensions@%
+\if@mtc@longext@%
\def\@tocfile{plf\Thepart}%
\else
\def\@tocfile{G\Thepart}%
@@ -33084,7 +33423,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\partlot@}
% \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile}
% \begin{macro}{\Thepart}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -33100,7 +33439,7 @@ have centered labels.
%
\def\partlot@[#1]{%
\global\@partlot@used@true
-\if@longextensions@%
+\if@mtc@longext@%
\def\@tocfile{plt\Thepart}%
\else
\def\@tocfile{U\Thepart}%
@@ -33354,7 +33693,7 @@ have centered labels.
\@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile
\plt@setform
\openpartlot
- \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}5
+ \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}%
\closepartlot
\vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-1\baselineskip}
\leavevmode\mtc@strut
@@ -33826,7 +34165,7 @@ have centered labels.
\def\PTC@contentsline#1#2#3#4{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part
\stepcounter{ptc}%
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.ptc\theptc\@gobble}%
\def\ptcname{\jobname.ptc\theptc}%
@@ -33849,7 +34188,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\ptcname}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it:
@@ -33858,7 +34197,7 @@ have centered labels.
% puis nous ouvrons ce fichier:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.ptc\theptc}%
\def\ptcname{\jobname.ptc\theptc}%
@@ -34178,7 +34517,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\plfname}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it:
@@ -34187,7 +34526,7 @@ have centered labels.
% puis nous ouvrons ce fichier:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.plf\theptc}%
\def\plfname{\jobname.plf\theptc}%
@@ -34426,7 +34765,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\pltname}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it:
@@ -34435,7 +34774,7 @@ have centered labels.
% puis nous ouvrons ce fichier:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.plt\theptc}%
\def\pltname{\jobname.plt\theptc}%
@@ -34905,7 +35244,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\secttoc@}
% \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile}
% \begin{macro}{\thestc}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -34920,7 +35259,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\secttoc@[#1]{%
\global\@secttoc@used@true
-\if@longextensions@%
+\if@mtc@longext@%
\def\@tocfile{stc\thestc}%
\else
\def\@tocfile{S\thestc}%
@@ -35223,7 +35562,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\sectlof@}
% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile}
% \begin{macro}{\thestc}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -35238,7 +35577,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\sectlof@[#1]{%
\global\@sectlof@used@true
-\if@longextensions@%
+\if@mtc@longext@%
\def\@tocfile{slf\thestc}%
\else
\def\@tocfile{H\thestc}%
@@ -35541,7 +35880,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \begin{macro}{\sectlot@}
% \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\@tocfile}
% \begin{macro}{\thestc}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -35556,7 +35895,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\sectlot@[#1]{%
\global\@sectlot@used@true
-\if@longextensions@%
+\if@mtc@longext@%
\def\@tocfile{slt\thestc}%
\else
\def\@tocfile{I\thestc}%
@@ -35833,11 +36172,9 @@ have centered labels.
% \section{Commandes internes auxiliaires, niveau section}\label{s+code+aux.int.commands.section.level}
% \fi
% \begin{macro}{\l@xsect}
-% \begin{macro}{\l@xsection}
% \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline}
% \begin{macro}{\l@schapter}
% \begin{macro}{\xsect}
-% \begin{macro}{\xsection}
% \begin{macro}{\schapter}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We define auxiliary commands, used for the mini-tables and as delimiters in the TOC file (and LOF and LOT files).
@@ -35852,15 +36189,13 @@ have centered labels.
\def\l@xsect{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}}
\def\l@xsection{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}}
\def\l@schapter{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.0em}{2.3em}}
-\def\xsect{xsect} \def\xsection{xsection} \def\schapter{schapter}
+\def\xsect{xsect} \def\schapter{schapter}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -36339,7 +36674,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\stcname}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it:
@@ -36348,7 +36683,7 @@ have centered labels.
% nous l'ouvrons:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.stc\thestc}%
\def\stcname{\jobname.stc\thestc}%
@@ -36413,7 +36748,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\stepcounter}
% \begin{macro}{\thestc}
% \begin{macro}{\arabic}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\stcname}
% \begin{macro}{\closeout}
% \begin{macro}{\openout}
@@ -36426,7 +36761,7 @@ have centered labels.
\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection
\stepcounter{stc}%
\gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.stc\thestc}%
\def\stcname{\jobname.stc\thestc}%
@@ -36660,7 +36995,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\slfname}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it:
@@ -36669,7 +37004,7 @@ have centered labels.
% nous l'ouvrons:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.slf\thestc}%
\def\slfname{\jobname.slf\thestc}%
@@ -36886,7 +37221,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\sltname}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it:
@@ -36895,7 +37230,7 @@ have centered labels.
% nous l'ouvrons:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
- \if@longextensions@%
+ \if@mtc@longext@%
\mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}%
{Writing\space\jobname.slt\thestc}%
\def\sltname{\jobname.slt\thestc}%
@@ -37153,6 +37488,142 @@ have centered labels.
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{Use with \ucom{nofiles}}\label{s+nofiles}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Utilisation avec \ucom{nofiles}}\label{s+nofiles}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\nofiles}
+% \begin{macro}{\gobbleopt@}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% In case the document uses the \com{nofiles} command (in its preamble), the auxiliary files for the mini-tables
+% should not be overwritten by the preparation commands, so these ones must be just faked; as these commands may
+% have an optional argument, they will be faked using the internal \LaTeX\ macro \com{@ifnextchar} (to get
+% the optional argument) and the new utility command \com{gobbleopt@}. Problem signaled by \name{Andreas}{Deininger}.
+% \or\relax
+% Dans le cas où le document utilise la commande \com{nofiles} (dans son préambule), les fichiers auxiliaires pour
+% les mini-tables ne doivent pas être ré-écrits par les commandes de préparation, donc celles-ci doivent seulement être
+% simulées; comme ces commandes peuvent avoir un argument optionnel, elles seront simulées en utilisant la
+% macro interne de \LaTeX\ \com{@ifnextchar} (pour obtenir l'argument optionnel) et la nouvelle commande
+% utilitaire \com{gobbleopt@}. Problème signalé par \name{Andreas}{Deininger}.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\gobbleopt@[#1]{\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@filesw}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% A test is placed in a \com{AtBeginDocument} and gives a warning if \com{nofiles} is used:
+% \or\relax
+% Un test est placé dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument} et donne un avertissement si \com{nofiles} est utilisée:
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{\if@filesw\relax\else
+ \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0098]{minitoc}%
+ {--- You have used the \string\nofiles\space command
+ \MessageBreak
+ in your preamble; all preparation commands
+ \MessageBreak
+ in the body of the document will be ignored}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Since \com{nofiles} has been used, we must disable all the
+% preparation commands:
+% \or\relax
+% Puisque \com{nofiles} a été utilisée, nous devons inhiber
+% toutes les commandes de préparation:
+% \fi
+% \lneed{5}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar}
+% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc}
+% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof}
+% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Commands for part level mini-tables:
+% \or\relax
+% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau partie:
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\doparttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+\def\dopartlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+\def\dopartlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar}
+% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc}
+% \begin{macro}{\dominilof}
+% \begin{macro}{\dominilot}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Commands for chapter level mini-tables:
+% \or\relax
+% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre:
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\dominitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+\def\dominilof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+\def\dominilot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar}
+% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc}
+% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof}
+% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Commands for section level mini-tables:
+% \or\relax
+% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau section:
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\dosecttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+\def\dosectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+\def\dosectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Command \com{mtcprepare}:
+% \or\relax
+% Commande \com{mtcprepare}:
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\mtcprepare{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% End of the inhibition of the preparation commands and of the \com{AtBeginDocument} block:
+% \or\relax
+% Fin de l'inhibition des commandes de préparation et du bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}:
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{Necessary \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+necessary.l@}
% \or\relax
% \section{Commandes \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} nécessaires}\label{s+code+necessary.l@}
@@ -39359,6 +39830,7 @@ have centered labels.
\newif\if@mtc@Himtoc@ \@mtc@Himtoc@false
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+% \lneed{9}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savetocdepth}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@restoretocdepth}
% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc}
@@ -39413,6 +39885,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument}
% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himlof@}
% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlof}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelofdepth}
+% \begin{macro}{\empty}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@lofdepth}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svf@tocdepth}
@@ -39436,6 +39910,7 @@ have centered labels.
\newif\if@mtc@Himlof@ \@mtc@Himlof@false
\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{%
+ \providecommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\empty}
\newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]%
{\if@mtc@Himlof@\mtcPackageError[E0003]{minitoc}%
{Imbrication of mtchideinmainlof environments}%
@@ -39448,11 +39923,11 @@ have centered labels.
{\if@mtc@Himlof@\else\mtcPackageError[E0029]{minitoc}%
{Unbalanced mtchideinmainlof environment}%
{The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi
- \global\@mtc@Himtoc@false
+ \global\@mtc@Himlof@false
\addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}%
}}%
{%
- \newcommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\xdef{\mtc@sv@lofdepth{\arabic{lofdepth}}}}%
+ \newcommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@lofdepth{\arabic{lofdepth}}}%
\newcommand{\mtc@restorelofdepth}{\setcounter{lofdepth}{\mtc@sv@lofdepth}}%
\newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]%
{\if@mtc@Himlof@\mtcPackageError[E0003]{minitoc}%
@@ -39473,6 +39948,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% \end{environment}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -39481,6 +39958,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument}
% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himlot@}
% \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlot}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelotdepth}
+% \begin{macro}{\empty}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@lotdepth}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@svt@tocdepth}
@@ -39496,6 +39975,7 @@ have centered labels.
\newif\if@mtc@Himlot@ \@mtc@Himlot@false
\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{%
+ \providecommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\empty}
\newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]%
{\if@mtc@Himlot@\mtcPackageError[E0004]{minitoc}%
{Imbrication of mtchideinmainlot environments}%
@@ -39512,7 +39992,7 @@ have centered labels.
\addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}%
}}%
{%
- \newcommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\xdef{\mtc@sv@lotdepth{\arabic{lotdepth}}}}%
+ \newcommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@lotdepth{\arabic{lotdepth}}}%
\newcommand{\mtc@restorelotdepth}{\setcounter{lotdepth}{\mtc@sv@lotdepth}}%
\newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]%
{\if@mtc@Himlot@\mtcPackageError[E0004]{minitoc}%
@@ -39520,12 +40000,12 @@ have centered labels.
{The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi
\global\@mtc@Himlot@true
\addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@savelotdepth}%
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\setcounter{lotdepth}{#1}}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}%
{\if@mtc@Himlot@\else\mtcPackageError[E0030]{minitoc}%
{Unbalanced mtchideinmainlot environment}%
{The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi
\global\@mtc@Himlot@false
- \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restorelotdepth}}}}
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}}}}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -39533,6 +40013,8 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
% \end{environment}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
@@ -39748,14 +40230,16 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@nomenclfix@level}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% Depending\SMM{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{W0096}} on the document class,
-% the ``Nomenclature'' entry\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl}.}
+% the ``Nomenclature'' entry\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl} or
+% \pack{nomentbl} package~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomencl} calls \pack{nomentbl}).}
% in the TOC is treated as a starred chapter or a starred
% section. Hence we must first determine the default value of the optional argument. The default value is then
% stored in the macro \com{mtc@nomenclfix@level}.
% This is done by the following code, which eventually gives a warning message:
% \or\relax
% Selon\SMM{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{W0096}} la classe du document,
-% l'entrée <<~Nomenclature~>>\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl}.}
+% l'entrée <<~Nomenclature~>>\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl} ou le
+% paquetage \pack{nomentbl}~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomencl} appelle \pack{nomentbl}).}
% dans la table des matières est traitée comme un chapitre étoilé
% ou une section étoilée. Donc nous devons d'abord déterminer la valeur par défaut de l'argument optionnel. La
% valeur par défaut est alors rangée dans la macro \com{mtc@nomenclfix@level}. Ceci est fait par le code suivant, qui
@@ -40109,7 +40593,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \subsection{Option \uopt{shortext}}\iopt{shortext}
% \fi
% \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% This\imess{W0020} option forces the use of short extensions.
% \or\relax
@@ -40117,7 +40601,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{shortext}{%
- \@longextensions@false
+ \@mtc@longext@false
\mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0020]{minitoc}%
{You have forced the use of short extensions}}
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -40312,10 +40796,10 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addmisslanguage}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% Some\imess{E0038} \suffix{.mld} files are mandatory (\xfile{english.mld} because english is the default language),
+% Some\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0038}} \suffix{.mld} files are mandatory (\xfile{english.mld} because english is the default language),
% so their absence is a serious error:
% \or\relax
-% Certains\imess{E0038} fichiers \suffix{.mld} sont obligatoires (\xfile{english.mld} car l'anglais est la langue
+% Certains\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0038}} fichiers \suffix{.mld} sont obligatoires (\xfile{english.mld} car l'anglais est la langue
% par défaut), donc leur absence est une erreur sévère):
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -40395,10 +40879,10 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macro}{\@gobblethree}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% If\SMM{\lmess{W0093}\\\lmess{W0094}} a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} file is missing,
-% we signal that at the end of the document:
+% we signal that at the end of the document, with also the full list of the missing language files:
% \or\relax
% Si\SMM{\lmess{W0093}\\\lmess{W0094}} un fichier \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} est manquant,
-% nous le signalons en fin de document:
+% nous le signalons en fin de document, avec aussi liste complète des fichiers de langue manquants:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\AtEndDocument{%
@@ -40412,6 +40896,10 @@ have centered labels.
\MessageBreak
in the \string\jobname.log file.
\MessageBreak
+ The full list of the missing language files
+ \MessageBreak
+ is given in the W0094 warning message.
+ \MessageBreak
Please install the missing files from
\MessageBreak
a recent distribution
@@ -40477,6 +40965,7 @@ have centered labels.
\mtc@setlangopt{bahasam}%
\mtc@setlangopt{bangla}%
\mtc@setlangopt{basque}%
+\mtc@setlangopt{bengali}%
\mtc@setlangopt{bicig}%
\mtc@setlangopt{bicig2}%
\mtc@setlangopt{bicig3}%
@@ -40575,10 +41064,14 @@ have centered labels.
\mtc@setlangopt{magyar2}%
\mtc@setlangopt{magyar3}%
\mtc@setlangopt{malay}%
+\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-b}%
\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-keli}%
+\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-keli2}%
+\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-mr}%
\mtc@setlangopto{malayalam-omega}%
\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana}%
\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana2}%
+\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana3}%
\mtc@setlangopt{manju}%
\mtc@setlangopt{meyalu}%
\mtc@setlangopt{mongol}%
@@ -40622,6 +41115,7 @@ have centered labels.
\mtc@setlangopt{spanish2}%
\mtc@setlangopt{spanish3}%
\mtc@setlangopt{spanish4}%
+\mtc@setlangopt{swahili}%
\mtc@setlangopt{swedish}%
\mtc@setlangopt{swedish2}%
\mtc@setlangopto{thai}%
@@ -40900,6 +41394,34 @@ have centered labels.
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{titlesec} package}\ipack{titlesec}
+% \or\relax
+% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{titlesec}}\ipack{titlesec}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} test the presence of the \pack{titlesec} package~\cite{titletoc}, and emit a warning,
+% because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}:
+% \or\relax
+% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} testons la présence du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc},
+% et émettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}:
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{titlesec}%
+ {\@mtc@hints@given@true
+ \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0099]{minitoc(hints)}%
+ {--- The titlesec package is loaded.
+ \MessageBreak
+ It is incompatible
+ \MessageBreak
+ with the minitoc package}}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{titletoc} package}\ipack{titletoc}
% \or\relax
% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{titletoc}}\ipack{titletoc}
@@ -42160,7 +42682,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \subsubsection{Tester le nombre de mini-tables, dans le cas de suffixes courts}
% \fi
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@checklongext}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@}
% \begin{macro}{\value}
% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@true}
@@ -42184,7 +42706,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\mtc@hints@checklongext{%
-\if@longextensions@
+\if@mtc@longext@
\else
\if@mtc@part@def@
\ifnum 99 < \value{ptc}\relax \@mtc@hints@given@true
@@ -43175,7 +43697,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf}
% \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf@long}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf@short}
% \begin{macro}{\mtc@addtomaf}
@@ -43189,7 +43711,7 @@ have centered labels.
% files using decrementing loops on the associated counters, and includes \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} in the list
% (but \emph{not} the \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Some users could made a cleanup using this file as a list of
% files to delete, so it must not be in the list.} file).
-% We must also check the existence of \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} if long extensions are used.
+% We must also check the existence of \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} if long extensions are used.
% \or\relax
% Nous\imess{I0009} définissons la macro \com{mtc@maf} qui ferme \com{tf@mtc}
% puis le ré-ouvre pour écrire dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}.
@@ -43198,7 +43720,7 @@ have centered labels.
% par ordre décroissant sur les compteurs associés, et inclut \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} dans la liste
% (mais \emph{pas} le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Certains utilisateurs pourraient faire un nettoyage
% en utilisant ce fichier comme liste des fichiers à~détruire, donc il ne doit pas être dans la liste.}).
-% Nous devons aussi tester l'existence de \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} si les suffixes longs sont utilisés.
+% Nous devons aussi tester l'existence de \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} si les suffixes longs sont utilisés.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
\def\mtc@maf{%
@@ -43208,18 +43730,19 @@ have centered labels.
Creating the \jobname.maf file\@gobble}
\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc
\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.maf
- \if@longextensions@\mtc@maf@long\else\mtc@maf@short\fi
+ \if@mtc@longext@\mtc@maf@long\else\mtc@maf@short\fi
\immediate\closeout\tf@mtc}
\def\mtc@addtomaf#1{%
\IfFileExists{#1}{\immediate\write\tf@mtc{#1}}{}}
\def\mtc@maf@long{%
\mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc}
+ \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc0}
\@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@ptc>\z@\relax
\mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.ptc\arabic{ptc}}
\mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.plf\arabic{ptc}}
\mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.plt\arabic{ptc}}
\advance\c@ptc\m@ne\repeat}
-\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{\mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc1}}{%
+\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{%
\loop\ifnum\c@mtc>\z@\relax
\mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc\arabic{mtc}}
\mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mlf\arabic{mtc}}
@@ -43577,7 +44100,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*fminitoc>
\ProvidesFile{fminitoc.dtx}%
- [2007/06/29 minitoc v55 french documentation start file]
+ [2007/12/04 minitoc v56 french documentation start file]
\input{minitoc.dtx}
%</fminitoc>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -43659,7 +44182,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*mtcoff>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}%
-\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2007/06/29 v55 The mtcoff package]
+\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2007/12/04 v56 The mtcoff package]
\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -44833,7 +45356,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \or\relax
% \section{Inhibition de divers indicateurs et commandes}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.misc}
% \fi
-% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@}
% \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc}
% \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc}
% \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc}
@@ -44846,7 +45369,7 @@ have centered labels.
% Il y~a quelques indicateurs et commandes qu'il est bon de déclarer:
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\if@longextensions@ \@longextensions@true
+\newif\if@mtc@longext@ \@mtc@longext@true
\newif\iftightmtc \tightmtcfalse
\newif\ifktightmtc \ktightmtcfalse
\newif\ifundottedmtc \undottedmtcfalse
@@ -45236,7 +45759,7 @@ have centered labels.
%<*mtcpatchmem>
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]%
\ProvidesPackage{mtcpatchmem}%
- [2007/06/29 v55 Package mtcpatchmem]
+ [2007/12/04 v56 Package mtcpatchmem]
\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]
\mtcPackageInfo[M0001]{mtcpatchmem}%
{mtcpatchmem package to patch the memoir class\@gobble}
@@ -45307,23 +45830,84 @@ have centered labels.
% \fi
% \minitoc
% \mtcskip
-% ^^A \lsneed{3}
+% \lsneed{3}
% ^^A \minilof
-% ^^A \mtcskip
+% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns}
+% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}}
+% \mtcindent=0pt
+% \minilof
+% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{open}{\empty}
+% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{close}{\empty}
+% \setcounter{columnbadness}{9000}%
+% \raggedcolumns
+% \mtcskip
% ^^A \minilot
-% \lneed{5}
+% \begin{figure}[th]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{hum-lang.png}\ixgrf{hum-lang.png}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Language families in the world}\label{f+lang-fam}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Atlas_of_the_world})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Familles de langues dans le monde}\label{f+lang-fam}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Atlas_of_the_world})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[th]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{mondep.png}\ixgrf{mondep.png}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Political world}\label{f+polw}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Le monde politique}\label{f+polw}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \lneed{3}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% This chapter shows the code of each \suffix{.mld} file. A \suffix{.mld} file is a \emph{minitoc language
% definition} file, which defines the titles of the mini-tables for a given language. It contains often some
-% comments about its origin, if you need further details. It is loaded either via a
-% package option\,\footnote{It can also be a global option for the document.} in the \com{usepackage} command
-% for the \upack{minitoc} package, either via the command:
+% comments about its origin, if you need further details.
+%
+% \lneed{6}
+% For some languages, I~have added a map of the country or area where the language is spoken, if it is not
+% trivial. The origin of each map is given by an URL to the graphic file or to the WEB page where I~found it.
+% Note that the~\cite{tlfq} and~\cite{LMP} Web sites are useful sources. Maps from~\cite{LMP} are under the
+% Creative Commons License, see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB}.
+% The site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} allows to look at the maps of many countries (except France,
+% in particular!). The Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection~\cite{texasmaps} (The University of Texas at Austin,
+% \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contains countless maps.
+%
+% A \suffix{.mld} file is loaded either via a
+% package option in the \com{usepackage} command
+% for the \upack{minitoc} package (or a global option for the document), either via the command:
% \or\relax
% Ce chapitre montre le code de chaque fichier \suffix{.mld}. Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est un fichier
% de définition de langue pour minitoc (\emph{minitoc language definition file}), qui définit les titres des
% mini-tables pour une langue donnée. Il contient souvent quelques informations sur son origine, si vous avez
-% besoin de plus de détails. Il est chargé soit via une option du paquetage\,\footnote{Ce peut aussi être une
-% option globale pour le document.} dans la commande \com{usepackage} pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc},
+% besoin de plus de détails.
+%
+% \lneed{6}
+% Pour certaines langues, j'ai ajouté une carte du pays ou des zones où la langue est parlée, si ce n'est pas trivial.
+% L'origine de chaque carte est donnée par un URL vers le fichier graphique ou vers la page où je l'ai trouvée.
+% Notez que les sites Web~\cite{tlfq} et~\cite{LMP} sont des sources utiles. Les cartes de~\cite{LMP} sont sous la
+% \emph{Creative Commons License}, voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr}.
+% Le site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} permet de regarder les cartes
+% de nombreux pays (sauf notamment la France!) La \emph{Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection}~\cite{texasmaps} (Université du Texas
+% à~Austin, \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contient d'innombrables cartes.
+%
+% Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est chargé soit via une option du paquetage
+% dans la commande \com{usepackage} pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc},
+% (ou une option globale pour le document)
% soit via la commande:
% \fi
% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
@@ -45438,28 +46022,24 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{4}
% {\bfseries
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% Since\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}} version~\#49,
+% Since\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0034}} version~\#49,
% the \upack{minitoc} package checks the presence of the
% \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file
% (and of the \emph{language}\suffix{.mlo} file if necessary) for each language option of the package,
% before validating the option. If a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} is missing, the corresponding language option
% is not enabled and a warning message is written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. But the presence of
% the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language.
-%
-% \lneed{2}
-% If\imess{W0034} some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files are missing,
+% If some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files are missing,
% the list of this files is given in the \suffix{.log} file.
% \or\relax
-% À~partir\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}} de la version~\#49,
+% À~partir\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0034}} de la version~\#49,
% le paquetage \upack{minitoc} vérifie la présence du fichier
% \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (et du fichier \emph{langue}\suffix{.mlo} si nécessaire) pour
% chaque option de langue du paquetage, avant de valider l'option. Si un fichier \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo}
% est manquant, l'option de langue correspondante n'est pas validée et un message d'avertissement est écrit dans
% le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. Mais la présence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car
% l'anglais est la langue par défaut.
-%
-% \lneed{2}
-% Si\imess{W0034} certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} sont manquants,
+% Si certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} sont manquants,
% la liste de ces fichiers est écrite dans le fichier \suffix{.log}.
% \fi
% \par} ^^A %BF>
@@ -45467,10 +46047,29 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Acadian'' language: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~acadian~>>: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{acadien}\ixgrf{acadien.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Acadia today}\label{f+acadien}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.cyberacadie.com/acadie_pays.htm})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Acadie actuelle}\label{f+acadien}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.cyberacadie.com/acadie_pays.htm})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The \lopt{acadian} language\,\FAC{}
% is just french, so we load the \xfile{french.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~acadian~>>: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld}
% La langue \lopt{acadian} (acadien)\,\FAC{} est simplement du français,
% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}):
% \fi
@@ -45482,15 +46081,20 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
%</acadian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Acadien'' language: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~acadien~>>: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{acadien}'' language\,\FAC{}
% is just french (``\texttt{acadien}'' is the french term for ``\texttt{acadian}''), so we load the \xfile{french.mld}
% file (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~acadien~>>: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{acadien}~>>\,\FAC{}
% est simplement du français (<<~\texttt{acadien}~>> est le terme français pour <<~\texttt{acadian}~>>, en anglais),
% donc nous chargons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}):
@@ -45503,21 +46107,52 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
%</acadien>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Afrikaan'' language: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{afrikaan}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in South Africa, it has dutch origins; compare with
-% section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}.} come from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~afrikaan~>>: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.382958802\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.617041199\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-l}\ixgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-p}\ixgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the afrikaans language}\label{f+afrsud}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue afrikaans}\label{f+afrsud}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{SMOOTH}
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{afrikaan}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in South Africa and Namibia, it has dutch origins; compare with
+% section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}.
+% See also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afrikaans.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}. See figure~\vref{f+afrsud}.}
+% come from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file
% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and \name{Stoffel}{Lombard})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}:
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~afrikaan~>>: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée en Afrique du Sud, elle a des origines
-% néerlandaises; comparez avec la section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée en Afrique du Sud et en Namibie, elle a des origines
+% néerlandaises; comparez avec la section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}.
+% Voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afrikaans.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}. Voir la
+% figure~\vref{f+afrsud}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx}
% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et \name{Stoffel}{Lombard})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}:
% \end{SMOOTH}
@@ -45528,8 +46163,7 @@ have centered labels.
%<*afrikaan>
\ProvidesFile{afrikaan.mld}[2006/01/13]
%% Afrikaan(s) titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from dutch.dtx (babel)
-%% Braams, Johannes~L.
+%% from dutch.dtx (babel) by Braams, Johannes~L.
\def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}%
\def\plftitle{Lys van figure}%
\def\plttitle{Lys van tabelle}%
@@ -45547,10 +46181,14 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Afrikaans'' language: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~afrikaans~>>: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The term ``\lopt{afrikaans}'' is a synonym of ``\lopt{afrikaan}'', so we just load \xfile{afrikaan.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+afrikaan}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~afrikaans~>>: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld}
% Le terme <<~\lopt{afrikaans}~>> est un synonyme de <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>,
% donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{afrikaan.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+afrikaan}):
% \fi
@@ -45562,19 +46200,52 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{afrikaan}%
%</afrikaans>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Albanian'' language: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~albanian~>>: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The albanian language is spoken in Albania and some regions of Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia and Kosovo; see
+% figure~\vref{f+albania}.
% The titles for the ``\lopt{albanian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{albanian.dtx} file
% (with a contribution of \name{Adi}{Zaimi})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~albanian~>>: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld}
+% La langue albanaise est parlée en Albanie et quelques régions de Macédonie, du Montenegro, de Serbie et du Kosovo;
+% voir la figure~\vref{f+albania}.
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{albanian}~>> (albanais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{albanian.dtx}
% (avec une contribution de \name{Adi}{Zaimi})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}:
% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.468652038\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.531347962\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{albania.pdf}\ixgrf{albania.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{alba-eth.pdf}\ixgrf{alba-eth.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the albanian language}\label{f+albania}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue albanaise}\label{f+albania}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -45600,11 +46271,15 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``American'' language: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~american~>>: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{american}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}''\footnote{It should be true for the mini-table titles; the
% languages themselves have some differences, like the hyphenation rules.}, so we just load \xfile{english.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~american~>>: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{american}~>> (américain) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>\footnote{Ceci devrait être vrai pour les titres des
% mini-tables; les langues elles-mêmes ont quelques différences, par exemple les règles de coupure des mots.}, donc nous
% chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
@@ -45617,14 +46292,33 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
%</american>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Arab'' language: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~arab~>>: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{arabic.png}\ixgrf{arabic.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the arabic language}\label{f+arabic}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.muslimtents.com/learningarabic/home.html})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue arabe}\label{f+arabic}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.muslimtents.com/learningarabic/home.html})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{arab}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}
% (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~arab~>>: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab}~>> (arabe) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}
% (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées.
% \fi
@@ -45653,11 +46347,16 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Arab2'' language: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~arab2~>>: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcArabTok}
+% \begin{macro}{\tcArabTok}@tok
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{arab2}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}
% (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts.
% It is a variant of the ``\lopt{arab}'' language.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~arab2~>>: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab2}~>> (arabe, variante) sont tirés du
% paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}),
% qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées.
@@ -45684,15 +46383,21 @@ have centered labels.
\def\slttitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu al-GadAwili)}%
%</arab2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Arabi'' language: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~arabi~>>: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\R}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{arabi}'' language are taken from the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} package~\cite{arabi}
% (by \name{Youssef}{Jabri}),
% which should be used, with the associated fonts.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~arabi~>>: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arabi}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}
% (par \name{Youssef}{Jabri}), qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées.
% \fi
@@ -45702,8 +46407,7 @@ have centered labels.
%<*arabi>
\ProvidesFile{arabi.mld}[2006/07/27]
%% Arabic titles for minitoc.sty.
-%% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of the Arabi package,
-%% Youssef Jabri)
+%% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of the Arabi package, by Youssef Jabri)
%% (strings taken from arabi.ldf; to be used with arabi)
\def\ptctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}%
\def\plftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space \alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}%
@@ -45719,13 +46423,18 @@ have centered labels.
%%
%</arabi>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Arabic'' language: \uxfile{arabic.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabic}\ixfile{arabic.mld}
-% The ``\lopt{arabic}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{arab}'', so we just load \xfile{arab.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+arab}):
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~arabic~>>: \uxfile{arabic.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabic}\ixfile{arabic.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The ``\lopt{arabic}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{arab}'', so we just load \xfile{arab.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+arab}):
+% \or\relax
% La langue <<~\lopt{arabic}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{arab}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{arab.mld}
% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+arab}):
% \fi
@@ -45737,18 +46446,58 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{arab}%
%</arabic>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Armenian'' language: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~armenian~>>: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{armeniar.jpg}\ixgrf{armeniar.jpg}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{caucasus.pdf}\ixgrf{caucasus.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Armenia and the languages in the Caucasus}\label{f+armenia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
+% and
+% \url{http://linguistics.buffalo.edu/people/faculty/dryer/dryer/dryer.htm} by \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer},
+% link found from \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Arménie et les langues du Caucase}\label{f+armenia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
+% et
+% \url{http://linguistics.buffalo.edu/people/faculty/dryer/dryer/dryer.htm} par \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer},
+% lien trouvé dans \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages})
+%
+% \raggedright
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{armenian}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} package~\cite{armtex}
% (by \name{Sergueï}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} and \name{Vartan}{Akopian}), which should be
% used, with the associated fonts.
+% The armenian language is spoken in Armenia, in a part of Azerbaidjan and in the armenian diaspora; see figure~\vref{f+armenia}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~armenian~>>: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{armenian}~>> (arménien) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex}
% (de \name{Sergueï}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} et \name{Vartan}{Akopian}),
% qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées.
+% La langue arménienne est parlée en Arménie, dans une partie de l'Azerbaïdjan et dans la diaspora arménienne;
+% voir la figure~\vref{f+armenia}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -45775,10 +46524,14 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Australian'' language: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~australian~>>: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{australian}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', so we just load \xfile{english.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~australian~>>: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{australian}~>> (australian) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \fi
@@ -45790,14 +46543,19 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
%</australian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Austrian'' language: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~austrian~>>: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% For the mini-table titles, the ``\lopt{austrian}'' language is like the ``\lopt{german}'' language, so we load
% \xfile{german.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+german}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~austrian~>>: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld}
% Pour les titres des mini-tables, la langue <<~\lopt{austrian}~>> (autrichien) est comme la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>>
% (allemand), donc nous chargeons \xfile{german.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+german}):
% \fi
@@ -45809,14 +46567,19 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{german}%
%</austrian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Bahasa'' language: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~bahasa~>>: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{bahasa}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~bahasa~>>: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{bahasa}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}):
% \fi
@@ -45828,13 +46591,42 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}%
%</bahasa>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Bahasai'' language: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~bahasai~>>: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.321112516\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.678887484\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia1}\ixgrf{indonesia1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia2}\ixgrf{indonesia2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Indonesia}\label{f+indonesia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Indonésie}\label{f+indonesia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasai}'' language\,\footnote{Bahasa is spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, with
% different pronunciations and titles
-% but the same writing. Bahasai is the indonesian variant.} (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) are
+% but the same writing. Bahasai is the indonesian variant. See
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}.} (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) are
% taken from the file \xfile{bahasa.dtx}
% (by \name{Jörg}{Knappen} and \name{Terry}{Mart})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasa}.
@@ -45842,9 +46634,9 @@ have centered labels.
% For other names for this language, see sections~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}, \vref{s+mld+indon},
% and~\vref{s+mld+indonesian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~bahasai~>>: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld}
% Les titres des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>\,\footnote{Le bahasa est parlé en Indonésie et en Malaisie,
-% avec des prononciations et des titres différents mais avec la même écriture. Bahasai est la variante indonésienne.}
+% avec des prononciations et des titres différents mais avec la même écriture. Bahasai est la variante indonésienne.
+% Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.}
% (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu)
% sont tirés du fichier \xfile{bahasa.dtx}
% (de \name{Jörg}{Knappen} et \name{Terry}{Mart})
@@ -45878,6 +46670,33 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Bahasam'' language: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~bahasam~>>: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.293413174\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.706586826\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia1}\ixgrf{malaysia1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia2}\ixgrf{malaysia2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Malaysia}\label{f+malaysia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Malaisie}\label{f+malaysia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasam}'' language (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, with
% different pronunciations and titles
% but the same writing. Bahasam is the malaysian variant.} are taken from the file \xfile{bahasam.dtx}
@@ -45887,7 +46706,6 @@ have centered labels.
% Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}. For other names for this language, see
% sections~\vref{s+mld+malay} and~\vref{s+mld+meyalu}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~bahasam~>>: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld}
% Les titres des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>> (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Parlée en Indonésie et en Malaisie, avec des
% prononciations et des titres différents mais avec la même écriture. Bahasam est la variante malaisienne.} sont
% tirés du fichier \xfile{bahasam.dtx}
@@ -45921,13 +46739,44 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Bangla'' language: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in Bangladesh and some parts of India.} are taken from
-% the \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} package~\cite{bangtex} (by \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); they need specific fonts.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~bangla~>>: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla}\ixgrf{bangla.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla2}\ixgrf{bangla2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the bangla (or bengali) language}\label{f+bangla}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue bangla (ou bengali)}\label{f+bangla}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' (\lopt{bengali}) language\,\footnote{Spoken in Bangladesh and some parts of India,
+% like Occidental Bengal~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) and Tripura~(16);
+% see figure~\vref{f+bangla}.} are taken from
+% the \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} package~\cite{bangtex} (by \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); they need specific fonts
+% (the bengali alphabet is derived from sanskrit).
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée au Bangladesh et dans certaines parties de
-% l'Inde.} sont simplement tirés du paquetage \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex} (de \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal});
-% ils ont besoin de fontes spécifiques.
+% l'Inde, comme le Bengale Occidental~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) et Tripura~(16);
+% voir la figure~\vref{f+bangla}.} (\lopt{bengali}) sont simplement tirés
+% du paquetage \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex} (de \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal});
+% ils ont besoin de fontes spécifiques (l'alphabet bengali est dérivé du sanskrit).
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -45954,15 +46803,41 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Basque'' language: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{basque}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in the Basque country, in the north of Spain and
-% south-west of France.} are taken from the \xfile{basque.dtx} file in the \pack{babel}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~basque~>>: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque1.pdf}\ixgrf{basque1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque2.pdf}\ixgrf{basque2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{The Basque country}\label{f+basque}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Pays Basque}\label{f+basque}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{basque}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in the basque country, in the north of Spain and
+% south-west of France; see figure~\vref{f+basque}.} are taken from the \xfile{basque.dtx} file in the \pack{babel}
% package~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, by \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} and \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}, with help
% from \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola}.
% It seems that 8~bits fonts are preferable.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~basque~>>: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{basque}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée au Pays Basque, qui est situé dans le nord de l'Espagne
-% et le sud-ouest de la France.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{basque.dtx} dans le paquetage
+% et le sud-ouest de la France; voir la figure~\vref{f+basque}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{basque.dtx} dans le paquetage
% \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, par \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} et \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}, avec
% l'aide de \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola}.
% Il semble que des fontes 8-bits soient préférables.
@@ -45992,13 +46867,41 @@ have centered labels.
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Bengali'' language: \uxfile{bengali.mld}}\label{s+mld+bengali}\ixfile{bengali.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~bengali~>>: \uxfile{bengali.mld}}\label{s+mld+bengali}\ixfile{bengali.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The ``\lopt{bengali}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' language, so we load the file \xfile{bangla.mld} (see
+% section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}):
+% \or\relax
+% La langue <<~\lopt{bengali}~>> est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier
+% \xfile{bangla.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}):
+% \fi
+%
+% \lneed{3}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bengali>
+\ProvidesFile{bengali.mld}[2007/07/23]
+\mtcselectlanguage{bangla}%
+%</bengali>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Bicig'' language: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~bicig~>>: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\bcg}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{bicig}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bicig} is a written form of the mongolian language. It is also
% known as Uighur. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} are taken
% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also
% sections~\vref{s+mld+mongol}, \vref{s+mld+bicig2}, and~\vref{s+mld+bicig3}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~bicig~>>: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bicig}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bicig}~>> est une forme écrite de la langue mongole. Il
% est aussi connu sous le nom de ouïghour (\emph{uighur} en anglais). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} sont
% tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi les
@@ -46024,6 +46927,7 @@ have centered labels.
\def\slttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}%
%</bicig>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -46100,7 +47004,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \section{``Bithe'' language: \uxfile{bithe.mld}}\label{s+mld+bithe}\ixfile{bithe.mld}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{bithe}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bithe} is a written form of the \lopt{manju} variant of the mongolian language.} are taken
% from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts.
-% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+mongol} and~\vref{s+mld+manju}.
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
% The Manju writing, or \emph{bithe} system is a close relative
% of the Mongolian system; the basical letter shapes are the
% same. Yet for Manju, a set of diacritics (\emph{dots and circles})
@@ -46110,7 +47014,7 @@ have centered labels.
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bithe}~>> est une forme écrite de la
% variante <<~\lopt{manju}~>> de la langue mongole.} sont
% tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
-% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+mongol} et~\vref{s+mld+manju}.
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
% L'écriture Manju (Manchou), ou le système \emph{bithe}, est une proche
% parente du système Mongol; les formes de base des lettres sont les mêmes. Mais pour le Manju, un
% ensemble de signes diacritiques (\emph{points et cercles}) a
@@ -46139,15 +47043,45 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Brazil'' language: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{brazil}'' language\,\footnote{It is the portuguese dialect spoken in Brazil. Note
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~brazil~>>: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \raisebox{-3.5mm}{\includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{brazilp.pdf}}\ixgrf{brazilp.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{brazil.pdf}\ixgrf{brazil.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Brazil}\label{f+brazil}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Brésil}\label{f+brazil}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{brazil}'' language\,\footnote{It is the main portuguese dialect spoken in Brazil. Note
% that these titles are
-% \emph{different} in Brazil and in Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} contributed brasilian translations.
+% \emph{different} in Brazil and in Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} contributed brazilian translations.
% See section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file (for portugese titles by
% \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) in the \pack{babel}
% package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~brazil~>>: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{brazil}~>> (brésilien)\,\footnote{C'est le dialecte portugais parlé au Brésil.
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{brazil}~>> (brésilien)\,\footnote{C'est le dialecte portugais principal parlé au Brésil.
% Notez que ces
% titres sont \emph{différents} au Brésil et au Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} a contribué pour les
% traductions brésiliennes. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx}
@@ -46178,10 +47112,14 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Brazilian'' language: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~brazilian~>>: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{brazilian}'' language is just like ``\lopt{brazil}'', so we just load \xfile{brazil.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~brazilian~>>: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{brazilian}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{brazil}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{brazil.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}):
% \fi
@@ -46193,15 +47131,36 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{brazil}%
%</brazilian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Breton'' language: \uxfile{breton.mld}}\label{s+mld+breton}\ixfile{breton.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{breton}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken as a local celtic dialect in french Brittany.} are taken from
-% \xfile{breton.dtx} file (by \name{Christian}{Rolland}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}:
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~breton~>>: \uxfile{breton.mld}}\label{s+mld+breton}\ixfile{breton.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{breton}~>>\,\footnote{Parlées comme dialecte celtique local en Bretagne (France).}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bretagne}\ixgrf{bretagne.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Brittany}\label{f+bretagne}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Bretagne}\label{f+bretagne}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{breton}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken as a local celtic dialect in french Brittany; see
+% figure~\vref{f+bretagne}.} are taken from the
+% \xfile{breton.dtx} file (by \name{Christian}{Rolland}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}:
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{breton}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée comme dialecte celtique local en Bretagne (France);
+% voir la figure~\vref{f+bretagne}.}
% sont tirés du fichier \xfile{breton.dtx} (de \name{Christian}{Rolland}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}:
% \fi
%
@@ -46209,9 +47168,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*breton>
\ProvidesFile{breton.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Breton titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from breton.dtx (babel)
-%% Rolland, Christian
+%% Breton titles for minitoc.sty from breton.dtx (babel) by Rolland, Christian
\def\ptctitle{Taolenn}%
\def\plftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}%
\def\plttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}%
@@ -46229,10 +47186,14 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``British'' language: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~british~>>: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{british}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', so we just load \xfile{english.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~british~>>: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{british}~>> est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier
% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \fi
@@ -46244,16 +47205,50 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
%</british>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Bulgarian'' language: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~bulgarian~>>: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.317738791\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.682261209\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bulgmap.png}\ixgrf{bulgmap.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bulgariar.jpg}\ixgrf{bulgariar.jpg}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Bulgaria}\label{f+bulgaria}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria}
+% and \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/bulgaria.html}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--)
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Bulgarie}\label{f+bulgaria}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria}
+% et \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/bulgaria.html}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--)
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\cyr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{bulgarian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{bulgarian.dtx}
% (adapted from russian by \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) file in the
% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; they require
% specific cyrillic fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarianb}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~bulgarian~>>: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarian}~>> (bulgare) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{bulgarian.dtx}
% (adapté du russe par \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) dans le
% paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; ils ont
@@ -46295,16 +47290,21 @@ have centered labels.
\cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}%
%</bulgarian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Bulgarianb'' language: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~bulgarianb~>>: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\cyr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{bulgarianb}'' (upper bulgarian) language are taken from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file
% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, and \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya})
% of the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb};
% they require specific cyrillic fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~bulgarianb~>>: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarianb}~>> (haut bulgare) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx}
% (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb};
@@ -46340,18 +47340,45 @@ have centered labels.
{\cyr \CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri}}%
%</bulgarianb>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{13}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Buryat'' language: \uxfile{buryat.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat}\ixfile{buryat.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in some regions of Mongolia, in the Buryat republic, near
-% Lake Baikal.} are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts.
-% See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~buryat~>>: \uxfile{buryat.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat}\ixfile{buryat.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée dans certaines régions de la Mongolie. dans la république
-% Buryat, près du lac Baïkal.} (bouriate) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue
-% requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}[b]{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=.54054054\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 300 203]{buryatia}\ixgrf{buryatia.pdf}%
+% &&%
+% \includegraphics[width=.45945946\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 255 216]{buryatia-l}\ixgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}%
+% \end{tabularx}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Republic of Buryatia}\label{f+buryat}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{République de Buryatie}\label{f+buryat}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\mnr}
+% \begin{macro}{\sh}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in some regions of Mongolia and in the Buryatia republic, near
+% Lake Baikal. See figure~\vref{f+buryat}.} are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}.
+% This language requires specific fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée dans certaines régions de la Mongolie et dans la république
+% de Buryatie, près du lac Baïkal. Voir la figure~\vref{f+buryat}.} (bouriate) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}.
+% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -46373,15 +47400,21 @@ have centered labels.
\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}%
%</buryat>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Buryat2'' language: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~buryat2~>>: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mnr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{buryat2}'' language (a variant for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language, see section~\vref{s+mld+buryat})
% are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts.
% See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~buryat2~>>: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat2}~>> (une variante du langage «~\lopt{buryat}~», voir la section~\vref{s+mld+buryat})
% sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue
% requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
@@ -46406,14 +47439,135 @@ have centered labels.
\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}%
%</buryat2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Canadian'' language: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~canadian~>>: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\awidth}{-2.5mm}
+% \centering
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}}
+% \begin{tabularx}{\awidth}[b]{@{}Z{1}Z{1}@{}}
+% \toprule
+% Province&Official language(s)\\
+% \midrule
+% Alberta&english\\
+% British-Columbia&english\\
+% Island-of-Prince-Edward&english\\
+% Manitoba&english\\
+% New-Brunswick&english-french\\
+% New-Scotland&english\\
+% Ontario&english\\
+% Québec&french\\
+% Satkatchewan&english\\
+% Newfoundland&english\\
+% Federal territories&english-french\\
+% Federal government&english-french\\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabularx}
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada}\ixgrf{canada.pdf}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption{Official languages in Canada}\label{f+canada}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}}
+% \begin{tabularx}{\awidth}[b]{@{}Z{1}Z{1}@{}}
+% \toprule
+% Province&Langue(s) officielle(s)\\
+% \midrule
+% Alberta&anglais\\
+% Colombie-britannique&anglais\\
+% Île-du-Prince-Édouard&anglais\\
+% Manitoba&anglais\\
+% Nouveau-Brunswick&anglais-français\\
+% Nouvelle-Écosse&anglais\\
+% Ontario&anglais\\
+% Québec&français\\
+% Satkatchewan&anglais\\
+% Terre-Neuve&anglais\\
+% Territoires fédéraux&anglais-français\\
+% Gouvernement fédéral&anglais-français\\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabularx}
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada}\ixgrf{canada.pdf}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption{Langues officielles au Canada}\label{f+canada}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+%
+% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{figure}
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada1}\ixgrf{canada1.pdf}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Canada}\label{f+canada1}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/canada.html#country.html}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Canada}\label{f+canada1}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/canada.html#country.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas
+% Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps})
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \vspace*{-1\baselineskip}
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-pe.png}\ixgrf{canada-pe.png}
+% \caption{Political map of Canada}\label{f+canada-p}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Provinces_and_territories_of_Canada})
+% \or\relax
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-pf.pdf}\ixgrf{canada-pf.pdf}
+% \caption{Carte politique du Canada}\label{f+canada-p}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada})
+% \fi
+%
+% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount}
+%
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-l.pdf}\ixgrf{canada-l.pdf}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Linguistic map of Canada}\label{f+canada-l}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada})
+% \vspace*{1\baselineskip}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Carte linguistique du Canada}\label{f+canada-l}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada})
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{canadian}'' language \virage(note the final ``i\emph{a}n'') is just the \loptd{english} language spoken
% in Canada. We just load the file \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~canadian~>>: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{canadian}~>> \virage(notez le <<~i\emph{a}n~>> final) est simplement la langue \emph{anglaise}
% (\loptd{english}) parlée au Canada.
% Nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
@@ -46426,14 +47580,19 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
%</canadian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Canadien'' language: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~canadien~>>: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{canadien}'' language \virage(note the final ``i\emph{e}n'') is just the \lopt{french} language spoken
% in Canada. We just load the file \xfile{french.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~canadien~>>: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{canadien}~>> \virage(notez le <<~i\emph{e}n~>> final) est simplement la langue \emph{française}
% (\lopt{french}) parlée au Canada. Nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la
% section~\vref{s+mld+french}):
@@ -46446,16 +47605,21 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
%</canadien>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Castillan'' language: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld}
-% The ``\lopt{castillan}'' language is more known as ``\lopt{spanish}'', but is spoken mainly in Castile,
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~castillan~>>: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The ``\lopt{castillan}'' language is better known as ``\lopt{spanish}'', but is spoken mainly in Castile,
% a part of central Spain. We
% just load the \xfile{spanish.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~castillan~>>: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld}
-% La langue <<~\lopt{castillan}~>> est plus connue sous le nom de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol),
+% La langue <<~\lopt{castillan}~>> est mieux connue sous le nom de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol),
% mais est parlée principalement
% en Castille, une partie du centre de l'Espagne. Nous chargeons simplement le fichier
% \xfile{spanish.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}):
@@ -46469,14 +47633,19 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}%
%</castillan>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Castillian'' language: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~castillian~>>: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% ``Castillian'' is just the english name for ``castillan'', so
% we just load the \xfile{spanish.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~castillian~>>: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld}
% <<~Castillian~>> est juste le nom anglais du castillan, donc
% nous chargeons simplement le fichier
% \xfile{spanish.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}):
@@ -46490,18 +47659,48 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}%
%</castillian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Catalan'' language: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~catalan~>>: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.502354788\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.497645212\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-d}\ixgrf{catalan-d.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-p}\ixgrf{catalan-p.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the catalan language}\label{f+catalan}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language#Geographic_distribution})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue catalane}\label{f+catalan}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
+% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language#Geographic_distribution})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{catalan}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in Catalunya, the eastern part of Spain,
-% around Barcelona.}
+% around Barcelona, and in Roussillon, in France. See figure~\vref{f+catalan}.}
% are taken from the \xfile{catalan.dtx} file (adapted from spanish by \name{Gonçal}{Badenes} and \name{Jörg}{Knappen})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~catalan~>>: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{catalan}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée en Catalogne, la partie orientale de l'Espagne, autour
-% de Barcelone.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{catalan.dtx} (adapté de l'espagnol par \name{Gonçal}{Badenes}
+% de Barcelone, et dans le Roussillon, en France. Voir la figure~\vref{f+catalan}.} sont tirés du
+% fichier \xfile{catalan.dtx} (adapté de l'espagnol par \name{Gonçal}{Badenes}
% et \name{Jörg}{Knappen}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}:
% \fi
%
@@ -46524,24 +47723,51 @@ have centered labels.
%</catalan>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{7}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Chinese1'' language: \uxmldo{chinese1}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}\ixmldo{chinese1}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~chinese1~>>: \uxmldo{chinese1}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}\ixmldo{chinese1}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.651554404\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.348445596\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine1}\ixgrf{chine1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine2}\ixgrf{chine2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Languages in China}\label{f+chine}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Langues en Chine}\label{f+chine}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Chinese1'' language: \uxfile{chinese1.mld} and \uxfile{chinese1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}%
-% \ixfile{chinese1.mld}\ixfile{chinese1.mlo}
% There are several variants for the chinese language.
% The ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cap} file
% in the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}.
+% See~\cite{china-h} about the history of China and the chinese language.
%
% The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
% \xfile{chinese1.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~chinese1~>>: \uxfile{chinese1.mld} et \uxfile{chinese1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}%
-% \ixfile{chinese1.mld}\ixfile{chinese1.mlo}
% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue chinoise.
% La langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> (chinois première variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cap} du
% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment.
% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}.
+% Voir~\cite{china-h} sur l'histoire de la Chine et de la langue chinoise.
%
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{chinese1.mlo}.
@@ -46553,19 +47779,22 @@ have centered labels.
\ProvidesFile{chinese1.mld}[2005/01/28]
%% From the file file Bg5.cap of the CJK package
%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-%%
-%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
+%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org> Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
%% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5
%%
\mtcloadmlo{chinese1}%
%</chinese1>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Chinese2'' language: \uxfile{chinese2.mld} and \uxfile{chinese2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}%
-% \ixfile{chinese2.mld}\ixfile{chinese2.mlo}
+% \section{``Chinese2'' language: \uxmldo{chinese2}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}\ixmldo{chinese2}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~chinese2~>>: \uxmldo{chinese2.mld}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}\ixmldo{chinese2}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cpx} file in the \pack{CJK}
% system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese1}.
@@ -46573,8 +47802,6 @@ have centered labels.
% The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
% \xfile{chinese2.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~chinese2~>>: \uxfile{chinese2.mld} et \uxfile{chinese2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}%
-% \ixfile{chinese2.mld}\ixfile{chinese2.mlo}
% La langue <<~\lopt{chinese2}~>> (chinois seconde variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cpx} dans
% le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Voir aussi la
@@ -46598,15 +47825,44 @@ have centered labels.
\mtcloadmlo{chinese2}%
%</chinese2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Croatian'' language: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~\lopt{croatian}~>>: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.556818182\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.443181818\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatie1}\ixgrf{croatie1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatie2}\ixgrf{croatie2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Minorities in Croatia}\label{f+croatie}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Minorités en Croatie}\label{f+croatie}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{croatian}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{croatian.dtx} file
% (by \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~\lopt{croatian}~>>: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~croatian~>> (croate) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{croatian.dtx}
% (de \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian}:
@@ -46636,11 +47892,37 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Czech'' language: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~czech~>>: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz1}\ixgrf{cz1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz3}\ixgrf{cz3.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Czech Republic}\label{f+cz}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{République Tchèque}\label{f+cz}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{czech}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{czech.dtx}
% (contributions by \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~czech~>>: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{czech}~>> (tchèque) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{czech.dtx}
% (contributions de \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}:
@@ -46649,22 +47931,20 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*czech>
-\ProvidesFile{czech.mld}[2006/01/13]
+\ProvidesFile{czech.mld}[2007/12/04]
%% Czech titles for minitoc.sty
%% from czech.dtx (babel)
%% Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek, Milo\v{s} V.
-%% Warning: defines \w as a ring accent
-\def\w#1{\accent'27 #1}
\def\ptctitle{Obsah}%
-\def\plftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\w{u}}%
+\def\plftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}%
\def\plttitle{Seznam tabulek}%
%%
\def\mtctitle{Obsah}%
-\def\mlftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\w{u}}%
+\def\mlftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}%
\def\mlttitle{Seznam tabulek}%
%%
\def\stctitle{Obsah}%
-\def\slftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\w{u}}%
+\def\slftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}%
\def\slttitle{Seznam tabulek}%
%</czech>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -46672,12 +47952,40 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Danish'' language: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{danish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{danish.dtx} file
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~danish~>>: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.362204724\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.637795276\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danemark.jpg}\ixgrf{danemark.jpg}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{feroe.jpg}\ixgrf{feroe.jpg}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Denmark and Faeroe Islands}\label{f+denmark}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Danemark et Îles Féroé}\label{f+ddenmark}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{danish}'' language\,\footnote{The danish language is spoken in Denmark, in the Faeroe
+% Islands and in Greenland.} are taken from the \xfile{danish.dtx} file
% (by \name{Henning}{Larsen})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~danish~>>: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{danish}~>> (danois) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{danish.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{danish}~>> (danois\,\footnote{Le danois est parlé au Danemark, dans les Îles
+% Féroé et au Groenland.}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{danish.dtx}
% (de \name{Henning}{Larsen})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}:
% \fi
@@ -46704,24 +48012,32 @@ have centered labels.
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \lneed{7}
-% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Devanagari'' language: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~devanagari~>>: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\dn}
+% \begin{macro}{\qva}
+% \begin{macro}{\re}
+% \begin{macro}{\rs}
+% \begin{macro}{\8}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{devanagari}'' language are taken from the \xfile{devanagari.sty} file
% (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
% in the Devan\=agar\={\i}
% package~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}. Specific fonts are required.
-% The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}.
-% \end{SMOOTH}
+% The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}. See also~\cite{hindi99} about the hindi language.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~devanagari~>>: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>> (hindi) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{devanagari.sty}
% (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
% dans le paquetage Devan\=agar\={\i}~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}.
% Des fontes spécifiques sont requises.
% La page Web du paquetage est~{\froff\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}}.
+% Voir aussi~\cite{hindi99} sur la langue hindi.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -46744,16 +48060,50 @@ have centered labels.
\def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}%
%</devanagari>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{SMOOTH}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Dutch'' language: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{dutch}'' language are taken from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~dutch~>>: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} ^^A % same sizes! (.381017882)
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} ^^A % same sizes! (.618982118)
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{neder.pdf}\ixgrf{neder.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{belgique.pdf}\ixgrf{belgique.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Languages in the Nederlands and in Belgium}\label{f+dutch}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Langues aux Pays-Bas et en Belgique}\label{f+dutch}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{dutch}'' language\,\footnote{The dutch language is spoken in the Netherlands and a
+% part of Belgium; see figure~\vref{f+dutch}.} are taken from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file
% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~dutch~>>: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{dutch}~>> (néerlandais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{dutch}~>> (néerlandais)\,\footnote{La langue néerlandaise est parlée aux
+% Pays-Bas et dans une partie de la Belgique; voir la figure~\vref{f+dutch}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx}
% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}:
% \fi
@@ -46762,8 +48112,7 @@ have centered labels.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*dutch>
\ProvidesFile{dutch.mld}[2006/01/13]
-% Dutch titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from dutch.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.)
+%% Dutch titles for minitoc.sty from dutch.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.)
\def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgave}%
\def\plftitle{Lijst van figuren}%
\def\plttitle{Lijst van tabellen}%
@@ -46780,23 +48129,41 @@ have centered labels.
%
% \lneed{7}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``English'' language: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~english~>>: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{anglo.png}\ixgrf{anglo.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Anglophone areas}\label{f+english}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language#Geographical_distribution})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions anglophones}\label{f+english}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language#Geographical_distribution})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{SMOOTH}
% The titles for the ``\loptd{english}'' language are taken from the \xfile{english.dtx} file
% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}.
-% \emph{The\virage{} presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language.}
+% \emph{The\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language.}
%
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+american}, \vref{s+mld+australian},
% \vref{s+mld+british}, \vref{s+mld+canadian}, \vref{s+mld+newzealand}, \vref{s+mld+UKenglish},
% and~\vref{s+mld+USenglish}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~english~>>: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\loptd{english}~>> (anglais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{english.dtx}
% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}.
-% \emph{Notez que la\virage{} présence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car l'anglais est la langue par défaut.}
+% \emph{Notez que la\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} présence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car l'anglais est la langue par défaut.}
%
% \begin{raggedright}
% \mbox{Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+american},} \vref{s+mld+australian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+british},\ABK
@@ -46827,11 +48194,17 @@ have centered labels.
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``English1'' language: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~english1~>>: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\ifnum}
+% \begin{macro}{\value}
+% \begin{macro}{\Roman}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{english1}'' language come from the \xfile{english.dtx} file
% (written by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~english1~>>: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{english1}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{english.dtx}
% (écrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres
@@ -46864,15 +48237,25 @@ have centered labels.
\def\slttitle{Tables}%
%</english1>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``English2'' language: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~english2~>>: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcEnglishIIpart}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifcase}
+% \begin{macro}{\value}
+% \begin{macro}{\Roman}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{english2}'' language are again taken from the \xfile{english.dtx} file
% (written by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, with some adaptations for the titles at the part level.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~english2~>>: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{english2}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{english.dtx}
% (écrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres
@@ -46908,6 +48291,10 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
\def\slttitle{Tables}%
%</english2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -46916,7 +48303,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
% (by \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} and \name{Jörg}{Knappen})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}.
% The esperanto (artificial) language was created in the 1877--1885 years
-% by Doctor~\name{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof}\footnote{See
+% by Doctor~\namea{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenof}\footnote{See
% \url{http://uea.org/} and \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} for more information.} (1859--1917) of Warsaw, Poland.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~esperant~>>: \uxfile{esperant.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperant}\ixfile{esperant.mld}
@@ -46924,7 +48311,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
% (de \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} et \name{Jörg}{Knappen})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}.
% La langue (artificielle) esperanto a été créée dans les années 1877--1885 par le docteur
-% \name{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof}\,{\froff\footnote{Voir
+% \namea{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenof}\,{\froff\footnote{Voir
% \url{http://uea.org/} et \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} pour plus d'informations.}} (1859--1917) de
% Varsovie en Pologne.
% \fi
@@ -46933,8 +48320,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*esperant>
\ProvidesFile{esperant.mld}[2006/12/19]
-%% Esperanto titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from esperanto.dtx (babel)
+%% Esperanto titles for minitoc.sty from esperanto.dtx (babel)
%% Ruiz-Altaba, Marti and Knappen. Jörg
\def\ptctitle{Enhavo}%
\def\plftitle{Listo de figuroj}%
@@ -46953,10 +48339,14 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Esperanto'' language: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~esperanto~>>: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{esperanto}'' and ``\lopt{esperant}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the
% \xfile{esperant.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+esperant}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~esperanto~>>: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld}
% Les langues <<~\lopt{esperanto}~>> et <<~\lopt{esperant}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier
% \xfile{esperant.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+esperant}):
% \fi
@@ -46968,16 +48358,47 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
\mtcselectlanguage{esperant}%
%</esperanto>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Estonian'' language: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{estonian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{estonian.dtx} file
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~estonian~>>: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-a}\ixgrf{estonia-a.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-b}\ixgrf{estonia-b.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Estonia}\label{f+estonia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html},
+% under the Creative Commons License, see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB}.)
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Estonie}\label{f+estonia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html}, sous la
+% \emph{Creative Commons License}, voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr}.)
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{estonian}'' language\,\footnote{Estonian is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a
+% language from the uralian family.} are taken from the \xfile{estonian.dtx} file
% (by \name{Enn}{Saar})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~estonian~>>: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{estonian}~>> (estonien) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{estonian.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{estonian}~>> (estonien\,\footnote{L'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue
+% balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{estonian.dtx}
% (de \name{Enn}{Saar})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}:
% \fi
@@ -46986,9 +48407,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*estonian>
\ProvidesFile{estonian.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Estonian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from estonian.dtx (babel)
-%% Saar, Enn
+%% Estonian titles for minitoc.sty from estonian.dtx (babel) Saar, Enn
\def\ptctitle{Sisukord}%
\def\plftitle{Joonised}%
\def\plttitle{Tabelid}%
@@ -47005,17 +48424,54 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Ethiopia'' language: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~ethiopia~>>: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.447761194\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.552238806\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia}\ixgrf{ethiopia.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia-p}\ixgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}\\*[\bigskipamount]
+% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{ethiolang.png}\ixgrf{ethiolang.png}}
+%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the ethiopian languages}\label{f+ethiopia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% See also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions des langues éthiopiennes}\label{f+ethiopia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}
+% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia})
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\eth@doaltchar}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{SMOOTH}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language are taken from the \pack{ethiop} package~\cite{ethiop}
% (written by \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, and \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). Specific
-% fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}.
+% fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}. See figure~\vref{f+ethiopia} for the repartition of
+% the various ethiopian dialects.
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~ethiopia~>>: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>> (éthiopien) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}
% (écrit par \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer} et \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}).
% Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}.
+% Voir la figure~\vref{f+ethiopia} pour la répartition des divers dialectes éthiopiens.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -47026,38 +48482,37 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
%% Needs special fonts
\def\ptctitle{yezate}%
\def\plftitle{%
- ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109}
- mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
+ ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
\def\plttitle{%
- yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149}
- mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
+ yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
%%
\def\mtctitle{yezate}%
\def\mlftitle{%
- ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109}
- mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
+ ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
\def\mlttitle{%
- yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149}
- mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
+ yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
%%
\def\stctitle{yezate}%
\def\slftitle{%
- ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109}
- mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
+ ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
\def\slttitle{%
- yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149}
- mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
+ yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
%</ethiopia>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Ethiopian'' language: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~ethiopian~>>: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{ethiopian}'' language is just a synonym for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language, so we just load the
% \xfile{ethiopia.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). See also
% section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~ethiopian~>>: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{ethiopian}~>> (éthiopien) est un simple synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>>,
% donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{ethiopia.mld}
% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}.
@@ -47071,6 +48526,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
\mtcselectlanguage{ethiopia}%
%</ethiopian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -47114,68 +48570,108 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{``Farsi1'' language: \uxfile{farsi1.mld} and \uxfile{farsi1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}%
-% \ixfile{farsi1.mld}\ixfile{farsi1.mlo}
-% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran.
+% \reversemarginpar
+% \section{``Farsi1'' language: \uxmldo{farsi1}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}\ixmldo{farsi1}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan (see figure~\vref{f+farsi}).
% The ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.sty} file in the
+% \ixgrf{farsi-logo.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://www.farsitex.org}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{farsi-logo.png}}}%
% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} system{\protect\FARSINOTE}, by \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod},
% \xname{Roozbeh}{Pournader},
% \xname{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, and others.
% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}.
-% \end{SMOOTH}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}%
+% \caption{Areas of the farsi language}\label{f+farsi}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi};
+% see also \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html}.)
+% \end{figure}
%
+% \normalmarginpar
% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
% \xfile{farsi1.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~farsi1~>>: \uxfile{farsi1.mld} et \uxfile{farsi1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}%
-% \ixfile{farsi1.mld}\ixfile{farsi1.mlo}
-% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran.
+% \section{Langue <<~farsi1~>>: \uxmldo{farsi1}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}\ixmldo{farsi1}
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}%
+% \caption{Régions de la langue farsi}\label{f+farsi}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi};
+% voir aussi \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html})
+% \end{figure}
+% \reversemarginpar
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran et en Afghanistan (voir la figure~\vref{f+farsi}).
% La langue <<~\lopt{farsi1}~>> (farsi première variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.sty} du
-% système \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE},
+% système
+% \ixgrf{farsi-logo.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://www.farsitex.org}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{farsi-logo.png}}}%
+% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE},
% par \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \xname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \xname{Hassan}{Abolhassani} et~al.
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}.
%
+% \normalmarginpar
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{farsi1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{farsi1.mlo}.
% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{iranian.jpg}\ixgrf{iranian.jpg}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Iranian tongues}\label{f+iranian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Langues iraniennes}\label{f+iranian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*farsi1>
\ProvidesFile{farsi1.mld}[2005/09/13]
-%% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project
-%% by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi,
-%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu),
-%% Hassan Abolhassani, and others.
+%% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi,
+%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, and others.
%% http://www.farsitex.org
\mtcloadmlo{farsi1}%
%</farsi1>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{``Farsi2'' language: \uxfile{farsi2.mld} and \uxfile{farsi2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}%
-% \ixfile{farsi2.mld}\ixfile{farsi2.mlo}
-% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran.
+% \section{``Farsi2'' language: \uxmldo{farsi2}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}\ixmldo{farsi2}
+% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan (see figure~\vref{f+farsi}).
% The ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.sty} file in the \mbox{\packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}}
% system~\cite{farsi}{\protect\FARSINOTE}, by \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader},
% \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, and others.
% Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+farsi1}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{farsi2.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~farsi2~>>: \uxfile{farsi2.mld} et \uxfile{farsi2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}%
-% \ixfile{farsi2.mld}\ixfile{farsi2.mlo}
-% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran.
+% \section{Langue <<~farsi2~>>: \uxmldo{farsi2}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}\ixmldo{farsi2}
+% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran et en Afghanistan (voir la
+% figure~\vref{f+farsi}).
% La langue <<~\lopt{farsi2}~>> (farsi deuxième variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.sty} du
% système \mbox{\packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, développé par \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi},
% \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani} et~al.
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+farsi1}.
+% \fi
%
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated,
+% hence we load \xfile{farsi2.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{farsi2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{farsi2.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -47186,23 +48682,27 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
\ProvidesFile{farsi2.mld}[2005/09/13]
%% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project
%% by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu),
-%% Hassan Abolhassani, and others.
-%% http://www.farsitex.org
+%% Hassan Abolhassani, and others. Site: http://www.farsitex.org
\mtcloadmlo{farsi2}%
%</farsi2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Farsi3'' language: \uxfile{farsi3.mld}}\label{s+mld+farsi3}%
% \ixfile{farsi3.mld}
-% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran.
-% The ``\lopt{farsi3}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.ldf} file in the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} system\cite{arabi},
-% by \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}. Special fonts are needed, of course.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~farsi3~>>: \uxfile{farsi3.mld}}\label{s+mld+farsi3}%
% \ixfile{farsi3.mld}
-% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\FR}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan (see figure~\vref{f+farsi}).
+% The ``\lopt{farsi3}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.ldf} file in the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} system\cite{arabi},
+% by \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}. Special fonts are needed, of course.
+% \or\relax
+% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran et en Afghanistan (voir la figure~\vref{f+farsi}).
% La langue <<~\lopt{farsi3}~>> utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.ldf} du
% système \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, par \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}.
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment.
@@ -47227,14 +48727,59 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
\def\slttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}%
%</farsi3>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Finnish'' language: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~finnish~>>: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.437269373\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.562730627\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finlande1.png}\ixgrf{finlande1.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finlande2}\ixgrf{finlande2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Finland}\label{f+finland}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Finlande}\label{f+finland}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
+% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finnishd}\ixgrf{finnishd.pdf}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Finnish dialects}\label{f+finnishd}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Dialectes finnois}\label{f+finnishd}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{finnish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{finnish.dtx} file
% (by \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} and \name{Keranen}{Reino})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~finnish~>>: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{finnish}~>> (finnois) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{finnish.dtx}
% (de \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} et \name{Keranen}{Reino})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}.
@@ -47278,10 +48823,8 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*finnish2>
-\ProvidesFile{finnish2.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Finnish titles for minitoc.sty (variant)
-%% from finnish.dtx (babel)
-%% Kanerva, Mikko and Reino, Keranen
+\ProvidesFile{finnish2.mld}[2006/01/13] %% Kanerva, Mikko and Reino, Keranen
+%% Finnish titles for minitoc.sty, (variant) from finnish.dtx (babel)
\def\ptctitle{Sis\"allys}%
\def\plftitle{Kuvat}%
\def\plttitle{Taulukot}%
@@ -47299,11 +48842,15 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Francais'' language: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~francais~>>: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{francais}''\footnote{The right spelling is ``français'', but I~did not dare using a cedilla in a file name.}
% language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the file \xfile{french.mld} (see
% section~\vref{s+mld+french}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~francais~>>: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{francais}~>>\footnote{L'orthographe correcte est <<~français~>>, mais je n'ai pas osé utiliser une
% cédille dans un nom de fichier.} est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier
% \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}):
@@ -47316,18 +48863,41 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
%</francais>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{7}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``French'' language: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~french~>>: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1425 631,clip]{franco.png}\ixgrf{franco.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Francophone areas}\label{f+french}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language#Geographic_distribution};
+% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_de_France.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}).
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions francophones}\label{f+french}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language#Geographic_distribution};
+% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_de_France.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.)
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \lneed{4}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{french}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} file
% (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}. See also
% sections~\vref{s+mld+acadian}, \vref{s+mld+acadien}, \vref{s+mld+canadien}, \vref{s+mld+francais}, \vref{s+mld+frenchb},
% \vref{s+mld+frenchle}, and~\vref{s+mld+frenchpro}.
% \or\relax
+% \lneed{4}
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~french~>>: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>> (c'est-à-dire le français) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx}
% (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}. Voir aussi
@@ -47360,11 +48930,17 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``French1'' language: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~french1~>>: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\ifnum}
+% \begin{macro}{\value}
+% \begin{macro}{\Roman}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{french1}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx}
% (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo})
% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~french1~>>: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french1}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx}
% (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres
@@ -47397,10 +48973,22 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
\def\slttitle{Tableaux}%
%</french1>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``French2'' language: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~french2~>>: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcFrenchIIpart}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifnum}
+% \begin{macro}{\value}
+% \begin{macro}{\Roman}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{french2}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} file
% (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles\footnote{This
@@ -47408,12 +48996,11 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
% See also section~\vref{ss+2parts}, for the subtle distinction between ``deuxième'' and ``seconde''.
% See the \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} example file in section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~french2~>>: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french2}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx}
% (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres
% au niveau partie\,\footnote{C'est un exemple de fichier \suffix{.mld} ayant besoin de code de support dans le
-% paquetage \upack{minitoc} package.}.
+% paquetage \upack{minitoc}.}.
% Voir aussi la section~\vref{ss+2parts}, pour la subtile nuance entre «~deuxième~» et «~seconde~».
% Voir le fichier d'exemple \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} dans la section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}.
% \fi
@@ -47454,14 +49041,23 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{Tableaux}%
%</french2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Frenchb'' language: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~frenchb~>>: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{frenchb}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the
% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~frenchb~>>: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{frenchb}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier
% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}.
% \fi
@@ -47473,17 +49069,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
%</frenchb>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Frenchle'' language: \uxfile{frenchle.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchle}\ixfile{frenchle.mld}
-% The ``\lopt{frenchle}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the
-% \xfile{french.mld} file. See
-% section~\vref{s+mld+french}.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~frenchle~>>: \uxfile{frenchle.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchle}\ixfile{frenchle.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The ``\lopt{frenchle}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the
+% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. See also~\cite{frenchle}.
+% \or\relax
% La langue <<~\lopt{frenchle}~» est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier
-% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}.
+% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. Voir aussi~\cite{frenchle}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -47493,16 +49093,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
%</frenchle>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Frenchpro'' language: \uxfile{frenchpro.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchpro}\ixfile{frenchpro.mld}
-% The ``\lopt{frenchpro}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the
-% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~frenchpro~>>: \uxfile{frenchpro.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchpro}\ixfile{frenchpro.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The ``\lopt{frenchpro}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the
+% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. See also~\cite{frenchpro,frenchperso}.
+% \or\relax
% La langue <<~\lopt{frenchpro}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier
-% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}.
+% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. Voir aussi~\cite{frenchpro,frenchperso}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -47512,20 +49117,47 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
%</frenchpro>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Galician'' language: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~galician~>>: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.556048835\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.443951165\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-m}\ixgrf{galicia-m.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-mp}\ixgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the galician language}\label{f+galician}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue galicienne}\label{f+galician}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{galician}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in Galice, in the north-west part of Spain, around
-% Santiago de Compostela.} are taken from the \xfile{galician.dtx} file,
+% Santiago de Compostela; see figure~\vref{f+galician}.} are taken from the \xfile{galician.dtx} file,
% derived from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file (by \name{Javier}{Bezos})
% (by \name{Manuel}{Carriba} and \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,galician,galician2}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~galician~>>: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien)\,\footnote{Parlée en Galice, dans la partie nord-ouest de
-% l'Espagne, autour de Saint-Jacques de Compostelle.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{galician.dtx}
-% (de \name{Manuel}{Carriba} et \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}),
+% l'Espagne, autour de Saint-Jacques de Compostelle; voir la figure~\vref{f+galician}.} sont tirés du
+% fichier \xfile{galician.dtx} (de \name{Manuel}{Carriba} et \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}),
% dérivé du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}),
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,galician,galician2}:
% \fi
@@ -47533,7 +49165,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*galician>
-\ProvidesFile{galician.mld}[2007/02/01]
+\ProvidesFile{galician.mld}[2007/12/04]
%% Galician titles for minitoc.sty
%% from galician.dtx (babel)
%% Carriba, Manuel (mcarriba@eunetcom.net)
@@ -47544,7 +49176,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\ptctitle{\'Indice xeral}%
\fi
\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
-\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}%
+\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cadros}%
%%
\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}%
@@ -47552,7 +49184,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\mtctitle{\'Indice xeral}%
\fi
\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
-\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}%
+\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de cadros}%
%%
\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
\def\stctitle{\'Indice}%
@@ -47560,17 +49192,37 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\stctitle{\'Indice xeral}%
\fi
\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
-\def\slttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}%
+\def\slttitle{\'Indice de cadros}%
%</galician>
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``German'' language: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~german~>>: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{allemand.jpg}\ixgrf{allemand.jpg}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Germanophone areas}\label{f+german}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}.)
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions germanophones}\label{f+german}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
+% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.)
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{german}'' language are taken from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
% See also the section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~german~>>: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>> (allemand) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}.
% \fi
@@ -47668,12 +49320,60 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Greek'' language: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~greek~>>: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.6273522572\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.372647428\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece1}\ixgrf{grece1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece2}\ixgrf{grece2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Greece}\label{f+greece}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Grèce}\label{f+greece}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+%
+% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{figure}
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth]{greekm.jpg}\ixgrf{greekm.jpg}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Dialects of modern Greek}\label{f+greekdia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Dialectes du grec moderne}\label{f+greekdia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek})
+% \fi
+% \vspace*{-2\baselineskip}
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek}'' language (modern greek) are taken from the \xfile{greek.dtx} file
% (by \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}) in the
% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek}.
% Greek fonts are required.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~greek~>>: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek}~>> (grec moderne) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{greek.dtx}
% (de \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek}.
@@ -47685,8 +49385,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%<*greek>
\ProvidesFile{greek.mld}[2006/01/13]
%% Greek titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from greek.dtx (babel)
-%% Syropoulos, Apostolos
+%% from greek.dtx (babel) by Syropoulos, Apostolos
%% Needs greek fonts.
\def\ptctitle{Perieq'omena}%
\def\plftitle{Kat'alogoc Sqhm'atwn}%
@@ -47705,12 +49404,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Greek-mono'' language: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~greek-mono~>>: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\localgreek}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-mono}'' language\,\footnote{Monotonic greek, from a recent (1982) but strongly
% contested -- and contestable -- reform of the greek language.} are taken from the \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} file
% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~greek-mono~>>: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-mono}~>> (grec dit monotonique\,\footnote{Le grec monotonique, selon une récente
% (1982) mais fortement contestée -- et contestable -- réforme de la langue grecque.}) sont tirés du fichier
% \xfile{omega-greek.ldf}
@@ -47760,16 +49463,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^03ac^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
%</greek-mono>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Greek-polydemo'' language: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~greek-polydemo~>>: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\localgreek}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polydemo}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic demotic (popular) greek, for classical greek.}
% are taken from the file \xfile{omega-greek.ldf}
% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~greek-polydemo~>>: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polydemo}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique <<~démotique~>> (populaire),
% pour le grec classique.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{omega-greek.ldf}
% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
@@ -47818,11 +49526,18 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
%</greek-polydemo>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Greek-polykatha'' language: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}%
% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~greek-polykatha~>>: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}%
+% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\localgreek}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polykatha}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic greek, <<~kathaverousa~>> (purified) style,
% a form of the Greek language created during the early \textsc{xix}-th century by \xname{Adamantios}{Korais},
% to purify the language from the Byzantine and non-greek vocabulary.
@@ -47832,8 +49547,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~greek-polykatha~>>: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}%
-% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polykatha}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique, en style <<~kathaverousa~>> (purifié),
% une forme de la langue grecque créée au début du \textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siècle par \xname{Adamantios}{Korais}, pour purifier
% la langue du vocabulaire byzantin ou non grec. Il a maintenant été démodé par le grec démotique (populaire),
@@ -47847,8 +49560,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*greek-polykatha>
\ProvidesFile{greek-polykatha.mld}[2005/02/08]
-%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project)
-%% Needs Omega
+%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega.
%% Alexej M. Kryukov and Dmitry Ivanov
%%
\def\ptctitle{\localgreek%
@@ -47885,17 +49597,48 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
%</greek-polykatha>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Guarani'' language: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~guarani~>>: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{paraguayp.pdf}\ixgrf{paraguayp.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{paraguay.png}\ixgrf{paraguay.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Paraguay}\label{f+paraguay}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Paraguay}\label{f+paraguay}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Depuis \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{guarani}'' language is the main language spoken in Paraguay.
% Very often, a mixture of Guarani and Spanish, known as Jopara, is spoken.
% The titles are taken from the \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} file by \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}.
% A special input encoding (\xfile{win-gn.def}) is needed.
% These files are available on the CTAN archives.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~guarani~>>: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld}
% La langue «~\lopt{guarani}~» est la langue principale parlée au Paraguay.
% Très souvent, un mélange de guarani et d'espagnol, appelé «~jopara~», est utilisé.
% Les titres sont tirés du fichier \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} de \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}.
@@ -47926,35 +49669,100 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%
% \lneed{10}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Hangul1'' language: \uxfile{hangul1.mld} and \uxfile{hangul1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}%
-% \ixfile{hangul1.mld}\ixfile{hangul1.mlo}
+% \section{``Hangul1'' language: \uxmldo{hangul1}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}\ixmldo{hangul1}
+% \else\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hangul1~>>: \uxmldo{hangul1}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}\ixmldo{hangul1}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.426693630\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.573306370\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{korean1.png}\ixgrf{korean1.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{korean2.jpg}\ixgrf{korean2.jpg}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the korean language}\label{f+korean}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language} and \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue coréenne}\label{f+korean}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language} et de \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102})
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+%
+% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount}
+%
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.677187948\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.322812052\iwidth}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hangul.png}\ixgrf{hangul.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hanja.png}\ixgrf{hanja.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Hangûl and hanja characters}\label{f+kor-chars}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul}
+% and \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; see also \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Caractères hangûl et hanja}\label{f+kor-chars}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul}
+% et \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; voir aussi \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean})
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The Korean language was originally written using the Chinese characters; it is now mainly written in Hangûl, the
% Korean writing system, optionally incorporating Hanja to write Sino-Korean words~\cite{venkatesan}.
-% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004} and~\cite{park2003}.
+% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}.
+% See figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}.
%
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language (korean in hangûl script, first variant) are taken from the file
% \xfile{hangul.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
+%
+% \lneed{2}
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},
% \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{hangul1.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hangul1~>>: \uxfile{hangul1.mld} et \uxfile{hangul1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}%
-% \ixfile{hangul1.mld}\ixfile{hangul1.mlo}
% La langue coréenne était originellement écrite en caractères chinois; elle est actuellement principalement
% écrite en caractères hangûl, en incorporant éventuellement des caractères hanja pour écrire des mots
-% sino-coréens~\cite{venkatesan}. Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004} et~\cite{park2003}.
+% sino-coréens~\cite{venkatesan}. Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} et~\cite{park2003}.
+% Voir la figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}.
%
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul1}~>> (coréen, écriture hangûl première variante) sont tirés du fichier
% \xfile{hangul.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr.
-% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
-% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
+%
+% \lneed{2}
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul4},\ABK
+% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja1},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja2}\ABK et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{hangul1.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul1.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -47972,28 +49780,41 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{hangul1}%
%</hangul1>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{10}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Hangul2'' language: \uxfile{hangul2.mld} and \uxfile{hangul2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}%
-% \ixfile{hangul2.mld}\ixfile{hangul2.mlo}
+% \section{``Hangul2'' language: \uxmldo{hangul2}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}\ixmldo{hangul2}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hangul2~>>: \uxmldo{hangul2}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}\ixmldo{hangul2}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language (korean in hangûl script, second variant) are taken from the file
% \xfile{hangul.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
+%
+% \lneed{3}
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},
% \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
% \xfile{hangul2.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hangul2~>>: \uxfile{hangul2.mld} et \uxfile{hangul2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}%
-% \ixfile{hangul2.mld}\ixfile{hangul2.mlo}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
+% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul2.mlo}.
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> (coréen en écriture hangûl, deuxième variante) sont tirés du fichier
% \xfile{hangul.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
-% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les
+% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr.
+%
+% \lneed{3}
+% Voir aussi les variantes dans les
% sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1},
% \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
+% \fi
%
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{hangul2.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul2.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48012,11 +49833,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{hangul2}%
%</hangul2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{11}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Hangul3'' language: \uxfile{hangul3.mld} and \uxfile{hangul3.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}%
-% \ixfile{hangul3.mld}\ixfile{hangul3.mlo}
+% \section{``Hangul3'' language: \uxmldo{hangul3}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}\ixmldo{hangul3}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hangul3~>>: \uxmldo{hangul3}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}\ixfile{hangul3}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language (korean in hangûl script, third variant) are taken from the file
% \xfile{hangul2.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
@@ -48026,14 +49851,18 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
% \xfile{hangul3.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hangul3~>>: \uxfile{hangul3.mld} et \uxfile{hangul3.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}%
-% \ixfile{hangul3.mld}\ixfile{hangul3.mlo}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul3}~>> (coréen en écriture hangûl, troisième variante) sont tirés du fichier
% \xfile{hangul2.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les
% sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1},
% \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
+% \fi
%
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{hangul3.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul3}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul3.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48051,28 +49880,34 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{hangul3}%
%</hangul3>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{11}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Hangul4'' language: \uxfile{hangul4.mld} and \uxfile{hangul4.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}%
-% \ixfile{hangul4.mld}\ixfile{hangul4.mld}
+% \section{``Hangul4'' language: \uxmldo{hangul4}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}\ixmldo{hangul4}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hangul4~>>: \uxmldo{hangul4}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}\ixmldo{hangul4}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language (korean in hangûl script, fourth variant) are taken from the file
% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},
% \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{hangul4.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hangul4~>>: \uxfile{hangul4.mld} et \uxfile{hangul4.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}%
-% \ixfile{hangul4.mld}\ixfile{hangul4.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul4}~>> (coréen en écriture hangûl, quatrième variante) sont tirés du fichier
% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les
% sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1},
% \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
%
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{hangul4.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul4}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul4.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48091,40 +49926,49 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{hangul4}%
%</hangul4>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \lneed{11}
+% \lneed{8}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Hangul-u8'' language: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hangul-u8~>>: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8}
+% \fi
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Hangul-u8'' language: \uxfile{hangul-u8.mld} and \uxfile{hangul-u8.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}%
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \ixfile{hangul-u8.mld}\ixfile{hangul-u8.mlo}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language (korean in hangûl script, for \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) are taken
% from the file \xfile{u8hangul.tex} of the \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX} by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}.
-% Special fonts are needed, of course.
-% Input encoding is UTF-8.
+% Special fonts are needed, of course. Input encoding is UTF-8.
%
-% \lneed{4}
+% \lneed{3}
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
% \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
-% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004} and~\cite{park2003}.
+% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hangul-u8~>>: \uxfile{hangul-u8.mld} et \uxfile{hangul-u8.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}%
-% \ixfile{hangul-u8.mld}\ixfile{hangul-u8.mlo}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul-u8}~>> (coréen, écriture hangûl, pour \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) sont tirés du fichier
% \xfile{u8hangul.tex} du système \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~coréen]{HLATEX} de \name{Un}{Koaunghi}.
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr.
% Le codage en entrée est UTF-8.
+%
+% \lneed{4}
% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
% \vref{s+mld+hanja1},\vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
+% Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} et~\cite{park2003}.
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul-u8}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}.
% \fi
%
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{10}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*hangul-u8>
\ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]
@@ -48135,30 +49979,38 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{hangul-u8}%
%</hangul-u8>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Hanja1'' language: \uxfile{hanja1.mld} and \uxfile{hanja1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}%
-% \ixfile{hanja1.mld}\ixfile{hanja1.mlo}
+% \section{``Hanja1'' language: \uxmldo{hanja1.mld}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}\ixmldo{hanja1}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hanja1~>>: \uxmldo{hanja1}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}\ixmldo{hanja1}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language (korean in the old script hanja, first variant) are taken from the file
% \xfile{hanja.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
+% See figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}.
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{hanja1.mlo}.
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~hanja1~>>: \uxfile{hanja1.mld} et \uxfile{hanja1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}%
-% \ixfile{hanja1.mld}\ixfile{hanja1.mlo}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja1}~>> (coréen en écriture ancienne hanja, première variante) sont tirés du
% fichier \xfile{hanja.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi
+% Voir la figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}.
% les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
+% \fi
%
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{hanja1.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja1.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48177,30 +50029,37 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{hanja1}%
%</hanja1>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{10}
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Hanja2'' language: \uxfile{hanja2.mld} and \uxfile{hanja2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}%
-% \ixfile{hanja2.mld}\ixfile{hanja2.mlo}
+% \section{``Hanja2'' language: \uxmldo{hanja2}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}\ixmldo{hanja2}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hanja2~>>: \uxmldo{hanja2}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}\ixmldo{hanja2}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language (Korean in the old script hanja, second variant) are taken from the file
% \xfile{hanja.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
%
-% \lneed{8}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{hanja2.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hanja2~>>: \uxfile{hanja2.mld} et \uxfile{hanja2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}%
-% \ixfile{hanja2.mld}\ixfile{hanja2.mlo}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja2}~>> (coréen en écriture ancienne hanja, seconde variante) sont tirés du
% fichier \xfile{hanja.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi
% les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
+% \fi
+% \end{SMOOTH}
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{hanja2.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja2.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48219,28 +50078,25 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{hanja2}%
%</hanja2>
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{SMOOTH}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{11}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Hanja-u8'' language: \uxfile{hanja-u8.mld} and \uxfile{hanja-u8.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}%
-% \ixfile{hanja-u8.mld}\ixfile{hanja-u8.mlo}
+% \section{``Hanja-u8'' language: \uxmldo{hanja-u8}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}\ixmldo{hanja-u8}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hanja-u8~>>: \uxmldo{hanja-u8}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}\ixmldo{hanja-u8}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language (korean in hanja script, for \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) are taken from the file
% \xfile{u8hanja.tex} of the \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX} by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}.
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
% Input encoding is UTF-8.
% See also section~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja2}.
-% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004} and~\cite{park2003}.
+% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}.
%
-% \lneed{8}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}.
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section[Langue <<~hanja-u8~>>: \uxfile{hanja-u8.mld} et \uxfile{hanja-u8.mlo}]%
-% {Langue <<~hanja-u8~>>: \uxfile{hanja-u8.mld} et\hfill\null\NL \uxfile{hanja-u8.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}%
-% \ixfile{hanja-u8.mld}\ixfile{hanja-u8.mlo}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja-u8}~>> (coréen, écriture hanja, pour \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) sont tirés du fichier
% \xfile{u8hanja.tex} du système \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~coréen]{HLATEX} de \name{Un}{Koaunghi}.
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr.
@@ -48248,7 +50104,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja1} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja2}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{8}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja-u8}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48264,60 +50127,81 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{hanja-u8}%
%</hanja-u8>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Hebrew'' language: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hebrew~>>: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr1}\ixgrf{isr1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr2}\ixgrf{isr2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Israël}\label{f+israel}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Israel}\label{f+israel}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hebrew}'' language are taken from
% the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be
% used, with the associated fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}.
+% See the hebrew alphabet (or \emph{alefbet}) here: \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hebrew~>>: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew}~>> (hébreu) sont tirés du
% paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), qui
% devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}.
+% Voir l'alphabet (ou \emph{alefbet}) hébreu ici: \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*hebrew>
\ProvidesFile{hebrew.mld}[2001/02/28]
-%% Hebrew titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Need hebrew fonts (see arabtex documentation)
-\def\ptctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\
- \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}%
-\def\plftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\
- \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}%
-\def\plttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\
- \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}%
-%%
-\def\mtctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\
- \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}%
-\def\mlftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\
- \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}%
-\def\mlttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\
- \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}%
-%%
-\def\stctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\
- \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}%
-\def\slftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\
- \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}%
-\def\slttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\
- \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}%
+%% Hebrew titles for minitoc.sty. Need hebrew fonts (see arabtex documentation)
+\def\ptctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}%
+\def\plftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}%
+\def\plttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}%
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}%
+\def\mlftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}%
+\def\mlttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}%
+%%
+\def\stctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}%
+\def\slftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}%
+\def\slttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}%
%</hebrew>
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Hebrew2'' language: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hebrew2~>>: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\@ensure@R}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hebrew2}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{hebrew.dtx}
% (by \xname{Boris}{Lavva} and \name{Rama}{Porrat})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,hebrew2}, which should be
% used, with the associated fonts and encodings. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew}.
-% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hebrew2~>>: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew2}~>> (hébreu, une variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{hebrew.dtx}
% (de \name{Boris}{Lavva} et \name{Rama}{Porrat}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,hebrew2}, qui
% devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes et codages associés. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew}.
@@ -48327,8 +50211,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*hebrew2>
\ProvidesFile{hebrew2.mld}[2006/01/11]
-%% From hebrew.dtx in the Babel package.
-%% Boris Lavva (lavva@tx.technion.ac.il)
+%% From hebrew.dtx in the Babel package. Boris Lavva (lavva@tx.technion.ac.il)
%% Need hebrew fonts.
\def\ptctitle{\@ensure@R{%
\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ %
@@ -48340,36 +50223,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\
\hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}%
%%
- \def\mtctitle{\@ensure@R{%
- \hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ %
+ \def\mtctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ %
\hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}%
- \def\mlftitle{\@ensure@R{%
- \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ %
+ \def\mlftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ %
\hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}%
- \def\mlttitle{\@ensure@R{%
- \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\
+ \def\mlttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\
\hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}%
%%
- \def\stctitle{\@ensure@R{%
- \hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ %
+ \def\stctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ %
\hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}%
- \def\slftitle{\@ensure@R{%
- \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ %
+ \def\slftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ %
\hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}%
- \def\slttitle{\@ensure@R{%
- \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\
+ \def\slttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\
\hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}%
%</hebrew2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Hindi'' language: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hindi~>>: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{hindi}'' language is just like ``\lopt{devanagari}'',
% so we just load \xfile{devanagari.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hindi~>>: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{hindi}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>>, donc nous
% chargeons \xfile{devanagari.mld} simplement (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}):
% \fi
@@ -48381,11 +50263,46 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{devanagari}%
%</hindi>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{7}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Hindi-modern'' language: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hindi-modern~>>: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.417475728\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.582524272\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{inde1}\ixgrf{inde1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{inde2.jpg}\ixgrf{inde2.jpg}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Languages in India}\label{f+india}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Langues en Inde}\label{f+india}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \lneed{6}
+% \begin{macro}{\dn}
+% \begin{macro}{\qva}
+% \begin{macro}{\re}
+% \begin{macro}{\rs}
+% \begin{macro}{\2}
+% \begin{macro}{\8}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{SMOOTH}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{hindi-modern}'' language are taken from the \xfile{captions.dn} file
% (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
@@ -48395,7 +50312,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~hindi-modern~>>: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hindi-modern}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{captions.dn}
% (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
@@ -48428,15 +50344,25 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}%
%</hindi-modern>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Hungarian'' language: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~hungarian~>>: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{hungarian}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{magyar}'' language,
% so we load \xfile{magyar.mld}.
% See section~\vref{s+mld+magyar}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~hungarian~>>: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{hungarian}~>> (hongrois) est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{magyar}~>>, donc nous chargeons
% \xfile{magyar.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+magyar}.
% \fi
@@ -48448,28 +50374,59 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{magyar}%
%</hungarian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Icelandic'' language: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~icelandic~>>: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islande.png}\ixgrf{islande.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islandep.jpg}\ixgrf{islandep.jpg}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Iceland}\label{f+icelandic}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}
+% and \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/europe/iceland_pol81.jpg}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps});
+% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Islande}\label{f+icelandic}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}
+% et \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/europe/iceland_pol81.jpg}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps};
+% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{icelandic}'' language are taken from the \xfile{icelandic.dtx} file
% (by \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason})
-% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}:
+% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. See also~\cite{icelandic2}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~icelandic~>>: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{icelandic}~>> (islandais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{icelandic.dtx}
% (par \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason})
-% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}:
+% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. Voir aussi~\cite{icelandic2}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*icelandic>
\ProvidesFile{icelandic.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Icelandic titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from icelandic.dtx (babel)
-%% Árnason, Einar
-%% need inputenc with 8-bits encoding
+%% Icelandic titles for minitoc.sty from icelandic.dtx (babel)
+%% Árnason, Einar (needs inputenc with 8-bits encoding)
\def\ptctitle{Efnisyfirlit}%
\def\plftitle{Myndaskrá}%
\def\plttitle{Töfluskrá}%
@@ -48487,10 +50444,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Indon'' language: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~indon~>>: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{indon}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~indon~>>: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{indon}~>> (indon) est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}):
% \fi
@@ -48502,14 +50463,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}%
%</indon>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Indonesian'' language: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~indonesian~>>: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{indonesian}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~indonesian~>>: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{indonesian}~>> (indonésien) est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}):
% \fi
@@ -48521,6 +50487,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}%
%</indonesian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -48533,8 +50500,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% with some normalisation of spelling. The grammar is very easy,
% more similar to English's than to neolatin languages\footnote{The site
% \url{http://www.interlingua.com} is mostly written in interlingua
-% (as is \url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}), in case you want to read some sample of it.
-% You can have a look at the grammar at \url{http://www.geocities.com/linguablau}.}.
+% (as is \url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}), in case you want to read some sample of it.}.
+% See also:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua},
+% \item Union Interlinguiste de France: \url{http://www.interlingua.com.fr/}
+% \item interlingua-english dictionnary: \url{http://www.interlingua.com/ied/}
+% \item interlingua grammar (in french): \url{http://filip.ouvaton.org/ia/gram/entra1.html}
+% \item somes sites in interlingua: \url{http://www.dmoz.org/World/Interlingua}
+% \item other sites about interlingua: \url{http://www.cle.unicamp.br/wcp3/interlingua.htm}
+% \end{itemize}
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~interlingua~>>: \uxfile{interlingua.mld}}\label{s+mld+interlingua}\ixfile{interlingua.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{interlingua}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{interlingua.dtx}
@@ -48544,8 +50519,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% l'anglais de l'italien et du français, avec une certaine normalisation de l'orthographe. La grammaire est très
% facile, plus similaire à~celle de l'anglais qu'à celles des langues néo-latines\,\footnote{Le site
% {\froff\url{http://www.interlingua.com}} est écrit principalement en interlingua
-% (comme l'est {\froff\url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}}), au cas où vous souhaiteriez en lire un exemple.
-% Vous pouvez regarder sa grammaire à~{\froff\url{http://www.geocities.com/linguablau}}.}.
+% (comme l'est {\froff\url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}}), au cas où vous souhaiteriez en lire un exemple.}.
+% Voir aussi:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua},
+% \item Union Interlinguiste de France: \url{http://www.interlingua.com.fr/}
+% \item dictionnaire interlingua-anglais: \url{http://www.interlingua.com/ied/}
+% \item grammaire de l'interlingua (en français): \url{http://filip.ouvaton.org/ia/gram/entra1.html}
+% \item quelques sites en interlingua: \url{http://www.dmoz.org/World/Interlingua}
+% \item d'autres sites sur interlingua: \url{http://www.cle.unicamp.br/wcp3/interlingua.htm}
+% \end{itemize}
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -48571,12 +50554,40 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Irish'' language: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~irish~>>: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{irlande.pdf}\ixgrf{irlande.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{irish.png}\ixgrf{irish.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Ireland}\label{f+ireland}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}
+% and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Irlande}\label{f+ireland}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}
+% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{irish}'' language come from the \xfile{irish.dtx} file
% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} and \name{Fraser}{Grant})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}:
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~irish~>>: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{irish}~>> (irlandais) viennent du fichier \xfile{irish.dtx}
% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} et \name{Fraser}{Grant})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}:
@@ -48606,11 +50617,44 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Italian'' language: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~italian~>>: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{italian}\ixgrf{italian.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Italy}\label{f+italy}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Italy}\label{f+Italy}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1357 628,clip]{italo1.png}\ixgrf{italo1.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Italophone areas in Europa}\label{f+italo}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions italophones en Europe}\label{f+italo}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{italian}'' language come from the file \xfile{italian.dtx}
% (by \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} and \name{Claudio}{Beccari})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~italian~>>: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian}~>> (italien) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{italian.dtx}
% (de \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} et \name{Claudio}{Beccari})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}.
@@ -48670,27 +50714,59 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%</italian2>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \lneed{6}
+% \lneed{7}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Japanese'' language: \uxmldo{japanese}}\label{s+mld+japanese}\ixmldo{japanese}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~japanese~>>: \uxmldo{japanese}}\label{s+mld+japanese}\ixmldo{japanese}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.516379310\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.483620690\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{japon1}\ixgrf{japon1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{japon2.jpg}\ixgrf{japon2.jpg}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Japon}\label{f+japon}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Japon}\label{f+japon}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Japanese'' language: \uxfile{japanese.mld} and \uxfile{japanese.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese}%
-% \ixfile{japanese.mld}\ixfile{japanese.mlo}
% They are several variants for the japanese titles.
% The titles for a first variant of the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language have been found (by a Google search) on
% the Web site of
% Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}.
+%
% But see also other variants in sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
% \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{japanese.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~japanese~>>: \uxfile{japanese.mld} et \uxfile{japanese.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese}%
-% \ixfile{japanese.mld}\ixfile{japanese.mlo}
% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en japonais.
% Les titres pour une première variante de la langue <<~\lopt{japanese}~>> (japonais) ont été trouvés
% (par une recherche avec Google) sur le site Web du Professeur
% \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}.
+%
% Mais il faut aussi regarder les autres variantes dans les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
% \vref{s+mld+japanese5} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
+% \fi
+%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{japanese.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48707,25 +50783,30 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{japanese}%
%</japanese>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Japanese2'' language: \uxfile{japanese2.mld} and \uxfile{japanese2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}%
-% \ixfile{japanese2.mld}\ixfile{japanese2.mlo}
+% \section{``Japanese2'' language: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language (japanese, second variant) are taken from file
% \xfile{JIS.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
% \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{japanese2.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~japanese2~>>: \xfile{japanese2.mld} et \xfile{japanese2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}%
-% \ixfile{japanese2.mld}\ixfile{japanese2.mlo}
+% \section{Langue <<~japanese2~>>: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese2}~>> (japonais, deuxième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{JIS.cap} du
% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr.
% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
% \vref{s+mld+japanese5} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
+% \fi
+%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{japanese2.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese2.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48745,27 +50826,39 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{japanese2}%
%</japanese2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Japanese3'' language: \uxfile{japanese3.mld} and \uxfile{japanese3.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}%
-% \ixfile{japanese3.mld}\ixfile{japanese3.mlo}
+% \section{``Japanese3'' language: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language (japanese, third variant) are taken from
% file \xfile{JIS.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+%
+% \lneed{3}
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
% \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
% \xfile{japanese3.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~japanese3~>>: \uxfile{japanese3.mld} et \uxfile{japanese3.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}%
-% \ixfile{japanese3.mld}\ixfile{japanese3.mlo}
+% \section{Langue <<~japanese3~>>: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> (japonais, troisième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{JIS.cpx} du
% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
-% Des fontes spéciales sont bien sûr nécessaires. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},
+% Des fontes spéciales sont bien sûr nécessaires.
+%
+% \lneed{3}
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},
% \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}, \vref{s+mld+japanese5} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
-% Notez que les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
-% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese3.mlo}.
+% \fi
+%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{japanese3.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
+% Notez que les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas
+% être générés facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese3.mlo}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{6}
@@ -48783,25 +50876,30 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{japanese3}%
%</japanese3>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{6}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Japanese4'' language: \uxfile{japanese4.mld}
-% and \uxfile{japanese4.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixfile{japanese4.mld}\ixfile{japanese4.mlo}
+% \section{``Japanese4'' language: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language (japanese, fourth version) are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cap} of the
% \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Special fonts are needed, of course.
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3},
% \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese5}.
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{japanese4.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~japanese4~>>: \uxfile{japanese4.mld}
-% et \uxfile{japanese4.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixfile{japanese4.mld}\ixfile{japanese4.mlo}
+% \section{Langue <<~japanese4~>>: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese4}~>> (japonais, quatrième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cap}
% du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les
% sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese5}
% et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
+% \fi
+%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{japanese4.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese4}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese4.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48821,11 +50919,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{japanese4}%
%</japanese4>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{12}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Japanese5'' language: \uxfile{japanese5.mld} and \uxfile{japanese5.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}%
-% \ixfile{japanese5.mld}\ixfile{japanese5.mlo}
+% \section{``Japanese5'' language: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' (japanese, fifth variant) language are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cpx} of
% the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Special fonts are needed, of course.
@@ -48835,15 +50933,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \xfile{japanese5.mlo}.
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~japanese5~>>: \uxfile{japanese5.mld} et \uxfile{japanese5.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}%
-% \ixfile{japanese5.mld}\ixfile{japanese5.mlo}
+% \section{Langue <<~japanese5~>>: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese5}~>> (japonais, cinquième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cpx} du
% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Regardez aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},
% \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
+% \fi
%
-% \lneed{10}
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{japanese5.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese5}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese5.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48864,26 +50967,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{japanese5}%
%</japanese5>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{11}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Japanese6'' language: \uxfile{japanese6.mld} and \uxfile{japanese6.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}%
-% \ixfile{japanese6.mld}\ixfile{japanese6.mlo}
+% \section{``Japanese6'' language: \uxmldo{japanese6}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}\ixmldo{japanese6}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' (japanese, sixth variant) language have been found (by a Google search)
% on the Web site of
% Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}.
+%
+% \lneed{4}
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
% and~\vref{s+mld+japanese5}.
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{japanese6.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~japanese6~>>: \uxfile{japanese6.mld} et \uxfile{japanese6.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}%
-% \ixfile{japanese6.mld}\ixfile{japanese6.mlo}
+% \section{Langue <<~japanese6~>>: \uxmldo{japanese6}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}\ixmldo{japanese6}
% Les titres pour la langue «~\lopt{japanese6}~» (japonais, sixième variante) ont été trouvés (par une recherche avec
% Google) sur le site Web du Professeur
% \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}.
+%
+% \lneed{4}
% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}
% et \vref{s+mld+japanese5}.
+% \fi
+%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{japanese6.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese6}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese6.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -48900,22 +51012,44 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{japanese6}%
%</japanese6>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Kannada'' language: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}%
-% \label{s+mld+kannada}\ixfile{kannada.mld}
-% The Kannada (``\lopt{kannada}'') (or Kannara) language is a dravidian language spoken in the Karnataka state of India. The
+% \section{``Kannada'' language: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}\label{s+mld+kannada}\ixfile{kannada.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue «~kannada~»: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}\label{s+mld+kannada}\ixgrf{kannada.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{karnataka.jpg}\ixgrf{karnataka.jpg}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the kannada language}\label{f+kannada}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm};
+% see also \url{http://kstdc.nic.in/pix/krnatmap.jpg}
+% and figure~\vref{f+india}).
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue kannada}\label{f+kannada}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm};
+% voir aussi \url{http://kstdc.nic.in/pix/krnatmap.jpg}
+% et la figure~\vref{f+india}.)
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The Kannada (``\lopt{kannada}'') (or Kannara) language is a dravidian language spoken in the Karnataka state
+% (main town: Bangalore) of India. The
% titles are taken from the \xfile{kanlel.sty} package file from the
% \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX} project~\cite{kannadatex}\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}} by \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} and \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}.
-% Specific fonts are required.
+% Specific fonts are required. See the alphabet here: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue «~kannada~»: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}%
-% \label{s+mld+kannada}\ixfile{kannada.mld}
-% Le «~\lopt{kannada}~» (ou kannara) est une langue dravidienne parlée dans l'état Karnataka de l'Inde. Les textes pour les
+% Le «~\lopt{kannada}~» (ou kannara) est une langue dravidienne parlée dans l'état Karnataka (capitale Bangalore) de l'Inde. Les textes pour les
% titres sont tirées du fichier paquetage \xfile{kanlel.sty} du projet
% \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}~\cite{kannadatex}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}}} de \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} et \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}.
-% Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires.
+% Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. L'alphabet est visible ici: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -48942,12 +51076,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Khalka'' language: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld}
+% \section{``Khalkha'' language: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~khalkha~>>: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% ``\lopt{khalkha}'' is a synomym for ``\lopt{xalx}'',
% so we just load \xfile{xalx.mld} (see sections~\vref{s+mld+xalx},
% \vref{s+mld+xalx2}, and~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~khalkha~>>: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld}
% Le <<~\lopt{khalkha}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{xalx}~>>,
% donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{xalx.mld}
% (voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+xalx}, \vref{s+mld+xalx2} et~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}):
@@ -48960,6 +51098,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{xalx}%
%</khalkha>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{7}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -48998,11 +51137,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Latin2'' language: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~latin2~>>: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\ae}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{latin2}'' language (latin, medieval, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx}
% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski})
% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, but abbreviated. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latin}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~latin2~>>: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latin2}~>> (latin, médiéval, variante abrégée) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx}
% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, mais ont été abrégés. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latin}.
@@ -49028,6 +51171,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{{Tabul\ae}}%
%</latin2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{7}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -49066,12 +51210,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Latinc2'' language: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc2}'' language (latinc, classical, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx}
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc2}'' language (classical, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx}
% (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari} and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski})
% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, but abbreviated. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~latinc2~>>: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc2}~>> (latinc, classique, variante abrégée) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc2}~>> (classique, variante abrégée) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx}
% (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, mais ont été abrégés. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}.
% \fi
@@ -49081,8 +51225,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%<*latinc2>
\ProvidesFile{latinc2.mld}[2007/04/06]
%% Latin (classical) titles (shortened) for minitoc.sty
-%% from latin.dtx (babel)
-%% Beccari, Claudio and {\.Zelechowski}, Konrad
+%% from latin.dtx (babel) by Beccari, Claudio and {\.Zelechowski}, Konrad
\def\ptctitle{Index}%
\def\plftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}%
\def\plttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}%
@@ -49101,6 +51244,33 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Latvian'' language: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~latvian~>>: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.3649022507\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.635097493\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes}\ixgrf{baltes.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{lettonie}\ixgrf{lettonie.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Baltic languages and Latvia}\label{f+baltic-le}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; note that the estonian language is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the uralian family.)
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Langues baltes et Lettonie}\label{f+baltic-le}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.)
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{latvian}'' language\,\footnote{Note that ``\lopt{latvian}'' is the original name for
% ``\lopt{letton}''.} come from the \xfile{latvian.ldf} file
% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
@@ -49108,7 +51278,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~latvian~>>: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian}~>>\,\footnote{Notez que <<~\lopt{latvian}~>> (latvien) est
% l'autre nom du <<~\lopt{letton}~>>.} viennent du fichier \xfile{latvian.ldf}
% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
@@ -49158,9 +51327,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*latvian2>
+\ProvidesFile{latvian2.mld}[2007/06/05]
% Andris Lasis (andris_lisis@simms.lv) Ivars Drikis (drikis@lanet.lv)
% http://home.lanet.lv/~drikis/TeX/2e/latvian.ldf
-\ProvidesFile{latvian2.mld}[2007/06/05]
%%
\def\ptctitle{Saturs}%
\def\plftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}%
@@ -49179,10 +51348,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Letton'' language: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~letton~>>: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{letton}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{latvian}'' language, so we just load
% \xfile{latvian.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~letton~>>: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{letton}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{latvian.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}.
% \fi
@@ -49194,14 +51367,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{latvian}%
%</letton>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Letton2'' language: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~letton2~>>: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{letton2}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{latvian2}'' language, so we just load
% \xfile{latvian2.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+latvian2}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~letton2~>>: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{letton2}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian2}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{latvian2.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+latvian2}.
% \fi
@@ -49213,18 +51391,45 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{latvian2}%
%</letton2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Lithuanian'' language: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~lithuanian~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.442069741\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.557930259\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes}\ixgrf{baltes.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{lituanie.png}\ixgrf{lituanie.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Baltic languages and Lithuania}\label{f+baltic-li}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; note that estonian is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the uralian family.)
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Langues baltiques et Lithuanie}\label{f+baltic-li}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.)
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{lithuanian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}
-% file\footnote{Found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/texinput/babel/babel.zip}.}
+% file\footnote{Found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}.}
% (by \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis})
% for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~lithuanian~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian}~>> (lithuanien) sont tirés du fichier
-% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}\,\footnote{Trouvé dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/texinput/babel/babel.zip}}}.}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian}~>> (lituanien) sont simplement tirés du fichier
+% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}\,\footnote{Trouvé dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}}}.}
% (de \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis})
% pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}.
% \fi
@@ -49232,20 +51437,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*lithuanian>
-\ProvidesFile{lithuanian.mld}[2006/01/13]
+\ProvidesFile{lithuanian.mld}[2007/12/04]
%% Lithuanian titles for minitoc.sty from lithuanian.ldf
-%% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/texinput/babel/babel.zip
+%% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip
%% Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt)
\def\ptctitle{Turinys}%
-\def\plftitle{Paveiksl\protect\c u s\protect\c ara\protect\v sas}%
+\def\plftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}%
\def\plttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}%
%%
\def\mtctitle{Turinys}%
-\def\mlftitle{Paveiksl\protect\c u s\protect\c ara\protect\v sas}%
+\def\mlftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}%
\def\mlttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}%
%%
\def\stctitle{Turinys}%
-\def\slftitle{Paveiksl\protect\c u s\protect\c ara\protect\v sas}%
+\def\slftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}%
\def\slttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}%
%</lithuanian>
% \end{macrocode}
@@ -49254,14 +51459,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Lithuanian2'' language: \uxfile{lithuanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian2}\ixfile{lithuanian2.mld}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{lithuanian2}'' language (variant) are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}
-% file\footnote{Found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz}}
+% file, found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20070713.tar.gz},
% (by \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis})
% for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian}.
% The L7x encoding and the Latin Modern fonts are needed.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~lithuanian2~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian2}\ixfile{lithuanian2.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian2}~>> (lithuanien, variante) sont tirés du fichier
-% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}\,\footnote{Trouvé dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz}}}.}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian2}~>> (lituanien, variante) sont simplement tirés du fichier
+% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}, trouvé dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20070713.tar.gz}}},
% (de \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis})
% pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian}.
% Le codage L7x et les fontes Latin Modern sont nécessaires.
@@ -49270,9 +51475,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*lithuanian2>
-\ProvidesFile{lithuanian2.mld}[2007/06/05]
-%% Lithuanian titles (variant) for minitoc.sty
-%% from lithuanian.ldf
+\ProvidesFile{lithuanian2.mld}[2007/12/04]
+%% Lithuanian titles (variant) for minitoc.sty from lithuanian.ldf
%% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz
%% Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt)
\def\ptctitle{Turinys}%
@@ -49288,40 +51492,88 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}%
%</lithuanian2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \par
%
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{9}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Lowersorbian'' language: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~lowersorbian~>>: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'' language\,\footnote{Lower sorbian. Sorbian, or wendisch,
% is a member of the west slavic subgroup of indo-european languages spoken in Lower Lusatia in the german
% \emph{länder} of Saxony and Brandenburg. The Sorbs are descendents of the Wends, the german name for the slavic tribes
% who occupied the area between the Elbe and Saale rivers in the west and the Odra (Oder) river in the east during
-% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century).} are taken from the \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} file
+% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century). See figures~\vref{f+lusace} and~\vref{f+sorbian}.} are taken from the \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} file
% (by \name{Eduard}{Werner})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}.
% A shorter language name is \lopt{lsorbian} (see section~\vref{s+mld+lsorbian}).
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~lowersorbian~>>: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>> (bas sorabe)\,\footnote{Le bas sorabe, le sorabe ou wende,
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>> (bas sorabe)\,\footnote{%
+% ^^A \interfootnotelinepenalty=10000\interlinepenalty=10000\relax
+% Le bas sorabe, le sorabe ou wende,
% est un membre du sous-groupe slave occidental des langues indo-européennes parlé en Basse-Lusace dans les \emph{länder}
% allemands de Saxe et de Brandebourg. Les Sorabes sont des descendants des Wendes, nom germain des tribus slaves
% qui occupaient la zone entre l'Elbe et la Saale à~l'ouest et l'Oder à~l'est pendant la période médiévale
-% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siècle).} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{lsorbian.dtx}
+% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siècle). Voir figures~\vref{f+lusace} et~\vref{f+sorbian}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{lsorbian.dtx}
% (de \name{Eduard}{Werner})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}.
% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}.
% Un nom plus court pour cette langue est \lopt{lsorbian} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+lsorbian}).
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!tbh]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}cXc@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorabe-1.jpg}\ixgrf{sorabe-1.jpg}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorabe-2.jpg}\ixgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}\\
+% \end{tabularx}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Lusace and the Sorbians}\label{f+lusace}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{La Lusace et les sorabes}\label{f+lusace}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorbian.jpg}\ixgrf{sorbian.jpg}%
+% ^^A `p' option to keep the figure from drifting
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the sorbian dialects}\label{f+sorbian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(University of Exeter),
+% \url{http://www.mdr.de/sorbisches-programm/rundfunk/1913590.html},
+% \url{http://www.mdr.de/I/1940181.gif}; Niedersorbish: lower sorbian, Übergangsdialekte: transitional dialects,
+% Obersorbish: upper sorbian.)
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions des dialectes sorabes}\label{f+sorbian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(Université d'Exeter),
+% \url{http://www.mdr.de/sorbisches-programm/rundfunk/1913590.html},
+% \url{http://www.mdr.de/I/1940181.gif}; Niedersorbish: bas sorabe, Übergangsdialekte: dialectes de transition,
+% Obersorbish: haut sorabe.)
+% \fi
+% ^^A \vspace*{-2pt} % ^^A ``Float too large''
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*lowersorbian>
\ProvidesFile{lowersorbian.mld}[2006/02/28]
%% Lower sorbian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel)
-%% Werner, Eduard
+%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard
\def\ptctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}%
\def\plftitle{Zapis wobrazow}%
\def\plttitle{Zapis tabulkow}%
@@ -49338,13 +51590,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Lsorbian'' language: \uxfile{lsorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lsorbian}\ixfile{lsorbian.mld}
-% The ``\lopt{lsorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'', so we just load \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}.
-% See section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}.
-% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~lsorbian~>>: \uxfile{lsorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lsorbian}\ixfile{lsorbian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The ``\lopt{lsorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'', so we just need to load \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}.
+% See section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}.
+% \or\relax
% La langue <<~\lopt{lsorbian}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}.
% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}.
@@ -49353,24 +51607,58 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*lsorbian>
-\ProvidesFile{lsorbian.mld}[2006/01/23]
+\ProvidesFile{lsorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]
%% Lower sorbian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel)
-%% Werner, Eduard
-\selectlanguage{lowersorbian}%
+%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard
+\mtcselectlanguage{lowersorbian}%
%</lsorbian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Magyar'' language: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~magyar~>>: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.588235294\iwidth}
+% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.411764706\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hun2.jpg}\ixgrf{hun2.jpg}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hun1.png}\ixgrf{hun1.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Hungaria and magyar speaking areas}\label{f+hongrie}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungarian#Geography}
+% and from \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary_Language};
+% the magyar language is also spoken in some regions in Romania,
+% Slovakia, Serbia-Voivodina and Ukraine.)
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Hongrie et régions de langue magyar}\label{f+hongrie}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungarian#Geography}
+% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary_language};
+% la langue hongroise est aussi parlée dans quelques régions de Roumanie,
+% de Slovaquie, de Serbie-Voïvodine et d'Ukraine.)
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{magyar}'' language are taken from the \xfile{magyar.dtx}
% (by \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces} and \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro}, with help from \name{Attila}{Koppanyi})
% file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. A synonym of ``\lopt{magyar}'' is
% ``\lopt{hungarian}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+hungarian}). See also sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar2}
% and~\vref{s+mld+magyar3} for variants (it seems that \xfile{magyar.dtx} might have evolved).
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~magyar~>>: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx}
% (de \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces} et \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro}, avec l'aide de \name{Attila}{Koppanyi})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. Un synonyme de <<~\lopt{magyar}~>>
@@ -49476,10 +51764,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Malay'' language: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~malay~>>: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{malay}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasam}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasam.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~malay~>>: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{malay}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{bahasam.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}):
% \fi
@@ -49491,25 +51783,174 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}%
%</malay>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Malayalam-keli'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli}''
-% language\,\footnote{The Malayalam language is spoken from the western coast of
+% \section{``Malayalam-b'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-b.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ixfile{malayalam-b.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-b~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-b.mld}}%
+% \label{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ixfile{malayalam-b.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.528700906\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.471299094\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malayalam.pdf}\ixgrf{malayalam.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{kerala.jpg}\ixgrf{kerala.jpg}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the malayalam language}\label{f+malayalam}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP} and \url{http://keralalife.com/})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue malayalam}\label{f+malayalam}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP} et \url{http://keralalife.com/})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\mm}
+% \begin{macro}{\X}
+% \begin{macro}{\<>}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-b}'' language
+% are taken from the
+% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% The Malayalam language is spoken from the western coast of
% Malabar to the extreme southern India, mainly in the Kerala state. It is one of the dravidian languages strongly
-% bound to the Tamil language. The alphabet and the script are dated from the 8th or 9th centuries.},
-% with the ``Keli'' fonts, are taken from the \pack{malayalam}
-% package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.~J.}{Alex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also
-% sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana} and~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}.
+% bound to the Tamil language. The alphabet and the script are dated from the 8th or 9th centuries.
+% This language option requires specific fonts (depending on the
+% option of the \pack{malayalam} package).
+% It should be used with the following options of the
+% \pack{malayalam} package\,\footnote{There is a great variety of fonts for malayalam; hence I have attempted to limit
+% the number of \suffix{.mld} files.}:
+% \optp{aathira}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ambili}{malayalam},
+% \optp{anahka}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ashtamudi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{aswathi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ayilyambold}{malayalam},
+% \optp{bhanu}{malayalam},
+% \optp{bhavana}{malayalam},
+% \optp{chippi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{gauri}{malayalam},
+% \optp{gopika}{malayalam},
+% \optp{indulekha}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ISMashtamudi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ISMkarthika}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ISMkaumudi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ISMrevathi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{jaya}{malayalam},
+% \optp{karthika}{malayalam},
+% \optp{kaumudi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{kottakkal}{malayalam},
+% \optp{makam}{malayalam},
+% \optp{malavika} option de{malayalam},
+% \optp{mridula}{malayalam},
+% \optp{payippad}{malayalam},
+% \optp{periyar}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ravivarma}{malayalam},
+% \optp{revathi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{sabari}{malayalam},
+% \optp{sarada}{malayalam},
+% \optp{sruthy}{malayalam}, and
+% \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}.
+%
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-b}~>> sont
+% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% La langue Malayalam est
+% parlée de la côte occidentale de Malabar jusqu'à l'extrême sud de l'Inde, principalement dans l'état de Kerala.
+% C'est l'une des langues dravidiennes fortement liées au Tamoul. L'alphabet et l'écriture datent du \textsc{viii}\fup{e} ou
+% \textsc{ix}\fup{e}~siècle.
+% Cette option de langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (selon l'option
+% du paquetage \pack{malayalam}).
+% Elle devrait être utilisée avec les options suivanyes du paquetage
+% \pack{malayalam}\,\footnote{Il y~a une grande variété de fontes pour le malayalam; j'ai donc essayé de limiter
+% le nombre de fichiers \suffix{.mld}.}:
+% \optp{aathira}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ambili}{malayalam},
+% \optp{anahka}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ashtamudi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{aswathi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ayilyambold}{malayalam},
+% \optp{bhanu}{malayalam},
+% \optp{bhavana}{malayalam},
+% \optp{chippi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{gauri}{malayalam},
+% \optp{gopika}{malayalam},
+% \optp{indulekha}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ISMashtamudi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ISMkarthika}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ISMkaumudi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ISMrevathi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{jaya}{malayalam},
+% \optp{karthika}{malayalam},
+% \optp{kaumudi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{kottakkal}{malayalam},
+% \optp{makam}{malayalam},
+% \optp{malavika}{malayalam},
+% \optp{mridula}{malayalam},
+% \optp{payippad}{malayalam},
+% \optp{periyar}{malayalam},
+% \optp{ravivarma}{malayalam},
+% \optp{revathi}{malayalam},
+% \optp{sabari}{malayalam},
+% \optp{sarada}{malayalam},
+% \optp{sruthy}{malayalam} et
+% \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}.
+%
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*malayalam-b>
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-b.mld}[2007/12/04]
+\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
+\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}%
+\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
+\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}%
+\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
+%%
+\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
+\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}%
+\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
+%</malayalam-b>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%%
+%
+% \lneed{8}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Malayalam-keli'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-keli~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli}~>> (malayalam, écriture \emph{keli})\,\footnote{La langue Malayalam est
-% parlée de la côte occidentale de Malabar jusqu'à l'extrême sud de l'Inde, principalement dans l'état de Kerala.
-% C'est l'une des langues dravidiennes fortement liée au Tamoul. L'alphabet et l'écriture datent du \textsc{viii}\fup{e} ou
-% \textsc{ix}\fup{e}~siècle.}, avec les fontes <<~Keli~>>, sont tirés du paquetage
-% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.~J.}{Alex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi les
-% sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana} et~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mm}
+% \begin{macro}{\X}
+% \begin{macro}{\<>}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli}'' language,
+% with the ``Keli'' fonts, are taken from the \pack{malayalam}
+% package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}. This language requires specific fonts.
+%
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli}~>> (malayalam, écriture \emph{keli}), avec les fontes <<~Keli~>>,
+% sont tirés du paquetage
+% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
+%
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -49530,53 +51971,165 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
%</malayalam-keli>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Malayalam-omega'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-omega.mld} and \uxfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}}%
-% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixfile{malayalam-omega.mld}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega}\ixfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}
+% \section{``Malayalam-keli2'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}\ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-keli2~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}}%
+% \label{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}\ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mm}
+% \begin{macro}{\X}
+% \begin{macro}{\<>}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli2}'' language
+% are taken from the
+% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% This language requires specific fonts (keli).
+%
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli2}~>> sont
+% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (keli).
+%
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*malayalam-keli2>
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli2.mld}[2007/12/04]
+% Keli fonts (mkl)
+\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
+\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}
+\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
+\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}
+\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
+%%
+\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
+\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}
+\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
+%</malayalam-keli2>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \lneed{8}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Malayalam-mr'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-mr.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-mr}\ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-mr~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-mr.mld}}%
+% \label{s+mld+malayalam-mr}\ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mm}
+% \begin{macro}{\X}
+% \begin{macro}{\<>}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-mr}'' language
+% are taken from the
+% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% This language requires specific fonts (rachana).
+%
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-mr}~>> sont
+% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (rachana).
+%
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*malayalam-mr>
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-mr.mld}[2007/12/04]
+% mr fonts (rachana: mr1,...,mr6)
+\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}
+\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}
+\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}
+\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}
+\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}
+%%
+\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}
+\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}
+\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}
+%</malayalam-mr>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \lneed{8}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Malayalam-omega'' language: \uxmldo{malayalam-omega}}%
+% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixmldo{malayalam-omega}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue «~malayalam-omega~»: \uxmldo{malayalam-omega}}%
+% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixmldo{malayalam-omega}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% This is the Malayalam language implementation ``\lopt{malayalam-omega}''
% based on \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (the version of \LaTeX\ for
-% Omega) via the \pack{omal} package~\cite{malayalam-o} (by~\name{A.~J.}{Alex}) of the Malayalam-Omega
+% Omega) via the \pack{omal} package~\cite{malayalam-o} (by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}) of the Malayalam-Omega
% project\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}. As the titles contain characters in a special encoding,
% we must load a \suffix{.mlo} file. A lot of fonts are available via options of the \pack{omal} package.
+%
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue «~malayalam-omega~»: \uxfile{malayalam-omega.mld} et \uxfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}}%
-% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixfile{malayalam-omega.mld}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega}\ixfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}
% C'est l'implantation «~\lopt{malayalam-omega}~» de la langue malayalam lorsque vous utilisez
% \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (la version de \LaTeX\ pour
-% Omega) via le paquetage \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o} (de \name{A.~J.}{Alex}) du projet
+% Omega) via le paquetage \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o} (de \name{A.J.}{Alex}) du projet
% Malayalam-Omega\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}}. Comme les titres contiennent des
% caractères dans un codage spécial, nous devons charger un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. De nombreuses fontes sont disponibles
% via des options du paquetage \pack{omal}.
+%
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*malayalam-omega>
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mld}[2006/02/13]
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mld}[2007/12/04]
%% from omal.sty (Alex A.J. indicTeX@gmail.com)
\mtcloadmlo{malayalam-omega}%
%</malayalam-omega>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Malayalam-rachana'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}}%
% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana}'' language,
-% with the traditionnal ``Rachana'' fonts (old lipi), are taken from
-% the \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.~J.}{Alex}.
-% This language requires specific fonts. See also
-% sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} and~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}}%
% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mm}
+% \begin{macro}{\X}
+% \begin{macro}{\C}
+% \begin{macro}{\F}
+% \begin{macro}{\<>}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana}'' language,
+% with the traditionnal ``Rachana'' fonts (old lipi), are taken from
+% the \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% This language requires specific fonts.
+
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana}~>>,
% avec les fontes traditionnelles <<~Rachana~>> (ancien \emph{lipi}),
-% sont tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.~J.}{Alex}.
-% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir
-% aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} et~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}.
+% sont tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
+%
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -49597,22 +52150,36 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}%
%</malayalam-rachana>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Malayalam-rachana2'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}'' language,
-% with the reformed ``Rachana'' fonts (new lipi), are taken from the
-% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.~J.}{Alex}.
-% This language requires specific fonts. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} and~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}.
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana2~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}}%
% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mm}
+% \begin{macro}{\X}
+% \begin{macro}{\<>}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}'' language,
+% with the reformed ``Rachana'' fonts (new lipi), are taken from the
+% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% This language requires specific fonts.
+%
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}~>>,
% avec les fontes <<~Rachana~>> réformées (nouveau \emph{lipi}), sont
-% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.~J.}{Alex}.
-% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi
-% les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} et~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}.
+% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
+%
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -49633,14 +52200,72 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}%
%</malayalam-rachana2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \lneed{8}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Malayalam-rachana3'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana3~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}}%
+% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}
+% \fi
+%%
+% \begin{macro}{\mm}
+% \begin{macro}{\X}
+% \begin{macro}{\<>}
+% \begin{macro}{\C}
+% \begin{macro}{\F}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana3}'' language
+% are taken from the
+% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% This language requires specific fonts (rachana).
+%
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}.
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana3}~>> sont
+% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (rachana).
+%
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}.
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*malayalam-rachana3>
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}[2007/12/04]
+% Rachana fonts (mr2,...,mr6)
+\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}%
+\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}%
+\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}%
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}%
+\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}%
+\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}%
+%%
+\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}%
+\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}%
+\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}%
+%</malayalam-rachana3>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%%
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Manju'' language: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~manju~>>: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{manju}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{bithe}'',
% so we just load \xfile{bithe.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+bithe}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~manju~>>: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{manju}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>, donc nous chargeons
% simplement \xfile{bithe.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bithe}):
% \fi
@@ -49652,14 +52277,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{bithe}%
%</manju>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Meyalu'' language: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~meyalu~>>: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{meyalu}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasam}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasam.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~meyalu~>>: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{meyalu}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{bahasam.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}):
% \fi
@@ -49671,11 +52301,53 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}%
%</meyalu>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
-% \lneed{8}
+% \lneed{12}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Mongol'' language: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~mongol~>>: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongolian}\ixgrf{mongolian.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the mongol language}\label{f+mongolian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue mongole}\label{f+mongolian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP})
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+%
+% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongasie}\ixgrf{mongasie.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{General linguistic map of the mongol language}\label{f+lmap-mongol}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Carte linguistique générale du mongol}\label{f+lmap-mongol}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm})
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \lneed{5}
+% \begin{macro}{\mnr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{SMOOTH}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{mongol}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
% This language requires specific fonts. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+bicig}, \vref{s+mld+bicig2}, \vref{s+mld+bicig3},
@@ -49684,7 +52356,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~mongol~>>: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongol}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
@@ -49695,7 +52366,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \fi
%
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{8}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*mongol>
\ProvidesFile{mongol.mld}[1999/03/16]
@@ -49714,6 +52385,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}%
%</mongol>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -49722,16 +52394,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% taken from the \xfile{mongolian.dtx} file~\cite{mongolian}
% (by \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh})
% for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (hence the final ``\texttt{b}'' in ``\texttt{mongolb}'').
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{mongolb}'' language use cyrillic characters and the X2 and T2 encodings and are derived
-% from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} and \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~mongolb~>>: \uxfile{mongolb.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolb}\ixfile{mongolb.mld}
% Ceci est une autre variante pour les titres en mongol.
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongolb}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{mongolian.dtx}~\cite{mongolian}
% (de \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh})
% pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (d'où le «~\texttt{b}~» final dans «~\texttt{mongolb}~»).
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\cyr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{mongolb}'' language use cyrillic characters and the X2 and T2 encodings and are derived
+% from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} and \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue «~\lopt{mongolb}~» utilisent des caractères cyrilliques et les codages X2 et T2
% sont dérivés du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} et
% \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
@@ -49778,16 +52454,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}%
%</mongolb>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Mongolian'' language: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~mongolian~>>: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% This is an other name for the ``mongolb'' language, because
% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} uses the name ``\lopt{mongolian}''.
% We just load \xfile{mongolb.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+mongolb}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~mongolian~>>: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian}
% C'est un autre nom pour la langue «~mongolb~», car le paquetage
% \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} utilise le nom «~\lopt{mongolian}~»
% Nous chargeons simplement \xfile{mongolb.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+mongolb}.
@@ -49806,17 +52487,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{mongolb}%
%</mongolian>
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Naustrian'' language: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~naustrian~>>: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{naustrian}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language
% (a revised version of the \texttt{germanb} variant of the german language),
% so we just load the \xfile{ngermanb.mld} file.
% See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~naustrian~>>: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{naustrian}~>> (néo-autrichien) est un synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>> (néo-allemand) (une
% version réformée de la variante \texttt{germanb} de la langue allemande), donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{ngermanb.mld}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}.
@@ -49829,16 +52514,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}%
%</naustrian>
% \end{macrocode}
-%
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Newzealand'' language: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~newzealand~>>: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{newzealand}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'',
% so we just load \xfile{english.mld}
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~newzealand~>>: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{newzealand}~>> (néo-zélandais) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \fi
@@ -49850,15 +52539,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
%</newzealand>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Ngerman'' language: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~ngerman~>>: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{ngerman}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language\,\footnote{A revised version of the
% \lopt{germanb} variant of the german language.}, so we just load the \xfile{ngermanb.mld} file.
% See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~ngerman~>>: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{ngerman}~>> (néo-allemand) est un synonyme de la langue
% <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>>\,\footnote{Une version réformée
% de la variante \lopt{germanb} de la langue allemande.}, donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{ngermanb.mld}.
@@ -49872,6 +52566,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}%
%</ngerman>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -49952,6 +52647,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Norsk'' language: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~norsk~>>: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.591188475\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.408811475\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-c}\ixgrf{norvege-c.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-t}\ixgrf{norvege-t.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Languages in Norway}\label{f+norway}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Langues en Norvège}\label{f+norway}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{norsk}'' language (or \emph{bokm\r{a}l}, ``language of the kingdom'') are taken from the
% \xfile{norsk.dtx} file
% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen},
@@ -49960,7 +52684,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~norsk~>>: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{norsk}~>> (norvégien, ou \emph{bokm{\aa}l}, <<~langue du royaume~>>) sont tirés du
% fichier \xfile{norsk.dtx}
% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen},
@@ -50033,7 +52756,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% by \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen} to make a real
% independent and national norvegian language, in reaction to danish, from the various dialects spoken in the
% country. But nynorsk has never gained much popularity outside rural regions.} are taken
-% from \xfile{norsk.dtx} file
+% from the \xfile{norsk.dtx} file
% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen},
% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} and \name{Rune}{Kleveland})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, with help from
@@ -50108,12 +52831,30 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Polish'' language: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~polish~>>: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{pologne}\ixgrf{pologne.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Poland}\label{f+pologne}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Pologne}\label{f+pologne}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{polish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{polish.dtx} file
% (by \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck} and \name{Michael}{Janich})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}.
% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+polish2} and~\vref{s+mld+polski}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~polish~>>: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish}~>> (polonais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{polish.dtx}
% (de \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck} et \name{Michael}{Janich})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}.
@@ -50143,12 +52884,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Polish2'' language: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~polish2~>>: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\localpolish}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{polish2}'' language\,\footnote{``Polish2'' is a variant of ``\lopt{polish}''.} are taken from
% the \xfile{omega-polish.ldf}
% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+polish} and~\vref{s+mld+polski}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~polish2~>>: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish2}~>> (polonais, seconde variante) sont tirés
% du fichier \xfile{omega-polish.ldf}
% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
@@ -50177,6 +52922,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}%
%</polish2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -50217,12 +52963,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Portuges'' language: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~portuges~>>: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% The name ``\lopt{portuges}'' is another spelling for ``\lopt{portuguese}''
% (see section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}), so we just load \xfile{portuguese.mld}:
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~portuges~>>: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld}
% \begin{SMOOTH}
% Le nom «~\lopt{portuges}~» est une autre orthographe pour <<~portuguese~>>
% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}), donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{portuguese.mld}:
@@ -50236,23 +52986,65 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{portuguese}%
%</portuges>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Portuguese'' language: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~portuguese~>>: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portugal}\ixgrf{portugal.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Portugal}\label{f+portugal}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Portugal}\label{f+portugal}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio]{luso.jpg}\ixgrf{luso.jpg}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Lusophone areas}\label{f+luso}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/Langues/2vital_inter_portugais.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions lusophones}\label{f+luso}\ixgrf{luso.jpg}%
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/Langues/2vital_inter_portugais.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{portuguese}'' language are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file
% (by \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}.
%
% See also section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, because the titles are different in Brazil, even if the language is also portuguese.
+%
+% The portuguese language is spoken in Portugal (with the islands of Azores and Madeira) , in Brazil, and in
+% former portuguese colonies like Angola, Guinea-Bissau, Mozambique, Cape Verde Islands, Saõ~Tomé and Princípe Islands,
+% East Timor, and some old trading posts like Macao and Goa; see figure~\vref{f+luso}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~portuguese~>>: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{portuguese}~>> (portugais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx}
% (de \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}.
%
% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, parce que les titres sont différents au Brésil, même si l'on y parle aussi
% le portugais.
+%
+% Le portugais est parlé au Portugal (avec les Îles des Açores et Madère) , au Brésil, et dans les anciennes
+% colonies telles que l'Angola, la Guinée-Bissau, le Mozambique, les Îles du Cap-Vert, les Îles de Saõ~Tomé et Princípe,
+% le Timor Oriental et quelques anciens comptoirs comme Macao et Goa; voir la figure~\vref{f+luso}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -50279,11 +53071,29 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Romanian'' language: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~romanian~>>: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{romanian}\ixgrf{romanian.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the romanian language}\label{f+romanian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue roumaine}\label{f+romanian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{romanian}'' language come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file
% (by \name{Umstatter}{Horst} and \name{Robert}{Juhasz})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~romanian~>>: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian}~>> (roumain) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx}
% (de \name{Umstatter}{Horst} et \name{Robert}{Juhasz})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}.
@@ -50392,10 +53202,54 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Russian'' language: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russian~>>: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \vspace*{1\bigskipamount}
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russian.png}\ixgrf{russian.png}%
+%
+% \vspace*{-1\bigskipamount}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the russian language}\label{f+russian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue russe}\label{f+russian}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+%
+% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russianlan.png}\ixgrf{russianlan.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas where the russian language is official or spoken}\label{f+russianlan}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Language})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions où la langue russe est officielle ou parlée}\label{f+russianlan}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Language})
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\cz}
+% \begin{macro}{\mz}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian}'' language are taken from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
% Specific cyrillic fonts are required.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russian~>>: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian}~>> (russe) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
% Des fontes cyrilliques spécifiques sont requises.
% \fi
@@ -50418,16 +53272,23 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}%
%</russian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Russian2m'' language: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russian2m~>>: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\localrussian}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian2m}'' language (``\lopt{russian2m}'' is a modern variant of ``\lopt{russian}'')
% are taken from the \xfile{russian2m.ldf} file
% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}.
% Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russian2m~>>: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian2m}~>> (une variante moderne de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) sont tirés du fichier
% \xfile{russian2m.ldf}
% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
@@ -50477,17 +53338,22 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}%
%</russian2m>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Russian2o'' language: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russian2o~>>: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\localrussian}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian2o}'' language (``\lopt{russian2o}'' is an old variant of ``\lopt{russian}'')
% are taken from the \xfile{omega-russian.ldf} file
% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. Specific cyrillic fonts are required.
% See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russian2o~>>: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian2o}~>> (<<~\lopt{russian2o}~>> est une ancienne variante
% de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{omega-russian.ldf}
% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
@@ -50537,10 +53403,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}%
%</russian2o>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Russianb'' language: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russianb~>>: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\cyr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{russianb}'' language (``\lopt{russianb}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{russian}'')
% are taken from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file
% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, and \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya})
@@ -50548,7 +53420,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. The parttoc title varies depending
% on the presence of chapters defined or not by the document class.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russianb~>>: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russianb}~>> (<<~\lopt{russianb}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>)
% sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx}
% (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya})
@@ -50597,15 +53468,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\CYRt\CYRa\CYRb\CYRl\CYRi\CYRc}}%
%</russianb>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Russianc'' language: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russianc~>>: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\xalx}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{russianc}'' language (``\lopt{russianc}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{russian}'',
% used in the part of Mongolia under russian influence) are taken from the file \xfile{russian.def} in the
% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russianc~>>: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russianc}~>> (<<~\lopt{russianc}~>> est une variante du russe <<~\lopt{russian}~>>,
% utilisée dans la partie de la Mongolie sous influence russe) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russian.def} dans le paquetage
% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Des fontes cyrilliques spécifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la
@@ -50631,26 +53507,32 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}%
%</russianc>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Russian-cca'' language: \uxfile{russian-cca.mld} and \uxfile{russian-cca.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}%
-% \ixfile{russian-cca.mld}\ixfile{russian-cca.mlo}
+% \section{``Russian-cca'' language: \uxmldo{russian-cca}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}\ixmldo{russian-cca}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca~>>: \uxmldo{russian-cca}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}\ixmldo{russian-cca}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% They are several variants for the russian titles with the cmcyralt fonts.
% The titles for a first variant of the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' are taken from the \xfile{russian.sty}
% (by \name{Victor}{Boyko} and \name{Vadim}{Maslov})
% file in the \pack{cmcyralt} package~\cite{cmcyralt/russian.sty}.
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca~>>: \uxfile{russian-cca.mld} et \uxfile{russian-cca.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}%
-% \ixfile{russian-cca.mld}\ixfile{russian-cca.mlo}
% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en russe avec les fontes cmcyralt.
% Les titres pour une première variante de la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russian.sty}
% (de \name{Victor}{Boyko} de \name{Vadim}{Maslov})
% dans le paquetage \pack{cmcyralt}~\cite{cmcyralt/russian.sty}.
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -50666,26 +53548,32 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca}%
%</russian-cca>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Russian-cca1'' language: \uxfile{russian-cca1.mld} and \uxfile{russian-cca1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}%
-% \ixfile{russian-cca1.mld}\ixfile{russian-cca1.mlo}
+% \section{``Russian-cca1'' language: \uxmldo{russian-cca1}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}\ixmldo{russian-cca1}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca1~>>: \uxmldo{russian-cca1}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}\ixmldo{russian-cca1}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% They are several variants for the russian titles with the cmcyralt fonts.
% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language are taken from the \xfile{cmcyralt.sty} file
% (by \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, \name{Alexander}{Harin} and \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov})
% in the \pack{cmcyralt} package\cite{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}.
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca1~>>: \uxfile{russian-cca1.mld} et \uxfile{russian-cca1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}%
-% \ixfile{russian-cca1.mld}\ixfile{russian-cca1.mlo}
% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en russe avec les fontes cmcyralt.
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca1}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{cmcyralt.sty}
% (de \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, \name{Alexander}{Harin} et \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov})
% dans le paquetage \pack{cmcyralt}\cite{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}.
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -50702,25 +53590,30 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca1}%
%</russian-cca1>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section[``Russian-lh'' language: \uxfile{russian-lh.mld} and \uxfile{russian-lh.mlo}]%
-% {``Russian-lh'' language: \uxfile{russian-lh.mld} and\hfill\null\newline\uxfile{russian-lh.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lh.mld}\ixfile{russian-lh.mlo}
+% \section{``Russian-lh'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lh}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}\ixmldo{russian-lh}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russian-lh~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lh}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}\ixmldo{russian-lh}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The russian titles for the LH fonts (``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language) are taken from the \xfile{russian.sty} file
% (by \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov})
% in the \pack{LH} package~\cite{LH/russian.sty}.
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russian-lh~>>: \uxfile{russian-lh.mld} et \uxfile{russian-lh.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lh.mld}\ixfile{russian-lh.mlo}
% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LH (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lh}~>>) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russian.sty}
% (de \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov})
% dans le paquetage \pack{LH}~\cite{LH/russian.sty}.
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lh}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -50734,22 +53627,28 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{russian-lh}%
%</russian-lh>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Russian-lhcyralt'' language: \uxfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld} and \uxfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}
+% \section{``Russian-lhcyralt'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyralt}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyralt~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyralt}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The russian titles for the LHCYRALT fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language) are taken
% from the \xfile{lhcyralt.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}.
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. The input encoding is ALT (code page CP866).
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyralt~>>: \uxfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld} et \uxfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}
% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRALT (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}~>>) sont tirés
% du fichier \xfile{lhcyralt.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}.
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. The input encoding is ALT (code page CP866).
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être
% générés facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. Le codage en entrée est ALT (page de code CP866).
% \fi
@@ -50765,22 +53664,28 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyralt}%
%</russian-lhcyralt>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Russian-lhcyrkoi'' language: \uxfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld} and \uxfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}
+% \section{``Russian-lhcyrkoi'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrkoi~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The russian titles for the LHCYRKOI fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language) are taken
% from the \xfile{lhcyrkoi.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}.
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. The input encoding is KOI-8.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrkoi~>>: \uxfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld} et \uxfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}
% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRKOI (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}~>>) sont tirés
% du fichier \xfile{lhcyrkoi.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}.
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. The input encoding is KOI-8.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
% donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. Le codage en entrée est KOI-8.
% \fi
@@ -50796,22 +53701,28 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrkoi}%
%</russian-lhcyrkoi>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Russian-lhcyrwin'' language: \uxfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld} and \uxfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}
+% \section{``Russian-lhcyrwin'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrwin~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The russian titles for the LHCYRWIN fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language) are taken
% from the \xfile{lhcyrwin.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}.
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. The input encoding is the code page CP1251.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrwin~>>: \uxfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld} et \uxfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}%
-% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}
% Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRWIN (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}~>>) sont tirés
% du fichier \xfile{lhcyrwin.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}.
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. The input encoding is the code page CP1251.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas
% être générés facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}.
% Le codage en entrée est la page de code CP1251.
@@ -50828,10 +53739,36 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrwin}%
%</russian-lhcyrwin>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Samin'' language: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~samin~>>: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{same.png}\ixgrf{same.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Areas of the Sámi dialects]{Areas of the Sámi dialects\,\mpfootnotemark}\label{f+same}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% \footnotetext{Sámi: 1.~Southern; 2.~Ume; 3.~Pite; 4.~Lule; 5.~Northern; 6.~Skolt; 7.~Inari; 8.~Teri. Darkened
+% area represents municipalities that recognize Sámi as an official language.}
+% (From \url{Sami_languages_large_2.png} in \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Régions des dialectes sâmes]{Régions des dialectes sâmes\,\mpfootnotemark}\label{f+same}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% \footnotetext{Sâme: 1.~du Sud; % 2.~Ume; 3.~Pite; 4.~Lule; 5.~du Nord; 6.~Skolt; 7.~Inari; 8.~Ter. La zone
+% foncée représente les municipalités qui reconnaissent le Sâme comme une langue officielle.}
+% (Voir \url{Sami_languages_large_2.png} dans \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages})\hspace*{-1em}
+% \fi
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{samin}'' language\,\footnote{\smooth Several Sámi dialects/languages are spoken in Finland,
% Norway, Sweden,
% and on the Kola Peninsula (Russia). The alphabets differ, so there will eventually be a need for more \suffix{.dtx}
@@ -50842,13 +53779,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,samin}. Specific fonts are required.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~samin~>>: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{samin}~>> (Sámi (ou Sâme) du Nord)\,\footnote{\smooth Plusieurs dialectes ou langues
% Sámi/Sâme sont
% parlés en Finlande, Norvège, Suède et dans la péninsule de Kola (Russie). Les alphabets sont différents, donc il
% y~aurait éventuellement besoin de plusieurs fichiers \suffix{.dtx} pour, par exemple, le Lule et le Sámi (ou
% Sâme) du Sud.
-% D'où le nom (artificiel) \xfile{samin.dtx} (et non pas \uxfile{sami.dtx} ou analogue dans le cas du Sámi (Sâme) du Nord.
+% D'où le nom (artificiel) \xfile{samin.dtx} (et non pas \uxfile{sami.dtx} ou analogue) dans le cas du Sámi (Sâme) du Nord.
% Cette note est tirée du fichier \xfile{samin.dtx} et adaptée. Ces dialectes et langues font partie du groupe finnois.}
% sont tirés du fichier \xfile{samin.dtx}
% (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten})
@@ -50879,12 +53815,41 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{8}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Scottish'' language: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{scottish}'' language come from the \xfile{scottish.dtx} file
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~scottish~>>: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.275526742\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.358184765\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{.366288493\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=90 0 430 500,clip]{ecosse1}\ixgrf{ecosse1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ecosse2}\ixgrf{ecosse2.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ecosse3}\ixgrf{ecosse3.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Scotland and the scottish language}\label{f+ecosse}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Écosse et la langue gaélique écossaise}\label{f+ecosse}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{scottish}'' language (gaelic scottish) come from the \xfile{scottish.dtx} file
% (by \name{Fraser}{Grant})
% in the \pack{babel} language~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~scottish~>>: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{scottish}~>> (écossais) sont tirés du fichier \uxfile{scottish.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{scottish}~>> (gaélique écossais) sont tirés du fichier \uxfile{scottish.dtx}
% (de \name{Fraser}{Grant})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}:
% \fi
@@ -50912,6 +53877,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Serbian'' language: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~serbian~>>: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.500713267\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.499286733\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{serbia1}\ixgrf{serbia1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bosnia}\ixgrf{bosnia.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Serbia and Bosnia-Herzegovina}\label{f+serbia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm} and
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Serbie et Bosnie-Herzégovine}\label{f+serbia}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm} et
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{serbian}'' (serbocroatian) language are taken from the \xfile{serbian.dtx} file
% (by \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} and \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}.
@@ -50921,7 +53915,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% (a variant).
% See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~serbian~>>: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbian}~>> (serbocroate) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{serbian.dtx}
% (de \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} et \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}.
@@ -50955,6 +53948,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{3}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Serbianc'' language: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~serbianc~>>: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\cyr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{serbianc}'' language\,\footnote{The ``\lopt{serbianc}'' language is written
% with cyrillic characters.} have been gently provided by \namea{Marko}{Èehaja}{Eehaja} and \namea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster}.
% Cyrillic fonts are required.
@@ -50962,7 +53960,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% (a variant).
% See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~serbianc~>>: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> (serbe cyrillique)\,\footnote{La langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> est
% écrite en caractères cyrilliques.} ont été aimablement fournis par \namea{Marko}{Èehaja}{Eehaja} et
% \namea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises.
@@ -50978,7 +53975,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%<*serbianc>
\ProvidesFile{serbianc.mld}[2006/01/13]
%% Provides titles for minitoc.sty in Serbian Cyrillic
-%%
%% Marko Èehaja Internut@Thetaworld.Org
%% Frank Küster, Biozentrum der Univ. Basel, frank@kuesterei.ch
%% Abt. Biophysikalische Chemie
@@ -51001,16 +53997,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}%
%</serbianc>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Slovak'' language: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~slovak~>>: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovakia}\ixgrf{slovakia.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Slovakia}\label{f+slovak}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Slovaquie}\label{f+slovak}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{slovak}'' language are taken from the \xfile{slovak.dtx} file
% (by \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova} and \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}.
% Using the T1 font encoding is recommended.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~slovak~>>: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovak}~>> (slovaque) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{slovak.dtx}
% (de \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova} et \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}.
@@ -51041,14 +54056,39 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Slovene'' language: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~slovene~>>: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovenie}\ixgrf{slovenie.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Slovenia}\label{f+slovene}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Slovénie}\label{f+slovene}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The slovene language is spoken in Slovenia, but somewhat also in Italy (Frioul), in Austria (Carinthia and Styria), in
+% Hungary (Szlovénviék and Porabje), in West Germany and Sweden.
+% \or\relax
+% La langue slovène est parlée en Slovénie, mais un peu aussi en Italie (Frioul), en Autriche (Carinthie et Styrie), en
+% Hongrie (Szlovénviék et Porabje), en Allemagne de l'Ouest et en Suède.
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{slovene}'' language come from the \xfile{slovene.dtx} file
% (by \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik} and \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~slovene~>>: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovene}~>> (slovène) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{slovene.dtx}
% (de \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik} et \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah})
-% dand le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}:
+% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}:
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -51075,13 +54115,129 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Spanish'' language: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~spanish~>>: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[p!]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{spain.pdf}\ixgrf{spain.pdf}%
+%
+% \vspace*{\bigskipamount}
+%
+% \noindent\fbox{\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\small\columnseprule=.4pt\relax
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Spain comprises 17~autonomous communities (see figure~\ref{f+17spain} above) in the whole country, including the
+% Canary Islands, near Morocco\footnote{Ceuta and Melilla are spanish enclaves on the northern coast of Morocco.}:
+% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns
+% \begin{itemize}\raggedright
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
+% \listparindent=0em
+% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=1em
+% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-2em
+% \item[--] Andalusia (\emph{Andalucía}): castillan;
+% \item[--] Aragon (\emph{Aragón}): castillan ;
+% \item[--] Principality of Asturias (\emph{Principado de Asturias}): castilan;
+% \item[--] Balearic Islands (\emph{Islas Baleares}): castilan and catalan;
+% \item[--] Basque Country (\emph{Pais Vasco, Euskadi}): castilan and basque;
+% \item[--] Canary Islands (\emph{Canarias}): castillan;
+% \item[--] Cantabria (\emph{Cantabria}): castillan;
+% \item[--] Castile-La~Mancha (\emph{Castilla y La Mancha}): castilan;
+% \item[--] Castile~and~León (\emph{Castilla y León}): castilan;
+% \item[--] Catalonia (\emph{Cataluña / Catalunya}): castilan and catalan;
+% \item[--] Estremadura (\emph{Estremadura}): castilan;
+% \item[--] Galicia (\emph{Galicia}): castilan and galician;
+% \item[--] La~Rioja: castilan;
+% \item[--] Madrid (\emph{Madrid}): castilan;
+% \item[--] Region of Murcia (\emph{Region de Murcia}): castilan.
+% \item[--] Foral Community of Navarre (\emph{Comunidad Foral de Navarra}): castilan and basque;
+% \item[--] Valencian Community (\emph{Comunidad Valenciana}): castilan and catalan (valencian);
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{multicols}
+% \or\relax
+% L'Espagne compte 17~Communautés autonomes (voir la figure~\ref{f+17spain} ci-dessus) réparties dans l'ensemble du pays
+% et incluant les îles Canaries, au large du Maroc\,\footnote{Ceuta et Melilla sont des enclaves espagnoles sur la
+% côte nord du Maroc.}:
+% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns
+% \begin{itemize}\raggedright
+% \item Andalousie (\emph{Andalucía}): castillan;
+% \item Aragon (\emph{Aragón}): castillan ;
+% \item Principauté des Asturies (\emph{Principado de Asturias}): castillan;
+% \item Îles Baléares (\emph{Islas Baleares}): castillan et catalan;
+% \item Pays basque (\emph{Pais Vasco, Euskadi}): castillan et basque;
+% \item Canaries (\emph{Canarias}): castillan;
+% \item Cantabrie (\emph{Cantabria}): castillan;
+% \item Vieille-Castille (\emph{Castilla y La Mancha}): castillan;
+% \item Castille-et-Léon (\emph{Castilla y León}): castillan ;
+% \item Catalogne (\emph{Cataluña / Catalunya}): castillan et catalan;
+% \item Estrémadure (\emph{Estremadura}): castillan;
+% \item Galice (\emph{Galicia}): castillan et galicien;
+% \item La Rioja: castillan;
+% \item Communauté de Madrid (\emph{Comunidad de Madrid}): castillan;
+% \item Région de Murcie (\emph{Region de Murcia}): castillan.
+% \item Communauté forale de Navarre (\emph{Comunidad Foral de Navarra}): castillan et basque;
+% \item Communauté valencienne (\emph{Comunidad Valenciana}): castillan et catalan (valencien);
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{multicols}
+% \fi
+% \end{minipage}}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{The 17~autonomous communities in Spain}\label{f+17spain}
+%
+% {\raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\par}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Les 17~communautés autonomes en Espagne}\label{f+17spain}
+%
+% {\raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain} et
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\par}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{espa-l}\ixgrf{espa-l.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Languages in Spain}\label{f+esp}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Langues en Espagne}\label{f+esp}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+%
+% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1427 628,clip]{hispano.png}\ixgrf{hispano.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Hispanophone areas}\label{f+hispa}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language} by \name{Onofre}{Bonvila})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions hispanophones}\label{f+hispa}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language} par \name{Onofre}{Bonvila})
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file
% (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialy by \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}.
% Note that the ``\lopt{spanish}'' language is in
% fact ``\lopt{castillan}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}). Other languages are spoken in Spain: ``basque''
% (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), ``\lopt{catalan}'' (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), and ``\lopt{galician}''
-% (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}). Note that ``\lopt{spanish2}'' is a version of ``\lopt{spanish}''
+% (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}); see figure~\vref{f+esp}. Note that ``\lopt{spanish2}'' is a version of ``\lopt{spanish}''
% with shorter titles (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish2}).
% And ``\lopt{spanish3}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish3}) is a version for
% the \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega} project; some titles are
@@ -51089,14 +54245,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% And ``\lopt{spanish4}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{spanish}'' where \com{ptctitle} is shorter for
% articles (section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}).
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~spanish~>>: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx}
% (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialement par \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}.
% Notez que le <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) est en fait le <<~\lopt{castillan}~>>
% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}).
% D'autres langues sont parlées en Espagne: <<~\lopt{basque}~>> (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), <<~\lopt{catalan}~>>
-% (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), et <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien) (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}).
+% (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), et <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien) (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}), voir la
+% figure~\vref{f+esp}.
% La langue <<~\lopt{spanish2}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> avec des titres plus courts
% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish2}).
% La langue <<~\lopt{spanish3}~>> (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish3}) est une variante pour le
@@ -51112,8 +54268,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%% Spanish titles for minitoc.sty from spanish.dtx (babel)
%% Bezos, Javier
\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
-\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else\def\ptctitle{\'Indice General}%
-\fi
+\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else\def\ptctitle{\'Indice General}\fi
\def\plftitle{\'Indice de Figuras}%
\def\plttitle{\'Indice de Tablas}%
%%
@@ -51162,11 +54317,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Spanish3'' language: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~spanish3~>>: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\localspanish}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish3}'' language are taken from the \xfile{omega-spanish.ldf} file
% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov})
% of the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~spanish3~>>: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish3}~>> (espagnol troisième variante) sont tirés du fichier
% \xfile{omega-spanish.ldf} (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}) du projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}.
% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}.
@@ -51177,7 +54336,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%<*spanish3>
\ProvidesFile{spanish3.mld}[2005/09/06]
%% Spanish titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from omega-spanish.ldf of the \pack{Antomega} project.
+%% from omega-spanish.ldf of the Antomega project.
\def\ptctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}%
\def\plftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}%
\def\plttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}%
@@ -51191,6 +54350,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}%
%</spanish3>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -51211,12 +54371,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*spanish4>
\ProvidesFile{spanish4.mld}[2006/01/19]
-%% Spanish titles for minitoc.sty from spanish.dtx (in CervanTeX)
-%% Bezos, Javier
+%% Spanish titles for minitoc (from spanish.dtx in CervanTeX) Bezos, Javier
\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
-\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}%
-\else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}%
-\fi
+\def\ptctitle{\'Indice} \else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general} \fi
\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}%
%%
@@ -51232,20 +54389,149 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Swahili'' language: \uxfile{swahili.mld}}\label{s+mld+swahili}\ixfile{swahili.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~swahili~>>: \uxfile{swahili.mld}}\label{s+mld+swahili}\ixfile{swahili.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{swahili}\ixgrf{swahili.pdf}%
+% \caption{Area of the swahili language}\label{f+swahili}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili})
+% \or\relax
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{fswahili}\ixgrf{fswahili.pdf}%
+% \caption{Région de la langue swahilie}\label{f+swahili}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{swahili}'' language are taken from the \emph{obsolete}
+% \xfile{swahili.tex} file\,\footnote{\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}},
+% with adaptations and corrections given on the
+% \texttt{comp.text.tex} news group (messages 57662, 57713, and 57717) by \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi}
+% and \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}.
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swahili}~>> sont tirés
+% du fichier \emph{obsolète} \xfile{swahili.tex}\,\footnote{\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}},
+% avec des adaptations et des corrections données sur le groupe de discussion \texttt{comp.text.tex} (messages
+% 57662, 57713 et 57717) par \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi} et \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}.
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Swahili is the main Bantu language and is spoken in East Africa: Tanzania, Kenya,
+% Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar and in the area of the Great Lakes in the Democratic Republic of Congo (Congo-Kinshasa,
+% formerly Zaire) and in the Republic of Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), in
+% the north of Mozambique and the south of Somalia\,\footnote{See
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq},
+% \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html}, and
+% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}}. See figure~\vref{f+swahili}.
+% \or\relax
+% Le swahili (ou «~souaéli~») est la plus importante langue bantoue et est parlée dans l'Afrique de l'Est: Tanzanie, Kenya,
+% Ouganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar et la région des grands lacs dans la République Démocratique du Congo (Congo-Kinshasa,
+% ex-Zaïre) et dans la République du Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), au
+% nord du Mozambique et dans le sud de la Somalie\,\footnote{Voir
+% \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili},
+% \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html} et
+% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}}. Voir la figure~\vref{f+swahili}.
+% \fi
+%
+% \lneed{3}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*swahili>
+\ProvidesFile{swahili.mld}[2007/07/02]
+%% Swahili titles for minitoc.sty from swahili.tex
+%% Articles: 57662,57713,57717 in comp.text.tex
+%% Giancarlo Bassi <g.bassi@iperbole.bologna.it>
+%% Enrico Gregorio <gregorio@math.unipd.it>
+\def\ptctitle{Yaliyomo}%
+\def\plftitle{Picha zilizomo}%
+\def\plttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}%
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{Yaliyomo}%
+\def\mlftitle{Picha zilizomo}%
+\def\mlttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}%
+%%
+\def\stctitle{Yaliyomo}%
+\def\slftitle{Picha zilizomo}%
+\def\slttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}%
+%%
+%</swahili>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Swedish'' language: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{swedish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{swedish.dtx} file
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~swedish~>>: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.450276243\iwidth}
+% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.549723757\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.42\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.58\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\cwidth}{.323437500\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\dwidth}{.676562500\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sweden.pdf}\ixgrf{sweden.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{svenska.png}\ixgrf{svenska.png}%
+% \end{tabular}\\*[\baselineskip]
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\cwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{suede-f.pdf}\ixgrf{suede-f.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\dwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{suede-a.pdf}\ixgrf{suede-a.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the swedish language}\label{f+suede}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries,
+% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps},
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language},
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande-2demo_lng.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue suédoise}\label{f+suede}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries,
+% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps},
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language},
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande-2demo_lng.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hspace{-2em}
+% \fi
+% \vspace*{-2\baselineskip}
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{swedish}'' language come from the \xfile{swedish.dtx} file
% (by \name{Sten}{Hellman} and \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols}, with a correction by \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}.
-% See also section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}.
+%
+% The swedish language is spoken in Sweden, in some regions of Finland like
+% the \r{A}land Islands (see figure~\vref{f+suede}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~swedish~>>: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swedish}~>> (suédois) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{swedish.dtx}
% (de \name{Sten}{Hellman} et \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols}, avec une correction de \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}.
+%
+% La langue suédoise est parlée en Suède, dans certaines régions de Finlande,
+% dont les Îles \r{A}land (voir la figure~\vref{f+suede}).
% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}.
% \fi
%
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{7}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*swedish>
\ProvidesFile{swedish.mld}[2006/01/13]
@@ -51301,8 +54587,28 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Thai'' language: \uxfile{thai.mld} and \uxfile{thai.mlo}}\label{s+mld+thai}%
-% \ixfile{thai.mld}\ixfile{thai.mlo}
+% \section{``Thai'' language: \uxmldo{thai}}\label{s+mld+thai}\ixmldo{thai}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~thai~>>: \uxmldo{thai}}\label{s+mld+thai}\ixmldo{thai}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{thai}\ixgrf{thai.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Area of the thai language}\label{f+thai}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue thaïe}\label{f+thai}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language come from the \xfile{thaicjk.ldf} file
% (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg})
% and use fonts
@@ -51311,22 +54617,24 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap})
% provides the same titles in its
% \xfile{thai.ldf} file.
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{thai.mlo}.
% \or\relax
% \begin{SMOOTH}
-% \section{Langue <<~thai~>>: \uxfile{thai.mld} et \uxfile{thai.mlo}}\label{s+mld+thai}%
-% \ixfile{thai.mld}\ixfile{thai.mlo}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> (thaï) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{thaicjk.ldf}
% (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg})
% et utilisent des fontes du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
% Le paquetage \pack{thailatex}~\cite{thailatex}
% (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap})
% fournit les mêmes titres dans son
-% fichier \xfile{thai.ldf}.
+% fichier \xfile{thai.ldf}. Voir aussi~\cite{thaistd}.
% \end{SMOOTH}
+% \fi
%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{thai.mlo}. See also~\cite{thaistd}.
+% \or\relax
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement, donc
% nous chargeons \xfile{thai.mlo}.
% \fi
@@ -51341,15 +54649,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcloadmlo{thai}%
%</thai>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Turkish'' language: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~turkish~>>: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{turquie}\ixgrf{turquie.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Turkey}\label{f+turc}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Turquie}\label{f+turc}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{macro}{\in}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{turkish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{turkish.dtx} file
% (by \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} and \name{Turgut}{Uyar})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~turkish~>>: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{turkish}~>> (turc) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{turkish.dtx}
% (de \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} et \name{Turgut}{Uyar})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}:
@@ -51375,14 +54703,60 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{Tablolar\in Listesi}%
%</turkish>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Uighur'' language: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~uighur~>>: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{uighur}\ixgrf{uighur.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the uighur language}\label{f+uighur}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue ouïghoure}\label{f+uighur}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.308755760\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.691244240\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{xinjiangc.png}\ixgrf{xinjiangc.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{xinjiang.png}\ixgrf{xinjiang.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region}\label{f+xinjiang}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang}
+% and \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Région autonome du Xinjiang ouïghour}\label{f+xinjiang}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang}
+% et \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{uighur}'' and ``\lopt{bicig}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the
% \xfile{bicig.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~uighur~>>: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld}
% Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur}~>> (ouïghour) et <<~\lopt{bicig}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier
% \xfile{bicig.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}):
% \fi
@@ -51394,14 +54768,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{bicig}%
%</uighur>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Uighur2'' language: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~uighur2~>>: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{uighur2}'' and ``\lopt{bicig2}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the
% \xfile{bicig2.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig2}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~uighur2~>>: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld}
% Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur2}~>> (ouïghour deuxième variante)
% et <<~\lopt{bicig2}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier
% \xfile{bicig2.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig2}):
@@ -51414,14 +54793,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{bicig2}%
%</uighur2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Uighur3'' language: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~uighur3~>>: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{uighur3}'' and ``\lopt{bicig3}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the
% \xfile{bicig3.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~uighur3~>>: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld}
% Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur3}~>> (ouïghour troisième variante)
% et <<~\lopt{bicig3}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier
% \xfile{bicig3.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}):
@@ -51434,14 +54818,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{bicig3}%
%</uighur3>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``UKenglish'' language: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~UKenglish~>>: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{UKenglish}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'' (``UK'' is for ``United Kingdom''), so we just
% load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~UKenglish~>>: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{UKenglish}~>> est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>> («~UK~» signifie \emph{United Kingdom},
% le «~Royaume Uni~»), donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld}
% (section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
@@ -51454,14 +54843,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
%</UKenglish>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Ukraineb'' language: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~ukraineb~>>: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{ukraineb}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{ukrainian}'', so we just load \xfile{ukrainian.mld}.
% See section~\vref{s+mld+ukrainian}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~ukraineb~>>: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{ukraineb}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{ukrainian.mld}.
% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ukrainian}.
@@ -51470,24 +54864,66 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*ukraineb>
-\ProvidesFile{ukraineb.mld}[2006/12/19]
+\ProvidesFile{ukraineb.mld}[2007/12/04]
%% Ukranian titles for minitoc.sty from ukraineb.dtx (babel)
%% Andrij Shvaika, Olga Lapko
-\selectlanguage{ukrainian}%
+\mtcselectlanguage{ukrainian}%
%</ukraineb>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Ukrainian'' language: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~ukrainian~>>: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ukraine.jpg}\ixgrf{ukraine.jpg}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Languages in Ukraine}\label{f+ukraine}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Langues en Ukraine}\label{f+ukraine}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+%
+% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ukrainep.pdf}\ixgrf{ukrainep.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Ukraine}\label{f+ukrainep}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Ukraine}\label{f+ukrainep}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions})
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \lneed{2}
+% \begin{macro}{\cyr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{SMOOTH}
% The titles for the ``\lopt{ukrainian}'' language come from the \xfile{ukraineb.dtx} file
% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko} and \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Cyrillic fonts are required.
% Another language name is \lopt{ukraineb} (see section~\vref{s+mld+ukraineb}).
% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~ukrainian~>>: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>> (ukrainien) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{ukrainian.dtx}
% (de \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika} et \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises.
@@ -51521,6 +54957,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyrsftsn}}%
%</ukrainian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -51573,12 +55010,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``USenglish'' language: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~USenglish~>>: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{USenglish}'' language (``US'' is for ``United States (of America))'' is just like
% ``\loptd{english}''\footnote{It should be true for the mini-table titles; the
% languages themselves have some differences, like the hyphenation rules.}, so we just
% load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~USenglish~>>: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{USenglish}~>> (américain, «~US~» signifiant «~\emph{United States (of America)}~») est
% comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>\footnote{Ceci devrait être vrai pour les titres des mini-tables; les langues elles-mêmes
% ont quelques différences, dont les règles de coupure des mots.}, donc nous chargeons simplement
@@ -51592,16 +55033,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
%</USenglish>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \begin{SMOOTH}
% \section{``Usorbian'' language: \uxfile{usorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+usorbian}\ixfile{usorbian.mld}
-% The ``\lopt{usorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{uppersorbian}'', so we just load \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}.
-% See section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}.
-% \end{SMOOTH}
% \or\relax
% \section{Langue <<~usorbian~>>: \uxfile{usorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+usorbian}\ixfile{usorbian.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The ``\lopt{usorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{uppersorbian}'', so we just have
+% to load \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}.
+% \or\relax
% La langue <<~\lopt{usorbian}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{uppersorbian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
% \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}.
% Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}.
@@ -51610,26 +55054,55 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
%<*usorbian>
-\ProvidesFile{usorbian.mld}[2006/01/23]
+\ProvidesFile{usorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]
%% Upper sorbian titles for minitoc.sty
%% from usorbian.dtx (babel)
%% Werner, Eduard
-\selectlanguage{uppersorbian}%
+\mtcselectlanguage{uppersorbian}%
%</usorbian>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Vietnam'' language: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~vietnam~>>: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet2}\ixgrf{viet2.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet3}\ixgrf{viet3.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Vietnam}\label{f+vietnam}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Vietnam}\label{f+vietnam}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language are taken from the \pack{vietnam} package~\cite{vietnam}
% (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg} and \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}).
-% Vietnamese fonts are required.
+% Vietnamese fonts are required. The vietnamese language is spoken in Vietnam (figure~\vref{f+vietnam}) and in the
+% vietnamese diaspora.
% See also section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~vietnam~>>: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam}
% (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}).
-% Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}.
+% Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises. Le vietnamien est parlé au Vietnam (figure~\vref{f+vietnam}) et dans la
+% diaspora vietnamienne. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}.
% \fi
%
% \lneed{3}
@@ -51654,11 +55127,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Vietnamese'' language: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~vietnamese~>>: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The ``\lopt{vietnamese}'' language is just a synonym for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language.
% So we just load \xfile{vietnam.mld}.
% Vietnamese fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+vietnam}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~vietnamese~>>: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld}
% La langue <<~\lopt{vietnamese}~>> est simplement un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien). Donc nous
% chargeons simplement \xfile{vietnam.mld}. Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises, Voir aussi
% la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnam}.
@@ -51671,15 +55148,42 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\mtcselectlanguage{vietnam}%
%</vietnamese>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Welsh'' language: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~welsh~>>: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld}
+% \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.346020761\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.653979239\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles1}\ixgrf{galles1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles2}\ixgrf{galles2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Wales}\label{f+wales}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} and from \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm} in the \emph{National Gazetter of Wales})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Pays de Galles}\label{f+wales}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm} dans la \emph{National Gazetter of Wales})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{welsh}'' language come from the \xfile{welsh.dtx} file
% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}:
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~welsh~>>: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{welsh}~>> (gallois) proviennent du fichier \xfile{welsh.dtx}
% (écrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}:
@@ -51704,23 +55208,44 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
%</welsh>
% \end{macrocode}
%
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{7}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Xalx'' language: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~xalx~>>: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mnr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
-% Xalx or Khalkha is the name of the Mongolian nationality residing in Mongolia
-% proper. Their dialect forms the basis of Mongolian written with
+% Xalx or Khalkha is the name of the Mongolian nationality residing in Mongolia proper.
+% See figure~\vref{f+khalkha}.
+% Their dialect forms the basis of Mongolian written with
% Cyrillic letters. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha}, \vref{s+mld+xalx2}, and~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}.
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~xalx~>>: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
% Xalx ou Khalkha est le nom de la nationalité Mongole qui
-% réside en Mongolie proprement dite. Ses formes dialectales
+% réside en Mongolie proprement dite. Voir la figure~\vref{f+khalkha}.
+% Ses formes dialectales
% forment la base du Mongol écrit en lettres cyrilliques. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha},
% \vref{s+mld+xalx2} et~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}.
% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!tbh]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{khalkha}\ixgrf{khalkha.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{Areas of the khalkha language}\label{f+khalkha}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm})
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Régions de la langue khalkha}\label{f+khalkha}
+%
+% \raggedright
+% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm})
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
%
% \lneed{3}
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -51740,15 +55265,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}%
%</xalx>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Xalx2'' language: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~xalx2~>>: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\mnr}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx2}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
% This is a variant for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language (see section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}).
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~xalx2~>>: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx2}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
% C'est une variante de la langue ``\lopt{xalx}'' (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}).
@@ -51772,15 +55302,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}%
%</xalx2>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \lneed{5}
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% \section{``Xalx3'' language: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~xalx3~>>: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\xalx}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
% The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx3}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
% (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
% This is an other variant for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language (see section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}).
% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~xalx3~>>: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld}
% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx3}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
% (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
% C'est une autre variante de la langue ``\lopt{xalx}'' (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}).
@@ -51804,16 +55339,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
\def\slttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}%
%</xalx3>
% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \cleardoublepage
% ^^A \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin}
% \let\NC\relax
%
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% ^^A \mtcaddpart[Complements]
% \part{Complements}\label{p+complements}
% \or\relax
-% ^^A \mtcaddpart[Compléments]
% \part{Compléments}\label{p+complements}
% \fi
% \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns}
@@ -51911,7 +55445,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% command, so if someboby wants
% to redefine that layout, he has just to rewrite it (and only it).
% \item You can inhibit the minitoc for the next chapter
-% by preceding it with \com{minitocno}. (\com{minitocyes}
+% by preceding it with \ucom{minitocno}. (\ucom{minitocyes}
% is useless for the user, because it is implicit \emph{after}
% the \com{chapter*} pseudo-chapters).
% \item Problems: you \emph{must} have \com{chapterend} to terminate each
@@ -51927,7 +55461,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% Works with two columns (but the minitoc is composed in
% one column; how to make it to spread over the two columns?).
% \item Some mods added to work with \pack{xr} (external
-% references). \pack{xr} version~5 is much more tolerant.
+% references). \upack{xr} version~5 is much more tolerant.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
% \lneed{5}
@@ -51953,7 +55487,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item 1993/07/09
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Added \com{if@realch} to avoid contents lines from pseudo-chapters to go into the toc.
+% \item Added \ucom{if@realch} to avoid contents lines from pseudo-chapters to go into the toc.
% \item The package \pack{mtcoff} allows you to use a \LaTeX\ document
% with minitoc commands and to make them transparent: just replace the \upack{minitoc} package by
% \pack{mtcoff}.
@@ -51986,7 +55520,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item (\emph{major differences}) Completely rewritten, using tricks from \pack{xr} (the version~5, by
% \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}). The info for minitocs is directly stolen from the \suffix{.toc} file.
-% \com{chapterend} and \com{minitocno} are suppressed, \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc}
+% \com{chapterend} and \ucom{minitocno} are suppressed, \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc}
% and \com{faketableofcontents} added.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
@@ -52055,7 +55589,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item Corrected some spacing problems (avoiding~\texttt{\textasciitilde}'s).
% \com{mtifont} is changed from \ucom{normalsize\bs bf} to \ucom{large\bs bf}.
% \item Some modifications suggested by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (thanks):
-% \com{@newread} becomes \com{newread}, not outer version of \com{newread};
+% \ucom{@newread} becomes \com{newread}, not outer version of \com{newread};
% \com{empty} replaced by \com{relax} in the spare definition of \com{reset@font}.
% \item Removed the setting of \com{clubpenalty} and \com{widowpenalty}
% to \texttt{10\,000} (done by \com{samepage}), and \com{noindent}.
@@ -52188,7 +55722,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item 1996/11/14
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Language specific files are now named \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} (replacing
+% \item Language specific files are now named \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} (replacing names of the form
% \texttt{mtc}\emph{language}\suffix{.sty}) because they are not packages and it makes shorter names.
% \item Added breton, estonian, germanb, greek, irish, russianb, scottish, lower and upper sorbian; renamed
% ``esperanto'' by ``esperant'' like in the \pack{babel} package.
@@ -52220,9 +55754,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item 1998/06/15
% \begin{itemize}
% \item A typo corrected by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}:
-% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}}
-% should probably be
-% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}}
+% \begin{quote}
+% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}}
+% \end{quote}
+% should probably be
+% \begin{quote}
+% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}}
+% \end{quote}
% (a backslash was missing after \com{let}). Thanks to him.
% \item Added the bahasa language.
% \end{itemize}
@@ -52275,9 +55813,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item 2000/08/08
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Added very (too) numerous new commands for the mini-table features:
-% \com{beforeparttoc}, \com{beforepartlof}, \com{beforepartlot},
-% \com{afterparttoc}, \com{afterpartlof}, \com{afterpartlot},
-% \com{thispageparttocstyle}, \com{thispagepartlofstyle}, and \com{thispagepartlotstyle}.
+% \com{beforeparttoc},\ABK \com{beforepartlof},\ABK \com{beforepartlot},\ABK
+% \com{afterparttoc},\ABK \com{afterpartlof},\ABK \com{afterpartlot},\ABK
+% \com{thispageparttocstyle},\goodbreak \com{thispagepartlofstyle},\ABK and \com{thispagepartlotstyle}.
% \item Documentation improved by \xname{Stefan}{Ulrich}.
% \item \com{nomtcrule} corrected.
% \end{itemize}
@@ -52290,7 +55828,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item Added new adjustment commands: \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection},
% and \com{mtcaddpart}.
% These commands add stuff in the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files for the
-% \com{chapter*} (\com{section*} and \com{part*}) problem. From a suggestion by
+% \com{chapter*} (\com{section*} and \com{part*}) problem. From a suggestion by
% \xname{Karl~F.}{Everitt}.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2000/12/08
@@ -52316,7 +55854,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item Added macros to test if a file is ``empty'' (i.e.,~empty, blank or
% inexistent) or ``non empty'' (i.e.,~useful). I used some code from \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}.
% \item Added the \optd{checkfiles}/\opt{nocheckfiles} package options.
-% \item Replaced \com{The@chapter} by \com{The@mtc}.
+% \item Replaced \ucom{The@chapter} by \com{The@mtc}.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2001/02/26
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -52474,7 +56012,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Corrections in documentation.
% \item Message added if some sectionning commands are not available.
-% \item Replaced \com{typeout} commands in \upack{minitoc}
+% \item Replaced \ucom{typeout} commands in \upack{minitoc}
% by the \com{PackageInfo} or \com{PackageWarning} commands; with the line number when useful
% (\com{@gobble} if no line number). Hence, the package is less verbose
% (\com{PackageInfo} writes only in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file, not on the terminal).
@@ -52662,7 +56200,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2005/04/14
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Removed \com{ypart}, \com{ychapter}, \com{ysection}, and stuff; unused.
+% \item Removed \ucom{ypart}, \ucom{ychapter}, \ucom{ysection}, and stuff; unused.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2005/05/11
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -52768,7 +56306,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2005/07/21
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Removing unused some flags \com{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} and \com{if@mtc@setrules@act@}.
+% \item Removing unused some flags \ucom{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} and \ucom{if@mtc@setrules@act@}.
% \item Added the \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, and \com{decrementstc} commands.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2005/07/22
@@ -53231,11 +56769,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/02/20
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Added \xfile{u8hangul.mld}, \xfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \xfile{u8hanja.mld}, and \xfile{u8hanja.mlo}.
+% \item Added \uxfile{u8hangul.mld}, \uxfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \uxfile{u8hanja.mld}, and \uxfile{u8hanja.mlo}.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/02/21
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Renamed languages u8hangul and u8hanja into hangul-u8 and hanja-u8.
+% \item Renamed languages \texttt{u8hangul} and \texttt{u8hanja} into \xmldo{hangul-u8} and \xmldo{hanja-u8}.
% \item Updated the bibliography.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/02/22
@@ -53266,7 +56804,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/03/01
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Hints about the \class{jura}\SMM{\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0025}} class and the \pack{alphanum} package,
+% \item Hints about the \class{jura}\imess{W0029}\imess{W0025} class and the \pack{alphanum} package,
% incompatible with \upack{minitoc}.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/03/02
@@ -53354,7 +56892,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item 2006/04/05
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Corrections in the documentation.
-% \item Added \xfile{lamed.eps} and \xfile{lamed.pdf} as images for the \emph{Lamed} logo (built from \xfile{lamed.tex}).
+% \item Added \uxgrf{lamed.eps} and \xgrf{lamed.pdf} as images for the \emph{Lamed} logo (built from \xfile{lamed.tex}).
% \item Reordering of the chapters in the user's manual (part~I).
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/04/06
@@ -53557,7 +57095,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/07/20
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Do not forget \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} in the list of files.
+% \item Do not forget \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} in the list of files.
% \item In the scripts, the backup directory (\xfile{OLD}) is now \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`/OLD}.
% \item In the scripts, the repartition directories (\texttt{CL[0-9]}) are
% now \texttt{/tmp/`whoami`/CL[0-9]}.
@@ -53635,7 +57173,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/08/29
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Added error \texttt{E0036} if \xfile{english.mld} is not found to set the default titles.
+% \item Added error \texttt{E0036}\imess{E0036} if \xfile{english.mld} is not found to set the default titles.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/08/31
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -53760,7 +57298,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item 2006/11/09
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Added a validation of the language options with the presence of the \suffix{.mld} and \suffix{.mlo} files.
-% \item Added notes about the mandatory presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file.
+% \item Added\imess{E0036} notes about the mandatory presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/11/13
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -53964,7 +57502,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item Added a local minitoc in the ``Jargon'' chapter.
% \item Added \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}.
% \item Added \xfile{latvian2.mld} and \xfile{letton2.mld}.
-% \item Grouped \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} pairs in table~\vref{t+files}.
+% \item Grouped \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} pairs in tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
% \lneed{5}
@@ -53990,9 +57528,52 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item Corrected some \verb|\mtcset...| commands to use \com{edef} to correctly evaluate \com{mtc@toks}.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
+% \item \textbf{56}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item 2007/07/02
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Added \xfile{swahili.mld}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \item 2007/08/03
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Page headers modified in documentation.
+% \item Added stuff (files) for figures (maps) for many language areas.
+% \item Removed the \suffix{.eps} files.
+% \item Added the \lopt{bengali} language synonym of \lopt{bangla}.
+% \item Split the list of files into two tables (tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}).
+% \end{itemize}
+% \item 2007/12/04
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Many minor typo fixes.
+% \item Darker colors for hyperlinks.
+% \item Updated and corrected the bibliography.
+% \item Corrected a typo in the \env{ptc@verse} environment (\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}).
+% \item Corrections of typos in the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments
+% (thanks to \name{Andrew}{Bowden}).
+% \item Replaced the \suffix{.mtc1} extension by \suffix{.mtc0} in the auto-configuration test (to avoid
+% erasing the (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} file).
+% \item Corrected a problem with \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}).
+% \item The acknowledgements are moved to the ``Complements'' part.
+% \item Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} about the \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} package.
+% \item Complete indexing of the messages.
+% \item Updated \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}.
+% \item Using the \pack{chngpage} package~\cite{chngpage} to increase the width of the pages of the bibliography.
+% \item Renamed \ucom{if@longextensions@} as \com{if@mtc@longext@}.
+% \item Updated \xfile{czech.mld}.
+% \item Removed \ucom{l@xsection}.
+% \item Graphic files are indexed separately.
+% \item Updated \xfile{galician.mld}.
+% \item Added a specific directory for image files in the TDS hierarchy.
+% \item Updated \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld}, and \xfile{usorbian.mld}.
+% \item Added \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld}, and \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}.
+% \item Updated \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}.
+% \item Suppressed parasite entries from the index.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
% \end{RaggedRight}
% \egroup
+% ^^A MAJ-E
% \or\relax
% ^^A FRENCH
% \bgroup
@@ -54033,8 +57614,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% minitoc puisse se répartir sur plusieurs pages.
% \item Toute la mise en page de la minitoc est dans la commande, donc si quelqu'un souhaite redéfinir cette
% mise en page, il a juste à~la réécrire (et seulement elle).
-% \item Vous pouvez inhiber la minitoc pour le chapitre suivant en le faisant précéder par \com{minitocno}.
-% (\com{minitocyes} est sans objet pour l'utilisateur: elle est implicite \emph{après}
+% \item Vous pouvez inhiber la minitoc pour le chapitre suivant en le faisant précéder par \ucom{minitocno}.
+% (\ucom{minitocyes} est sans objet pour l'utilisateur: elle est implicite \emph{après}
% les pseudo-chapitres \com{chapter*}).
% \item Problèmes: vous \emph{devez} avoir mis \com{chapterend} pour terminer chaque chapitre ayant une
% minitoc. Comment éviter cette contrainte?
@@ -54047,7 +57628,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% colonnes (mais la minitoc est composée sur une colonne; comment faire pour qu'elle s'étende sur les deux
% colonnes?).
% \item Ajout de quelques modifications pour fonctionner avec \pack{xr} (références externes).
-% \pack{xr} version~5 est bien plus tolérant.
+% \upack{xr} version~5 est bien plus tolérant.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
% \lneed{5}
@@ -54073,7 +57654,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item 1993/07/09
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Ajout de \com{if@realch} pour éviter que des lignes de contenu provenant de pseudo-chapitres
+% \item Ajout de \ucom{if@realch} pour éviter que des lignes de contenu provenant de pseudo-chapitres
% aillent dans la table des matières.
% \item Le fichier paquetage \pack{mtcoff} vous permet d'utiliser un document \LaTeX\ contenant des
% commandes minitoc et de les rendre transparentes: il suffit de remplacer le paquetage \upack{minitoc}
@@ -54107,7 +57688,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item (\emph{différences majeures}) Réécriture complète, en utilisant des astuces de \pack{xr}
% (la version~5, de \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}). Les informations pour les minitocs sont directement prélevées dans
-% le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Suppression de \com{chapterend} et \com{minitocno}, ajout de
+% le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Suppression de \com{chapterend} et \ucom{minitocno}, ajout de
% \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc} et \com{faketableofcontents}.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
@@ -54176,7 +57757,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% pour éviter des avertissements \og{} underfull \fg.
% \item Correction de quelques problèmes d'espacement (en évitant des~\texttt{\textasciitilde}'s).
% \com{mtifont} est changée de \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs bf} en \texttt{\bs large\bs bf}.
-% \item Quelques modifications suggérées par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (merci): \com{@newread} devient
+% \item Quelques modifications suggérées par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (merci): \ucom{@newread} devient
% \com{newread}, une version \emph{not outer} de \com{newread}; \com{empty} remplacée
% par \com{relax} dans la définition par défaut de \com{reset@font}.
% \item Retrait du forçage de \com{clubpenalty} et \com{widowpenalty} à~\texttt{10\,000} (fait
@@ -54304,9 +57885,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item 1996/11/14
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Les fichiers spécifiques des langues sont maintenant nommés \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (remplace
-% \texttt{mtc}\emph{langue}\suffix{.sty}) parce que ne sont pas des paquetages et que cela fait des noms
-% plus courts.
+% \item Les fichiers spécifiques des langues sont maintenant nommés \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (remplaçant les
+% noms de la forme \texttt{mtc}\emph{langue}\suffix{.sty}) parce que ne sont pas des paquetages
+% et que cela fait des noms plus courts.
% \item Ajout des langues breton, estonian, germanb, greek, irish, russianb, scottish, lower- et upper-sorbian;
% renommage de \og{} esperanto \fg{} en \og{} esperant \fg{} comme dans le paquetage \pack{babel}.
% \end{itemize}
@@ -54334,10 +57915,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item Ajout du code de \com{addstarred} (pour ce qui concerne un chapitre étoilé).
% \item Correction d'une erreur dans les parttocs.
% \end{itemize}
-% \item 1998/06/15
+% \item
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Un typo corrigé par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}: \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}}
-% devrait probablement être \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}}
+% \item Un typo corrigé par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}:
+% \begin{quote}
+% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}}
+% \end{quote}
+% devrait probablement être
+% \begin{quote}
+% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}}
+% \end{quote}
% (une contre-oblique manquait après \com{let}). Merci à~lui.
% \item Ajout de la langue bahasa.
% \end{itemize}
@@ -54372,7 +57959,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item 1999/12/06
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Ajout des langues basque, ngermanb, serbian, ukraineb et welsh.
-% \item Correction d'une erreur dans la définition d e \com{sltname} (\texttt{mlt} devrait être \texttt{slt}).
+% \item Correction d'une erreur dans la définition de \com{sltname} (\texttt{mlt} devrait être \texttt{slt}).
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
% \lneed{5}
@@ -54390,9 +57977,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item 2000/08/08
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Ajout de très (trop) nombreuses nouvelles commandes pour les dispositifs associés aux mini-tables:
-% \com{beforeparttoc}, \com{beforepartlof}, \com{beforepartlot}, \com{afterparttoc},
-% \com{afterpartlof}, \com{afterpartlot}, \com{thispageparttocstyle},
-% \com{thispagepartlofstyle} et \com{thispagepartlotstyle}.
+% \com{beforeparttoc},\ABK \com{beforepartlof},\ABK \com{beforepartlot},\ABK \com{afterparttoc},\ABK
+% \com{afterpartlof},\goodbreak \com{afterpartlot},\ABK \com{thispageparttocstyle},\ABK
+% \com{thispagepartlofstyle}\ABK et \com{thispagepartlotstyle}.
% \item Documentation améliorée par \xname{Stefan}{Ulrich}.
% \item Correction de \com{nomtcrule}.
% \end{itemize}
@@ -54430,7 +58017,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item Ajout de macros pour tester si un fichier est \og{} vide\fg{} (c'est-à-dire vide, blanc ou inexistant)
% ou \og{} non vide \fg{} (c'est-à-dire utile). J'ai utilisé du code de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}.
% \item Ajout des options de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}\\opt{nocheckfiles}.
-% \item Remplacement de \com{The@chapter} par \com{The@mtc}.
+% \item Remplacement de \ucom{The@chapter} par \com{The@mtc}.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2001/02/26
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -54589,7 +58176,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Corrections dans la documentation.
% \item Message ajouté si certaines commandes de sectionnement ne sont pas disponibles.
-% \item Remplacement des commandes \com{typeout} dans \upack{minitoc} par les commandes
+% \item Remplacement des commandes \ucom{typeout} dans \upack{minitoc} par les commandes
% \com{PackageInfo} ou \com{PackageWarning}; avec le numéro de ligne lorsqu'il est utile
% (\com{@gobble} si pas de numéro de ligne). En conséquence, le paquetage est moins bavard
% (\com{PackageInfo} écrit seulement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, pas sur le terminal).
@@ -54777,7 +58364,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2005/04/14
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Retrait de \com{ypart}, \com{ychapter}, \com{ysection}, etc., inutilisées.
+% \item Retrait de \ucom{ypart}, \ucom{ychapter}, \ucom{ysection}, etc., inutilisées.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2005/05/11
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -54889,8 +58476,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2005/07/21
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Retrait de deux indicateurs inutiles: \com{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} et
-% \com{if@mtc@setrules@act@}.
+% \item Retrait de deux indicateurs inutiles: \ucom{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} et
+% \ucom{if@mtc@setrules@act@}.
% \item Ajout des commandes \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc} et \com{decrementstc}.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2005/07/22
@@ -55360,11 +58947,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/02/20
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Ajout de \xfile{u8hangul.mld}, \xfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \xfile{u8hanja.mld} et \xfile{u8hanja.mlo}.
+% \item Ajout de \uxfile{u8hangul.mld}, \uxfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \uxfile{u8hanja.mld} et \uxfile{u8hanja.mlo}.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/02/21
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Les langues u8hangul et u8hanja.mld sont renommées hangul-u8 et hanja-u8.
+% \item Les langues \texttt{u8hangul} et \texttt{u8hanja} sont renommées \xmldo{hangul-u8} et \xmldo{hanja-u8}.
% \item Mise à~jour de la bibliographie.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/02/22
@@ -55395,7 +58982,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/03/01
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item \emph{Hints} sur la classe \class{jura}\SMM{\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0025}} et le paquetage \pack{alphanum},
+% \item \emph{Hints} sur la classe \class{jura}\imess{W0029}\imess{W0025} et le paquetage \pack{alphanum},
% incompatibles avec \upack{minitoc}.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/03/02
@@ -55484,7 +59071,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item 2006/04/05
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Corrections dans la documentation.
-% \item Ajout de \xfile{lamed.eps} et \xfile{lamed.pdf} comme images pour le logo de \emph{Lamed} (construit depuis
+% \item Ajout de \uxgrf{lamed.eps} et \xgrf{lamed.pdf} comme images pour le logo de \emph{Lamed} (construit depuis
% \xfile{lamed.tex}).
% \item Ré-ordonnancement des chapitres du manuel de l'utilisateur (partie~I).
% \end{itemize}
@@ -55688,7 +59275,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/07/20
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Ne pas oublier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} dans la liste des fichiers.
+% \item Ne pas oublier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} dans la liste des fichiers.
% \item Dans les scripts, le répertoire de \emph{backup} (\ixfile{OLD}) est
% désormais \ixfile{/tmp/`whoami`/OLD}.
% \item Dans les scripts, les répertoires de répartition (\texttt{CL[0-9]}) sont
@@ -55767,7 +59354,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/08/29
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Ajout de l'erreur \texttt{E0036} si \xfile{english.mld} n'est pas trouvé pour établir les titres par défaut.
+% \item Ajout de l'erreur \texttt{E0036}\imess{E0036} si \xfile{english.mld} n'est pas trouvé pour établir les titres par défaut.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/08/31
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -55894,7 +59481,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item 2006/11/09
% \begin{itemize}
% \item Ajout d'une validation des options de langue avec la présence des fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo}.
-% \item Ajout de notes sur la présence obligatoire du fichier \xfile{english.mld}.
+% \item Ajout\imess{E0036} de notes sur la présence obligatoire du fichier \xfile{english.mld}.
% \end{itemize}
% \item 2006/11/13
% \begin{itemize}
@@ -56098,7 +59685,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \item Ajout d'une minitoc locale dans le chapitre <<~Jargon~>>.
% \item Ajout de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}.
% \item Ajout de \xfile{latvian2.mld} et \xfile{letton2.mld}.
-% \item Groupement des paires \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} dans le tableau~\vref{t+files}.
+% \item Groupement des paires \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} dans les tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
% \lneed{5}
@@ -56126,10 +59713,553 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% correctement \com{mtc@toks}.
% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
+% \item \textbf{56}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item 2007/07/02
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Ajout de \xfile{swahili.mld}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \item 2007/08/03
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item En-têtes de pages modifiés dans la documentation.
+% \item Ajout de ce qu'il faut (fichiers) pour des figures (cartes) des régions où sont parlées diverses langues.
+% \item Retrait des fichiers \suffix{.eps}.
+% \item Ajout de la langue \lopt{bengali}, synonyme de \lopt{bangla}.
+% \item Éclatement de la liste des fichiers en deux tableaux (tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}).
+% \end{itemize}
+% \item 2007/12/04
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Nombreuses corrections typographiques mineures.
+% \item Couleurs plus sombres pour les hyper-liens.
+% \item Mise à~jour et correction de la bibliographie.
+% \item Correction d'un typo dans l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} (\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}).
+% \item Corrections de typos dans les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot} (merci
+% à~\name{Andrew}{Bowden}).
+% \item Remplacer le suffixe \suffix{.mtc1} par \suffix{.mtc0} dans le test d'auto-configuration (pour éviter
+% d'écraser le fichier (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}).
+% \item Correction d'un problème avec \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}).
+% \item Les remerciements sont déplacés vers la partie «~Compléments~».
+% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099}
+% à~propos du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}.
+% \item Indexation complète des messages.
+% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}.
+% \item Utilisation du paquetage \pack{chngpage}~\cite{chngpage} pour élargir les pages de la bibliographie.
+% \item Renommage de \ucom{if@longextensions@} en \com{if@mtc@longext@}.
+% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{czech.mld}.
+% \item Suppression de \ucom{l@xsection}.
+% \item Les fichiers graphiques sont indexés séparément.
+% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}.
+% \item Ajout d'un répertoire spécifique pour les fichiers images dans la hiérarchie TDS.
+% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}.
+% \item Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} et \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}.
+% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}.
+% \item Suppression d'entrées parasites dans l'index.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{itemize}
% \end{itemize}
% \end{RaggedRight}
% \egroup
% \fi
+% ^^A MAJ-F
+%
+% ^^A ACK
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \chapter*{Acknowledgments\markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}}
+% \markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}%
+% ^^A \enlargethispage*{1.5\baselineskip}
+% \mtcaddchapter[Acknowledgments]%
+% \noindent
+% I ought to thank the following peoples\,\footnote{And I apologize to all whose I forgot.}, for their help, their
+% questions, their interventions in the news groups\,\footnote{Mainly, \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (in french) and
+% \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english), but also \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (in german, but I do not read it well:
+% send me also a mail in french or english).},
+% and/or for their packages, classes, documents, and tools:\hfill\mbox{}
+% \or\relax
+% \chapter*{Remerciements\markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}}
+% \markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}%
+% \mtcaddchapter[Remerciements]%
+% \noindent
+% Il me faut remercier les personnes suivantes\,\footnote{Et que toutes celles que j'ai oubliées me pardonnent.}, pour
+% leur aide, leurs questions, leurs interventions dans les groupes de discussion\,\footnote{Essentiellement,
+% \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en français) et \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais), mais aussi
+% \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (en allemand, mais je le lis très mal: envoyez-moi aussi un courrier en français ou en anglais).}
+% et/ou leurs paquetages, classes, documents et outils:\hfill\mbox{}
+% \fi
+%
+% \begin{raggedright}\noindent
+% \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani},
+% \name{Paul~W.}{Abrahams},
+% \namea{Nabil}{Abu~El-Ata}{Abu~El-Ata},
+% \name{Tommaso}{Addabbo},
+% \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria},
+% \name{Stéphane}{Aicardi},
+% \name{Vartan}{Akopian},
+% \name{A.J.}{Alex},
+% \name{Mark}{Alford},
+% \namea{Jacques}{André}{Andre},
+% \name{Jérôme}{Andrieux},
+% \name{Ralf}{Angeli},
+% \name{Walter}{Appel},
+% \name{Achod~André}{Aradian},
+% \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason},
+% \name{Tim}{Arnold},
+% \name{Jouko}{Arponen},
+% \name{Donald}{Arseneau},
+% \name{Helmer}{Aslasken},
+% \name{David}{Aspinall},
+% \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen},
+% \name{Philipp}{Bachmann},
+% \name{Gonçal}{Badenes},
+% \name{Jason}{Baldridge},
+% \name{Marin}{Balgarensky},
+% \name{Leonor}{Barroca},
+% \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi},
+% \name{Pierre}{Basso},
+% \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh},
+% \name{Jean-Yves}{Baudais},
+% \name{David}{Bausum},
+% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart},
+% \name{Thierry}{Bayet},
+% \name{Claudio}{Beccari},
+% \name{Emmanuel}{Beffara},
+% \name{Benoît}{Belet},
+% \name{Rachid}{Belmouhoub},
+% \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces},
+% \name{Alexander}{Berdnikov},
+% \name{Jens}{Berger},
+% \name{Karl}{Berry},
+% \name{Berhanu}{Beyene},
+% \name{Javier}{Bezos},
+% \name{Giuseppe}{Bilotta},
+% \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro},
+% \namea{Denis}{Bitouzé}{Bitouze},
+% \name{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship},
+% \name{Laurent}{Bloch},
+% \name{Onofre}{Bonvila},
+% \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov},
+% \name{Patrice}{Bougette},
+% \name{Daniel}{Bourbonnais},
+% \name{Andrew}{Bowden},
+% \name{Victor}{Boyko},
+% \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams},
+% \name{Felix}{Braun},
+% \name{Jim}{Breen},
+% \name{Peter}{Breitenlohner},
+% \namea{Gyöngyi}{Bujdosó}{Bujdoso},
+% \name{Mimi}{Burbank},
+% \name{Mustafa}{Burc},
+% \name{Alexey}{Burykin},
+% \name{Olivier}{Cardi},
+% \name{Samuele}{Carcagno},
+% \name{David}{Carella},
+% \name{David~P.}{Carlisle},
+% \name{Kevin}{Carmody},
+% \name{Manuel}{Carriba},
+% \name{Régis}{Caspar},
+% \name{Winston}{Chang},
+% \name{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier},
+% \name{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet},
+% \name{Pehong}{Chen},
+% \name{Céline}{Chevalier},
+% \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova},
+% \name{Otfried}{Cheong},
+% \name{Pai~H.}{Chou},
+% \name{Marian}{Clegg},
+% \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran},
+% \name{Maurizio}{Codogno},
+% \name{David~B.}{Cook},
+% \name{Emmanuel}{Cornet},
+% \name{Oliver}{Corff},
+% \name{Prakash}{Countcham},
+% \name{Sergueï}{Dachian},
+% \name{Adrian}{Daerr},
+% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan},
+% \name{Patrick~W.}{Daly},
+% \name{Holger}{Danielsson},
+% \name{Alice}{Davison},
+% \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima},
+% \name{Sébastien}{Demoustier},
+% \name{Andreas}{Deininger},
+% \name{Éric}{Depardieu},
+% \namea{Ben}{De~Rydt}{DeRydt},
+% \name{Bernard}{Desgraupes},
+% \name{Cécile}{Desprairies},
+% \name{Sébastien}{Desreux},
+% \name{Antoni~R.}{Diller},
+% \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj},
+% \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis},
+% \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer},
+% \name{Denys}{Duchier},
+% \name{Lyndon}{Dudding},
+% \namea{Marko}{Èehaja}{Eehaja},
+% \name{Ta~Quang}{Dung},
+% \name{Patrick}{Egan},
+% \namea{Victor}{E{\ij}khout}{Eijkhout},
+% \name{Brian}{Elmegaard},
+% \name{Danie}{Els}, ^^A booktabs
+% \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod},
+% \name{Thomas}{Esser},
+% \name{Gilhooly}{Etienne},
+% \name{Karl~F.}{Everitt},
+% \name{Mike}{Fabian},
+% \name{Robin}{Fairbairns},
+% \name{Christian}{Faulhammer},
+% \name{Simon}{Fear}, ^^A booktabs
+% \name{Jürgen}{Fenn}, ^^A l2tabu
+% \name{Michael~J.}{Ferguson},
+% \name{Jeff}{Fessler},
+% \name{Ulrike}{Fischer},
+% \name{Jean-Julien}{Fleck},
+% \name{Daniel}{Flipo},
+% \name{Peter~L.}{Flom},
+% \name{Peter}{Flynn},
+% \name{Jim}{Fox}, ^^A dpfloat
+% \namea{Danny~M.}{Fürniß}{Furniss},
+% \name{Tetsuo}{Furukawa},
+% \name{Federico}{Garcia},
+% \namea{Diego}{García~Morate}{Garcia~Morate},
+% \namea{Hubert}{Gäßlein}{Gasslein}, ^^A pict2e
+% \namea{Bernard}{Gaulle\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Gaulle},
+% \name{Maarten}{Gelderman},
+% \name{Chuck}{Genschte},
+% \name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi},
+% \name{Helen}{Gilhooly},
+% \name{François}{Giron},
+% \name{Markus}{Gleiszner},
+% \name{Vitali}{Gontsharuk},
+% \name{Michel}{Goossens},
+% \namea{Raymond~G.}{Gordon,~Jr.}{Gordon},
+% \name{Mathieu}{Goutelle},
+% \name{Fraser}{Grant},
+% \namea{George}{Grätzer}{Gratzer},
+% \name{Norman}{Gray},
+% \name{George~D.}{Greenwade},
+% \name{Enrico}{Gregorio},
+% \name{Loïc}{Grenon},
+% \name{Charles}{Grether},
+% \name{Barbara~F.}{Grimes},
+% \name{Olga~A.}{Grineva},
+% \name{Sébastien}{Grot},
+% \name{Micael}{Guignard},
+% \name{Marion}{Gunn},
+% \name{Eitan~M.}{Gurari},
+% \name{Thomas}{Hafner},
+% \name{Hans}{Hagen},
+% \name{Reinhard~F.}{Hahn},
+% \name{Boumediene}{Hamzi},
+% \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han},
+% \name{Thorsten}{Hansen},
+% \name{Patrick}{Happel},
+% \name{Yannis}{Haralambous},
+% \name{Kathryn~A.}{Hargreaves},
+% \name{Alexander}{Harin},
+% \name{Russel~L.}{Harris},
+% \name{Michael~A.}{Harrison},
+% \name{Stephen}{Hartke},
+% \name{Danny}{Heap},
+% \name{Jim}{Hefferon},
+% \name{André}{Heider},
+% \name{Thorsten}{Hein},
+% \name{Sten}{Hellman},
+% \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup},
+% \name{Yvon}{Henel}, ^^A l2tabu
+% \name{Hartmut}{Henkel},
+% \name{Thomas}{Henlich}, ^^A marvosym%
+% \name{Stephan}{Hennig},
+% \name{Florence}{Henry},
+% \name{Stephen}{Herborn},
+% \name{Jörg}{Hesoll},
+% \name{Pr.~Thomas~J.}{Hinnenbush},
+% \name{David}{Hoadley},
+% \name{Taco}{Hoekwater},
+% \name{Alan}{Hoenig},
+% \name{Joe}{Hogg},
+% \namea{Morten}{Høgholm}{Hogholm},
+% \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme},
+% \namea{Klaus}{H{\"o}ppner}{Hoppner},
+% \name{Umstatter}{Horst},
+% \name{Don}{Hosek},
+% \name{Yufan}{Hu},
+% \name{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen},
+% \name{Dave~W.}{Huseby},
+% \name{Helene}{Hyna}%,
+% \name{Hiroya}{Ikeda},
+% \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov},
+% \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen},
+% \name{Tetsuo}{Iwakuma},
+% \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola},
+% \name{Youssef}{Jabri}, ^^A Arabi
+% \name{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}, ^^A pearls
+% \name{Christophe}{Jacquet},
+% \name{Bernd}{Jaehne},
+% \name{Radwan}{Jalam},
+% \name{Michael}{Janich},
+% \name{Frank}{Jensen},
+% \name{Alan}{Jeffrey},
+% \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten},
+% \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang},
+% \name{Loïc}{Joly},
+% \name{David~M.}{Jones},
+% \name{Christophe}{Jorssen},
+% \name{Robert}{Juhasz},
+% \name{Stefan}{Junge},
+% \name{Dan}{Jurafsky},
+% \name{Akira}{Kakuto},
+% \name{Mikko}{Kanerva},
+% \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan},
+% \name{David}{Kastrup},
+% \name{Ronan}{Keryell},
+% \name{Jonathan}{Kew}, ^^A xetex
+% \name{Axel}{Kielhorn},
+% \name{Ki-Joo}{Kim},
+% \name{Bil}{Kleb},
+% \name{Peter}{Kleiweg},
+% \name{Rune}{Kleveland},
+% \namea{Ingo}{Klöckl}{Klockl},
+% \name{Jörg}{Knappen},
+% \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth},
+% \name{Markus}{Kohm},
+% \name{Helmut}{Kopka},
+% \name{Attila}{Koppanyi},
+% \name{Adamantios}{Korais},
+% \name{Vincent}{Krakoviack},
+% \name{Kai}{Kratt},
+% \name{Thankmar}{Kronzucker},
+% \name{Siep}{Kroonenberg},
+% \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov},
+% \name{Manfred}{Kudlek},
+% \name{Markus~G.}{Kuhn},
+% \name{Florian}{Kulzer},
+% \name{Toshiki}{Kumazawa},
+% \name{Olaf}{Kummer},
+% \namea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster},
+% \name{Stéphane}{Laborde},
+% \name{Thomas}{Lachand-Robert},
+% \name{Klaus}{Lagally},
+% \name{Leslie}{Lamport},
+% \name{Fabio}{Lanari},
+% \name{Robert}{Lange},
+% \name{Dag}{Langmyhr},
+% \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko},
+% \name{Henning}{Larsen},
+% \name{Jean-Marc}{Lasgouttes},
+% \name{Andris}{Lasis},
+% \name{Jean-Philippe}{Lauffenburger},
+% \name{Arnaud}{Launay},
+% \name{Claire}{Lauvernet},
+% \name{Boris}{Lavva},
+% \name{André}{Lebacq},
+% \name{Olivier}{Lecarme},
+% \name{Jacques}{Leclerc},
+% \name{Jeanne}{Legrand},
+% \name{Philipp}{Lehman},
+% \name{Werner}{Lemberg},
+% \name{Thomas}{Leonhardt},
+% \namea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec},
+% \name{Stéphane}{Lepolozec},
+% \namea{Julien}{Le~Thuaut}{LeThuaut},
+% \name{Adam}{Lewenberg},
+% \name{Knut}{Lickert},
+% \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren},
+% \name{Anselm}{Lingnau},
+% \name{Pierre}{Lobel},
+% \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek},
+% \name{Stoffel}{Lombard},
+% \name{Maurizio}{Loreti},
+% \name{Tristan}{Lorino},
+% \name{Tim}{Love},
+% \name{Vincent}{Lozano},
+% \name{Daniel~H.}{Luecking},
+% \name{Ken}{Lunde},
+% \name{Anders}{Lyhne},
+% \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay},
+% \name{Lars}{Madsen},
+% \name{Richard}{Mahoney},
+% \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya},
+% \name{Pierre}{Malecki},
+% \name{Bob}{Margolis},
+% \name{Nicolas}{Markey},
+% \name{Marcus}{Marr},
+% \name{Françoise}{Marre-Fournier},
+% \name{Terry}{Mart},
+% \name{Vadim}{Maslov},
+% \name{Henri}{Massias},
+% \name{Andreas}{Matthias},
+% \name{Sven}{Mattisson},
+% \name{Rowland}{McDonnell},
+% \name{Ben}{McKay},
+% \name{Surapant}{Meknavin},
+% \name{Sébastien}{Mengin},
+% \name{Jochen}{Metzinger},
+% \name{Yanick}{Michou},
+% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach},
+% \name{Young~Joon}{Moon},
+% \name{Ross}{Moore},
+% \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski},
+% \name{Lapo~Filippo}{Mori},
+% \name{Michael~A.}{Morrison},
+% \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera},
+% \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic},
+% \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov},
+% \name{Lee}{Netherton},
+% \name{Frank}{Neukam},
+% \name{Cuong}{Nguyen},
+% \name{Julien}{Nicolas},
+% \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk}, ^^A pict2e
+% \name{Josselin}{Noirel},
+% \name{Tim}{Null},
+% \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek},
+% \name{Tobias}{Oetiker},
+% \name{Mariusz}{Olko},
+% \name{Tanguy}{Ortolo},
+% \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols},
+% \name{Jörg}{Ott},
+% \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic},
+% \name{Scott}{Pakin},
+% \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal},
+% \name{Anshuman}{Pandey},
+% \name{Minje~Byeng-sen}{Park},
+% \name{Hubert}{Partl},
+% \name{Oren}{Patashnik},
+% \name{Jonathan}{Pechta},
+% \name{Kasper}{Peeters},
+% \name{Matthias}{Pelger},
+% \namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard},
+% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst},
+% \name{Paul}{Pichaureau},
+% \name{Éric}{Picheral},
+% \name{Bruno}{Piguet},
+% \namea{Karel}{P{\'\i}\v{s}ka}{Piska},
+% \name{John}{Plaice},
+% \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap},
+% \name{Fabrice}{Popineau},
+% \name{Nico}{Poppelier},
+% \name{Rama}{Porrat},
+% \namea{Camille-Aimé}{Possamaï}{Possamai},
+% \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader},
+% \namea{Hilmar}{Preuße}{Preusse},
+% \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan},
+% \name{Sebastian}{Rahtz},
+% \name{Bernd}{Raichle},
+% \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete},
+% \name{Paul}{Rascoe},
+% \name{Keranen}{Reino},
+% \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus},
+% \name{Yuri}{Robbers},
+% \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts},
+% \name{Will}{Robertson},
+% \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel},
+% \name{Christian}{Rolland},
+% \name{Rasmus~Pank}{Roulund},
+% \name{Chris~A.}{Rowley},
+% \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba},
+% \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning},
+% \name{Young}{Ryu}, ^^A txfonts
+% \name{Enn}{Saar},
+% \name{David}{Samsoen},
+% \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez},
+% \name{Morgan}{Sangeux},
+% \name{Eddie}{Saudrais},
+% \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck},
+% \name{Bernd}{Schandl},
+% \name{Elisabeth}{Schlegl},
+% \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer},
+% \name{Walter}{Schmidt},
+% \name{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz},
+% \name{Uwe}{Schneider},
+% \namea{Rainer}{Schöpf}{Schopf},
+% \namea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}, ^^A everysel, ragged2e, multitoc
+% \name{Ulrich}{Schwartz},
+% \name{Elizabeth}{Scurfield},
+% \name{Michael}{Shell},
+% \vname{Shin}{Jungshik},
+% \namea{Bai}{Shouyi\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Shouyi},
+% \name{Ali}{Shoukat},
+% \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika},
+% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan},
+% \name{Sindhu}{Singh},
+% \name{Anna}{Sitnikova-Rioland},
+% \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan},
+% \name{John}{Smith},
+% \name{Robin~S.}{Socha},
+% \name{Nick}{Sofroniou},
+% \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt},
+% \name{Lianyi}{Song},
+% \name{Yves}{Soulet},
+% \name{Arjen}{Steiner},
+% \name{D.~P.}{Story},
+% \name{Éric}{Streit},
+% \name{Ralf}{Stubner},
+% \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam},
+% \name{Robert~S.}{Sutor},
+% \name{Chris}{Swoyer},
+% \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos},
+% \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco},
+% \name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot},
+% \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin},
+% \name{Philip}{Taylor},
+% \name{Christina}{Thiele},
+% \name{Harold}{Thimbleby},
+% \name{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup},
+% \name{Aurélien}{Thureau},
+% \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld},
+% \namea{Ton}{'t~Lam}{tLam},
+% \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis},
+% \name{Laurent}{Tordella},
+% \name{Mark}{Trettin}, ^^A l2tabu
+% \name{Antonis}{Tsolomitis},
+% \name{Ahto}{Truu},
+% \name{Stefan}{Ulrich},
+% \name{Hideo}{Umeki},
+% \name{Un}{Koaunghi},
+% \name{Turgut}{Uyar},
+% \name{Jari}{Vaario},
+% \name{Piet}{van~Oostrum},
+% \namea{Thomas}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Géry}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gery},
+% \name{Timothy}{Van~Zandt},
+% \name{Vincent}{Vaquin},
+% \name{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan},
+% \name{Didier}{Verna},
+% \name{Sylvain}{Vesco},
+% \name{Boris}{Veytsman},
+% \name{Alexandre}{Vial},
+% \name{Carl~F.}{Voegelin},
+% \name{Florence M.}{Voegelin},
+% \name{Martin}{Vogel},
+% \name{Vladimir}{Volovich},
+% \name{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim},
+% \namea{Herbert}{Voß}{Voss},
+% \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner},
+% \name{David}{Walden},
+% \name{Nigel}{Ward},
+% \name{John}{Warnock},
+% \name{Douglas}{Waud}%
+% \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz},
+% \name{Stephan~B.}{Webanck},
+% \name{Eduard}{Werner},
+% \name{Daphne}{West},
+% \name{Ferenc}{Wettl},
+% \name{Graham}{Williams},
+% \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson},
+% \namea{Jeroen}{W{\ij}nhout}{Wijnhout},
+% \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski},
+% \name{Élisabeth}{Wolkowski},
+% \name{Mark}{Wooding},
+% \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright},
+% \name{Tim}{Wright},
+% \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk},
+% \name{Damien}{Wyart},
+% \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda},
+% \name{Adi}{Zaimi},
+% \namea{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenof},
+% \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik},
+% \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski},
+% \name{Charlie~S.}{Zender},
+% \name{Federico}{Zenith},
+% \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov},
+% \name{Uwe}{Ziegenhagen}\ifcase\LANG\relax, and\ \or\relax\ et\ \fi
+% \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}.\par
+% \end{raggedright}
% ^^A NEW HISTORY END
% ^^A SEE..
% \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -56138,10 +60268,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \index{Extensions|see{Suffixes}}
% \fi
% \iftrue % ^^A to index authors from the bibliography (citations replace the page number)
+% \bname{Paul}{Rascoe}{texasmaps}%
+% \bname{Christophe}{Jacquet}{mlatex}%
+% \bname{Alice}{Davison}{hindi99}%
% \bname{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria}{basque}%
+% \bname{Jonathan}{Kew}{xetex}%
+% \bname{Reinhard~F.}{Hahn}{lowlands}%
+% \bname{François}{Giron}{surlatex}%
+% \bname{Patrick}{Egan}{nomentbl}%
+% \bname{Brian}{Elmegaard}{nomentbl}%
% \bname{Ferenc}{Wettl}{bujdoso,bujdoso-f}%
% \bname{Stéphane}{Aicardi}{aicardi}%
% \bname{Jouko}{Arponen}{practical}%
+% \bname{Jason}{Baldridge}{jason}%
% \bname{Timothy}{Van~Zandt}{fancybox}%
% \bname{Frank}{Jensen}{calc}%
% \bname{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup}{calc}%
@@ -56149,9 +60288,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Lee}{Netherton}{nomencl}%
% \bname{Bernd}{Schandl}{nomencl}%
% \bname{Vartan}{Akopian}{armtex}%
-% \bname{A.~J.}{Alex}{malayalam,malayalam-o}%
+% \bname{A.J.}{Alex}{malayalam,malayalam-o}%
+% \bnamea{Bai}{Shouyi\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Shouyi}{china-h}%
% \bnamea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason}{icelandic}%
% \bnamea{Gyöngyi}{Bujdosó}{Bujdoso}{bujdoso,bujdoso-f}%
+% \bnamea{Raymond~G.}{Gordon,~Jr.}{Gordon}{ethno}%
+% \bname{Barbara~F.}{Grimes}{ethno}%
% \bnamea{Ingo}{Klöckl}{Klockl}{ingo}%
% \bname{Donald}{Arseneau}{notoccite,placeins,cite,overcite,wrapfig,chapterbib,url,ifmtarg}%
% \bname{Gonçal}{Badenes}{catalan}%
@@ -56223,7 +60365,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Taco}{Hoekwater}{luatex}%
% \bnamea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}{han,han2000,pdftex,vietnam}%
% \bname{Patrick}{Happel}{lipsum}%
-% \bname{Yannis}{Haralambous}{yannis1990,YH2004,yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998,yannis2004}%
+% \bname{Yannis}{Haralambous}{yannis1990,YH2004,YH2007,yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998,yannis2004,yannis+a}%
% \bname{Alexander}{Harin}{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}%
% \bname{Michael~A.}{Harrison}{chen1988}%
% \bname{Sten}{Hellman}{swedish}%
@@ -56247,7 +60389,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Christophe}{Jorssen}{texfaq-fr}%
% \bname{Robert}{Juhasz}{romanian}%
% \bname{Mikko}{Kanerva}{finnish}%
-% \bname{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}{thailatex}%
+% \bname{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}{thailatex,thaistd}%
% \bname{Axel}{Kielhorn}{koma}%
% \bname{Ki-Joo}{Kim}{bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim,latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim}%
% \bname{Peter}{Kleiweg}{interlingua}%
@@ -56271,6 +60413,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Henning}{Larsen}{danish}%
% \bname{Boris}{Lavva}{hebrew2}%
% \bname{Olivier}{Lecarme}{lecarme}%
+% \bname{Jacques}{Leclerc}{tlfq}%
% \bname{Philipp}{Lehman}{TFIG}%
% \bname{Werner}{Lemberg}{russianb1,cjk,cjk2,vietnam,dblaccnt,cyrguide}%
% \bnamea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec}{texfaq-fr}%
@@ -56310,6 +60453,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Palash~Baran}{Pal}{bangtex}%
% \bname{Anshuman}{Pandey}{pandey1999,devanagari}%
% \bname{John}{Smith}{devanagari}%
+% \bname{Harold}{Thimbleby}{seealso,seealso1}%
% \bname{Dominik}{Wujastyk}{devanagari}%
% \bname{Kevin}{Carmody}{devanagari}%
% \bname{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}{devanagari}%
@@ -56318,7 +60462,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst}{norsk}%
% \bname{Bruno}{Piguet}{texfaq-fr}%
% \bname{John}{Plaice}{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}%
-% \bname{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}{thailatex}%
+% \bname{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}{thailatex,thai-how}%
% \bname{Nico}{Poppelier}{BEP}%
% \bname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}{farsi}%
% \bname{Sebastian}{Rahtz}{latex-web,pdftex,hyperref.web,hyperref,TLGC,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf,backref,nameref,rotating}%
@@ -56336,7 +60480,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bnamea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck}{polish}%
% \bname{Tobias}{Schlemmer}{slovak}%
% \bname{Walter}{Schmidt}{ngermanb,Schmidt-pj-2006-1,psnfss}%
-% \bnamea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}{multitoc}%
+% \bnamea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}{multitoc,pdftex}%
% \bname{Michael}{Shell}{btxfaq}%
% \bname{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}{ukraineb}%
% \bname{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan}{thailatex}%
@@ -56347,6 +60491,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Éric}{Streit}{texfaq-fr}%
% \bname{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}{beccari1998,greek,syro2002}%
% \bnamea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}{varsects}%
+% \bnamea{Bernard}{Gaulle\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Gaulle}{frenchle,frenchpro,frenchperso}%
% \bname{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}{quotchap}%
% \bname{Mark}{Trettin}{l2tabufr,l2tabuen}%
% \bname{Stefan}{Ulrich}{bibtopic}%
@@ -56359,7 +60504,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}{platex-pl}%
% \bname{Eduard}{Werner}{lsorbian,usorbian}%
% \bname{Graham}{Williams}{tcat}%
-% \bname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}{stdclsdv,needspace,tocloft,abstract,appendix,tocbibind,tocvsec2,ccaption,docmfp,memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3,romannum,ifmtarg,wilson-pj-2006-3}%
+% \bname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}{stdclsdv,needspace,tocloft,abstract,appendix,tocbibind,tocvsec2,ccaption,docmfp,memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3,romannum,ifmtarg,wilson-pj-2006-3,ledmac,ledpar,ledarab,chngpage}%
% \bnamea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}{docstrip-prog,platex}%
% \bname{Damien}{Wyart}{texfaq-fr}%
% \bname{Adi}{Zaimi}{albanian}%
@@ -56424,7 +60569,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Mimi}{Burbank}{piska}%
% \bname{Christina}{Thiele}{piska,Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}%
% \bname{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan}{venkatesan}%
-% \bname{André}{Violante}{violante}%
% \bname{Carl~F.}{Voegelin}{voeg}%
% \bname{Florence M.}{Voegelin}{voeg}%
% \bname{Daphne}{West}{russe}%
@@ -56440,7 +60584,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen}{TLC2F,hufflen}%
% \bname{Benoît}{Belet}{TLC2F}%
% \bname{Yves}{Soulet}{TLC2F}%
-% \bnamea{Jacques}{André}{Andre}{TLC2F}%
+% \bnamea{Jacques}{André}{Andre}{TLC2F,yannis+a}%
% \bname{Samuele}{Carcagno}{carcagno}%
% \bname{Simon}{Fear}{booktabs}%
% \bname{Danie}{Els}{booktabs}%
@@ -56477,8 +60621,17 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bname{Christian}{Faulhammer}{preusse}%
% \bname{Ulrich}{Schwartz}{preusse}%
% \bnamea{Hilmar}{Preuße}{Preusse}{preusse}%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \bname{Pr.~Thomas~J.}{Hinnenbush}{LMP}%
+% \bname{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship}{LMP}%
+% \bpack{chngpage}{chngpage}%
+% \bpack{ledmac}{ledmac}%
+% \bpack{ledpar}{ledpar}%
+% \bpack{ledarab}{ledarab}%
+% \bpack{afoot}{ledarab}%
+% \bpack{frenchle}{frenchle}%
+% \bpack{frenchpro}{frenchpro,frenchperso}%
% \bpack{flowfram}{flowfram,ffuserguide}%
+% \bpack{nomentbl}{nomentbl}%
% \bpack{minitoc}{fminitoc,minitoc}%
% \bpack{Aleph}{aleph,aleph-hagen}%
% \bpack{dblaccnt}{dblaccnt}%
@@ -56501,6 +60654,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
% \bpack{titletoc}{titletoc}%
% \bpack{titlesec}{titletoc}%
% \bpacka{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}{arabtex2,arabtex}%
+% \bpacka{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}{xetex}%
% \bpack{minutes}{minutes}%
% \bpack{needspace}{needspace}%
% \bpack{txfonts}{txfonts}%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins
index 99d7961e305..49bf2f373d1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins
@@ -781,21 +781,22 @@
%
\end{filecontents}
\begin{filecontents}{./malayalam-omega.mlo}
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mlo}[2006/02/13]
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mlo}[2007/11/21]
% From omal.sty
% by Alex A.J. <indicTeX@gmail.com>
%
-\def\ptctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚}
-\def\plftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€}
-\def\plttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€}
+\def\ptctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚}%
+\def\plftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€}%
+\def\plttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€}%
%
-\def\mtctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚}
-\def\mlftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€}
-\def\mlttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€}
+\def\mtctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚}%
+\def\mlftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€}%
+\def\mlttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€}%
+%
+\def\stctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚}%
+\def\slftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€}%
+\def\slttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€}%
%
-\def\stctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚}
-\def\slftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€}
-\def\slttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€}
%
\end{filecontents}
\begin{filecontents}{./russian-cca.mlo}
@@ -1014,22 +1015,22 @@ quote '!'
level '>'
encap '|'
preamble
-"\n \\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n"
+"\n \\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns\\parindent=0pt \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n"
postamble
"\n\n \\end{theindex}\n"
item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem "
item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem "
-delim_0 " \\dotfill \ "
-delim_1 " \\dotfill \ "
-delim_2 " \\dotfill \ "
+delim_0 "\\dotfill "
+delim_1 "\\dotfill "
+delim_2 "\\dotfill "
% The next lines will produce some warnings when
% running Makeindex as they try to cover two different
% versions of the program:
-lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\hfill{}"
-lethead_suffix "\\hfill}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n"
+lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\n"
+lethead_suffix "\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n"
lethead_flag 1
-heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\hfill{}"
-heading_suffix " \\hfill}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n"
+heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\n"
+heading_suffix "\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n"
headings_flag 1
%%
% Added for french.
@@ -1082,22 +1083,22 @@ quote '!'
level '>'
encap '|'
preamble
-"\n \\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n"
+"\n \\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns\\parindent=0pt \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n"
postamble
"\n\n \\end{theindex}\n"
item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem "
item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem "
-delim_0 " \\dotfill \ "
-delim_1 " \\dotfill \ "
-delim_2 " \\dotfill \ "
+delim_0 "\\dotfill "
+delim_1 "\\dotfill "
+delim_2 "\\dotfill "
% The next lines will produce some warnings when
% running Makeindex as they try to cover two different
% versions of the program:
-lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\hfill{}"
-lethead_suffix "\\hfill}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n"
+lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\n"
+lethead_suffix "\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n"
lethead_flag 1
-heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\hfill{}"
-heading_suffix "\\hfill}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n"
+heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\n"
+heading_suffix "\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n"
headings_flag 1
%%
%%
@@ -1113,9 +1114,10 @@ headings_flag 1
\end{filecontents}
\begin{filecontents}{./minitoc.pre}
% chaptermark: do not uppercase the headers
+% \def\HLS{\hspace*{-\leftmargin}} % Header Left Shift
\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{%
-% \markboth{\chaptername~\thechapter~---~#1}{\chaptername~.\thechapter~---~#1}}
\markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}}
+% \markboth{\chaptername~\thechapter~---~#1}{\chaptername~.\thechapter~---~#1}}
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% do not uppercase the headers in TOC, LOF, LOT, BIB
\makeatletter
@@ -1142,8 +1144,7 @@ headings_flag 1
\@restonecolfalse
\fi
\chapter*{\listfigurename
- \@mkboth{\RELAX\listfigurename}%
- {\RELAX\listfigurename}}%
+ \@mkboth{\RELAX\listfigurename}{\RELAX\listfigurename}}%
\@starttoc{lof}%
\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi
}
@@ -1165,6 +1166,7 @@ headings_flag 1
{\chapter*{\bibname
\@mkboth{\RELAX\bibname}{\RELAX\bibname}}%
\mtcaddchapter[\bibname]%
+ \bibpreamble
\list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%
{\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
\leftmargin\labelwidth
@@ -1324,6 +1326,10 @@ headings_flag 1
\definecolor{Green}{cmyk}{1,0,1,0}
\definecolor{RedOrange}{cmyk}{0,0.77,0.87,0}
\definecolor{Cyan}{cmyk}{1,0,0,0}
+ \definecolor{light}{cmyk}{0,0,0,0.05}
+ \definecolor{NavyBlue}{rgb}{0,0,.5}
+ \definecolor{DarkGreen}{rgb}{0,.35,0}
+ \definecolor{FireBrick}{rgb}{.55,.1,.1}
\usepackage[pdftex,pstarrows]{pict2e}
\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}
\usepackage[pdftex, colorlinks,%
@@ -1359,14 +1365,14 @@ headings_flag 1
bookmarksopenlevel=0,%
bookmarksopen,%
% COLORS
- linkbordercolor={Cyan},%
- linkcolor={Cyan},%
- menubordercolor={blue},%
- menucolor={red},%
- pagecolor={Cyan},%
- citecolor={Green},%
- urlcolor={RedOrange},%
- filecolor={Cyan},%
+ linkbordercolor={NavyBlue},%
+ linkcolor={NavyBlue},%
+ menubordercolor={NavyBlue},%
+ menucolor={FireBrick},%
+ pagecolor={NavyBlue},%
+ citecolor={DarkGreen},%
+ urlcolor={FireBrick},%
+ filecolor={NavyBlue},%
% COLORS
bookmarksnumbered=true]%
{hyperref}%
@@ -1376,6 +1382,9 @@ headings_flag 1
\definecolor{OliveGreen}{cmyk}{0.64,0,0.95,0.40}
\definecolor{Green}{cmyk}{1,0,1,0}
\definecolor{RedOrange}{cmyk}{0,0.77,0.87,0}
+ \definecolor{NavyBlue}{rgb}{0,0,.5}
+ \definecolor{DarkGreen}{rgb}{0,.35,0}
+ \definecolor{FireBrick}{rgb}{.55,.1,.1}
\usepackage[dvips,pstarrows]{pict2e}%
\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}%
\usepackage{hyperref}%
@@ -1464,6 +1473,12 @@ headings_flag 1
\newcommand{\Arabi}{\mbox{\sffamily A\kern-.2ex\lower.25ex\hbox{r}\kern-.25exa%
\kern-.22exb\kern-.15exi}} %Logo
\newcommand{\devnag}{Devan\=agar{\=\i}}
+\def\XeTeX{\leavevmode
+ \setbox0=\hbox{X\lower.5ex\hbox{\kern-.15em\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em \TeX}%
+ \dp0=0pt\ht0=0pt\box0}
+\def\XeLaTeX{\leavevmode
+ \setbox0=\hbox{X\lower.5ex\hbox{\kern-.15em\reflectbox{E}}\LaTeX}%
+ \dp0=0pt\ht0=0pt\box0}
% IF YOU NOT HAVE THE manfnt FONT, the dangerous bends will not be printed...
\IfFileExists{manfnt.sty}{% does not work with .tfm
%\typeout{manfnt.tfm FOUND}
@@ -1642,7 +1657,8 @@ ONERA~/~Centre de Toulouse~/~SRI\\%
\renewcommand*\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6.0em}{5.0em}}
\renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{7.5em}{6.0em}}
%
-\renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{2.3em}}
+% \renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{2.3em}}
+\renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{3.0em}}
\let\l@table\l@figure
\makeatother
\providecommand{\AmS}{$\mathcal{A}$\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\mathcal{M}$}%
@@ -1954,6 +1970,7 @@ distributed with it.
\generate{\file{bahasam.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bahasam}}}
\generate{\file{bangla.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bangla}}}
\generate{\file{basque.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{basque}}}
+\generate{\file{bengali.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bengali}}}
\generate{\file{bicig.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig}}}
\generate{\file{bicig2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig2}}}
\generate{\file{bicig3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig3}}}
@@ -2052,10 +2069,14 @@ distributed with it.
\generate{\file{magyar2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar2}}}
\generate{\file{magyar3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar3}}}
\generate{\file{malay.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malay}}}
+\generate{\file{malayalam-b.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-b}}}
\generate{\file{malayalam-keli.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-keli}}}
+\generate{\file{malayalam-keli2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-keli2}}}
+\generate{\file{malayalam-mr.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-mr}}}
\generate{\file{malayalam-omega.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-omega}}}
\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana}}}
\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana2}}}
+\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana3}}}
\generate{\file{manju.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{manju}}}
\generate{\file{meyalu.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{meyalu}}}
\generate{\file{mongol.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mongol}}}
@@ -2099,6 +2120,7 @@ distributed with it.
\generate{\file{spanish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish2}}}
\generate{\file{spanish3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish3}}}
\generate{\file{spanish4.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish4}}}
+\generate{\file{swahili.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swahili}}}
\generate{\file{swedish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swedish}}}
\generate{\file{swedish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swedish2}}}
\generate{\file{thai.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{thai}}}